Cape Verde Hotspot: A Hidden Force Behind the Formation of the Great Lakes

The discovery of a geological hotspot beneath the ancient supercontinent Pangaea has revolutionized our understanding of the Earth’s geological history. Research published in Geophysical Research Letters reveals that the Cape Verde hotspot, an active geological feature currently located in the Central Atlantic, played a significant role in shaping the Great Lakes region millions of years ago.

The Role of the Cape Verde Hotspot in the Great Lakes’ Formation

Hotspots are plumes of molten material rising from the Earth’s mantle. As these plumes interact with the Earth’s crust, they often create prominent geological features like volcanoes and large depressions. While the Earth’s tectonic plates move, hotspots remain stationary, leaving a trail of geological changes. The Cape Verde hotspot, situated near the Cape Verde Islands in the Atlantic Ocean today, is one such feature.

Millions of years ago, when the Earth’s continents formed the supercontinent Pangaea, the Cape Verde hotspot lay beneath the area that is now the Great Lakes. The hotspot’s heat caused the Earth’s crust to weaken and stretch, leading to the formation of a depression. This initial depression laid the groundwork for the Great Lakes’ eventual development. “The stretching and weakening of the Earth’s crust by the hotspot were instrumental in shaping the foundations of the Great Lakes,” explain researchers.

Glaciers and the Great Lakes

While the Cape Verde hotspot provided the foundation, the glacial movement during the last Ice Age completed the formation of the Great Lakes. Massive glaciers advanced across much of North America, scraping and reshaping the land. As they moved, these glaciers eroded the depression created by the hotspot and carved out even deeper basins.

When the ice sheets began to melt approximately 20,000 years ago, the meltwater filled these basins with freshwater. This process gave rise to the Great Lakes as we know them today. “The interplay between ancient geological forces and glaciation has created one of the most remarkable freshwater systems on Earth,” noted the study authors.

Evidence Linking the Cape Verde Hotspot to the Great Lakes

Recent research into the region’s seismic activity provided the strongest evidence of the Cape Verde hotspot’s influence on the Great Lakes. Scientists identified unusual seismic anomalies in the area, characterized by a phenomenon known as radial anisotropy. This occurs when seismic waves, generated by earthquakes or other activities, travel at different speeds depending on the direction through the Earth’s crust.

Radial anisotropy is often a sign of past deformation in the Earth’s lithosphere, which includes the crust and the upper mantle. “The seismic patterns beneath the Great Lakes point to significant lithospheric deformation, likely caused by the Cape Verde hotspot,” the study explains. By using plate reconstruction models, researchers linked these anomalies to the hotspot’s historical presence beneath the Great Lakes region.

Tracing the Movement of the Cape Verde Hotspot

The Cape Verde hotspot’s influence on the Great Lakes dates back nearly 300 million years when North America was part of Pangaea. As tectonic plates shifted over time, the hotspot traveled beneath regions that would become Lake Superior, Lake Huron, and Lake Erie. It continued to move westward, eventually reaching areas now known as New York and Maryland.

“This discovery not only highlights the hotspot’s role in shaping the Great Lakes but also provides a glimpse into the dynamic movement of tectonic plates over geological timescales,” remarked one of the lead researchers.

Expanding Research on Hotspots and Freshwater Lakes

The findings have opened new research avenues into how hotspots influence the formation of freshwater basins. Scientists are now exploring whether the Cape Verde hotspot’s impact extended into other parts of the Great Lakes region. They are also investigating whether a broader trend connects ancient hotspots with the formation of large lakes.

“If hotspots are indeed linked to the creation of significant freshwater basins, this could reshape how we understand the development of Earth’s surface features,” the researchers suggested. Studying ancient hotspots might reveal not only the origins of lakes like the Great Lakes but also broader patterns of Earth’s geological evolution.

Unraveling the Link Between Hotspots and Continental Movements

The connection between the Cape Verde hotspot and the Great Lakes provides critical insights into Earth’s geological processes. By tracing the movements of hotspots beneath ancient supercontinents, scientists gain a better understanding of how the Earth’s crust and mantle interact to form landscapes.

Additionally, studying ancient hotspots sheds light on tectonic plate movements and continental drift. These processes have shaped Earth’s surface over millions of years. “This research highlights the interplay of volcanism, tectonic shifts, and glaciation in forming one of Earth’s most significant freshwater systems,” said the study authors.

The Broader Implications of Hotspot Research

Further investigation into ancient hotspots may help uncover other regions where similar geological forces have influenced the landscape. Understanding how hotspots interact with tectonic plates and glaciers could illuminate new aspects of Earth’s history.

For the Great Lakes, the discovery underscores that their formation was not solely due to glacial activity but also influenced by ancient volcanism related to the Cape Verde hotspot. “This dual influence of hotspots and glaciation greatly enhances our understanding of the dynamic processes that shaped these massive geological features over time,” concluded the researchers.

The study’s findings remind us that Earth’s surface is shaped by a complex interplay of forces that operate over millions of years. From molten plumes deep within the Earth to massive glaciers on its surface, these forces converge to create landscapes that remain vital to life today.

By unraveling the mysteries of the Cape Verde hotspot, scientists have taken a significant step toward understanding the intricate processes that have shaped our planet’s surface.

ISRO Successfully Launches SpaDeX Mission, Paving Way for Advanced Space Technologies

The Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) achieved another milestone with the successful launch of the Space Docking Experiment (SpaDeX) mission on Monday, December 30, 2024. This mission marks a significant step in India’s space exploration capabilities, focusing on advanced technologies essential for spacecraft rendezvous and docking.

The mission was carried out using the PSLV C60 rocket, which lifted off from the first launchpad at the Satish Dhawan Space Centre in Sriharikota at 10 p.m. The rocket carried two small satellites, SDX01 (Chaser) and SDX02 (Target), along with 24 additional payloads. Approximately 15 minutes after the launch, the satellites, each weighing about 220 kg, were placed into a 475-km circular orbit, as planned.

“The rocket has placed the satellites in the right orbit, which is a 475-km circular orbit. The spacecraft’s solar panels have been deployed successfully. The two SpaDeX satellites have moved one behind another. Over time, this distance will increase by 20 km, and the rendezvous and docking process will begin. The docking process can happen in another week; the nominal time will be approximately January 7,” stated ISRO Chairman S. Somanath.

Aiming for Advanced Space Technologies

The SpaDeX mission is designed to demonstrate technologies for spacecraft rendezvous, docking, and undocking. These capabilities are critical for future space missions, including sending an Indian astronaut to the Moon, conducting sample return missions, and establishing the Indian Space Station. So far, only a select group of spacefaring nations have mastered such advanced techniques.

The mission’s objectives rely heavily on the precision of the PSLV C60 launch vehicle. According to ISRO, the demonstrated accuracy of the rocket will enable the Target and Chaser spacecraft to maintain a small relative velocity during their separation from the launch vehicle. This precise control is vital for the success of the docking process.

Step-by-Step Docking Procedure

ISRO explained that the Target spacecraft would use its propulsion system to gradually create a separation of 10-20 km from the Chaser spacecraft within the first day. “This incremental velocity will allow the Target spacecraft to build a 10-20 km inter-satellite separation with respect to the Chaser within a day. At this point, the relative velocity between the Target will be compensated using the propulsion system of the Target spacecraft,” ISRO clarified.

Once this drift arrest maneuver is complete, the Target and Chaser will share the same orbit, moving at identical velocities but separated by about 20 km. This stage is referred to as “Far Rendezvous.”

The Chaser will then approach the Target in a phased manner, gradually reducing the inter-satellite distance to 5 km, 1.5 km, 500 m, 225 m, 15 m, and finally 3 m. Ultimately, this sequence will result in the docking of the two spacecraft. “With a similar strategy of introducing and then compensating for a small relative velocity between the two spacecraft, the Chaser will approach the Target with progressively reduced inter-satellite distances, ultimately leading to the docking of the two spacecraft,” ISRO added.

Timeline for Docking

The docking operation is expected to occur between January 7 and 10, according to U.R. Rao Satellite Centre Director M. Sankaran. This timeline aligns with the mission’s nominal schedule, showcasing ISRO’s commitment to precision and technological excellence.

Additional Payloads Onboard

In addition to the SpaDeX mission, the PSLV C60 carried 24 PS4-Orbital Experiment Module (POEM-4) payloads. These payloads are part of ISRO’s broader objectives to advance space science and technology through innovative experiments.

The SpaDeX mission represents a leap forward for ISRO, placing India among the elite nations capable of performing complex spacecraft docking maneuvers. By mastering these advanced technologies, ISRO is paving the way for ambitious missions that will strengthen India’s presence in space exploration.

Breakthrough Study Links Consciousness to Quantum Mechanics in the Brain

A groundbreaking study involving anesthetized rats has bolstered the theory that tiny brain structures called microtubules play a central role in consciousness. Researchers believe these microscopic hollow tubes perform quantum-level operations, shedding new light on the elusive phenomenon of human consciousness.

The research, conducted at Wellesley College in Massachusetts, used isoflurane, an anesthetic that induces unconsciousness. The team treated one group of rats with microtubule-stabilizing drugs while leaving another group untreated. Their findings revealed that rats with stabilized microtubules retained consciousness longer, as evidenced by their ability to maintain their “righting reflex,” or normal posture. The results, published in the journal eNeuro in August 2024, mark a significant step toward confirming the role of quantum processes in the brain.

The origins of this quantum theory of consciousness date back to the 1990s when Nobel Prize-winning physicist Roger Penrose and anesthesiologist Stuart Hameroff proposed the “Orch OR” theory. Their research suggested that microtubules within neurons enable quantum computations, which give rise to consciousness. In their 1996 paper, they posited that consciousness operates like a quantum wave passing through these structures. This phenomenon, termed “objective reduction” by Penrose, describes how quantum computations collapse into measurable states, potentially generating moments of conscious awareness.

Penrose explained, “Each time a quantum-wave function collapses in this way in the brain, it gives rise to a moment of conscious experience.”

The implications of this theory are transformative. If consciousness is indeed rooted in quantum mechanics, it could mean that our awareness is not confined to the brain. Instead, it may connect to quantum particles across the universe, suggesting a form of universal entanglement. Such a possibility challenges traditional views of consciousness, opening the door to questions about its existence beyond individual brains.

Critics, however, have long questioned the feasibility of quantum effects in warm environments like the human brain, which operates at temperatures far higher than the near-absolute zero conditions required for quantum computers. Yet, accumulating evidence suggests that quantum processes may underpin life’s functions in plants and animals.

One notable example is photosynthesis. Plants, which thrive in warm environments, use quantum mechanics to convert light into energy efficiently. During this process, light particles, or photons, are transformed into excitons, which must navigate internal plant structures to reach the chloroplasts for photosynthesis. Researchers propose that plants leverage the quantum property of superposition—where particles exist in multiple states simultaneously—to find the most efficient paths for excitons.

Similarly, the human brain, with billions of neurons firing simultaneously, may utilize quantum entanglement, a phenomenon where particles remain connected over vast distances. Studies have demonstrated that altering one particle’s properties affects another, even when they are separated. An August 2024 study in Physics Review E suggested that myelin, a fatty substance insulating brain cell axons, provides an ideal environment for quantum entanglement, potentially enabling quantum operations that facilitate thought processes.

Supporting the idea of quantum consciousness, earlier studies demonstrated the resilience of quantum states in microtubules. Physicist and oncology professor Jack Tuszyński’s research involved ultraviolet photons creating quantum reactions within microtubules that lasted up to five nanoseconds—thousands of times longer than expected. Similarly, a University of Central Florida study found that microtubules could re-emit visible light for hundreds of milliseconds to seconds, enough time for brain functions to occur.

These observations reveal that neurons can operate at speeds sufficient for quantum-level processes. As a result, they provide critical evidence linking brain functions to quantum mechanics.

According to Wellesley College neuroscientist Mike Wiest, the implications of these findings extend beyond scientific theory. Wiest noted, “The mind as a quantum phenomenon would shape our thinking about a wide variety of related questions, such as whether coma patients or nonhuman animals are conscious.” He added that this research heralds a “new era in our understanding of what we are.”

Though still controversial, the Orch OR theory gains credibility as scientists uncover evidence of quantum phenomena in unexpected places. While quantum computers require freezing temperatures to function, biological systems like plants and potentially human brains may have evolved to perform similar operations in warmer environments. If proven, the quantum basis of consciousness could revolutionize neuroscience, medicine, and even our understanding of existence.

With each study, researchers inch closer to unraveling one of humanity’s greatest mysteries—what it means to be conscious. As Wiest emphasized, this research is not just about science but about redefining our place in the universe.

Reconstructing History through Archaeomagnetic Research: A New Approach to Understanding Ancient Military Campaigns

Understanding ancient history often requires more than just reading old texts or studying ruins. By combining archaeomagnetic research with traditional archaeology, scientists have gained new insights into the events described in the Hebrew Bible, particularly the military campaigns against the kingdoms of Israel and Judah from the 10th to the 6th centuries BCE. This interdisciplinary approach not only enriches our understanding of ancient history but also reshapes how we view Earth’s magnetic field and its fluctuations during that time.

The Hebrew Bible and other ancient Near Eastern texts describe numerous military campaigns by powerful neighbors, such as the Egyptians, Arameans, Assyrians, and Babylonians. While some destruction layers discovered by archaeologists can be confidently linked to specific historical events, many others remain uncertain. These unresolved cases have made it difficult to verify biblical narratives and reconstruct the true scale of these military campaigns.

To address these gaps in the historical record, a team of researchers from Tel Aviv University and the Hebrew University of Jerusalem has used archaeomagnetic techniques. Published in the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, the study examines magnetic records preserved in burnt mud bricks and ceramics from 17 sites across Israel. By comparing the direction and intensity of the Earth’s magnetic field recorded during these ancient fires, the researchers were able to create a chronological framework to date destruction events. This method complements traditional radiocarbon dating and offers a new perspective on the timeline of ancient military conflicts.

When materials such as mud bricks and ceramics are subjected to intense heat, they preserve magnetic minerals that record the Earth’s magnetic field at the time of heating. This property allows scientists to track changes in the geomagnetic field over time. By combining decades of archaeological discoveries with historical inscriptions and biblical accounts, the researchers analyzed 21 destruction layers. Their findings not only confirmed certain key events but also challenged previously held assumptions about the timing of specific historical events.

One major breakthrough from this research involves the military campaigns of King Hazael of Aram-Damascus, a prominent figure in both biblical and historical records. Earlier studies had suggested that Hazael’s military campaign destroyed several sites, including Gath of the Philistines, Tel Rehov, Tel Zayit, and Horvat Tevet. By synchronizing the magnetic records from these locations, the researchers showed that all four sites were destroyed during the same campaign, around 830 BCE. This finding confirms the historical accounts of Hazael’s far-reaching conquests.

However, the findings also complicate earlier theories regarding the destruction of Tel Beth-Shean. Previously attributed to Hazael’s campaign, the magnetic data indicates that the destruction of this site occurred 70 to 100 years earlier, which corresponds with the military expeditions of Pharaoh Shoshenq of Egypt. This conclusion aligns with Egyptian inscriptions and biblical texts, offering a revised timeline for regional conflicts and reshaping the understanding of ancient military history.

The study also sheds new light on the fall of the Kingdom of Judah, one of the most debated events in biblical history. Archaeological evidence has long suggested that the Babylonian conquest of Judah in 586 BCE was not entirely complete, as some cities in the southern region remained untouched. The magnetic data supports this idea, revealing that while some sites in the Negev and surrounding areas survived the Babylonian conquest, they were later destroyed by the Edomites. This act of betrayal, as highlighted in biblical accounts, adds further depth to the historical understanding of Judah’s decline.

Prof. Erez Ben-Yosef, one of the study’s authors, explains, “The magnetic results support the hypothesis that the Babylonians were not the sole agents of Judah’s destruction. This challenges conventional views and underscores the complexity of the region’s history.” This observation not only challenges traditional views of Judah’s fall but also emphasizes the need to consider multiple factors when studying ancient history.

In addition to its contributions to archaeology, this research has broader implications for understanding Earth’s magnetic field. The Earth’s magnetic field, which plays a crucial role in protecting life from cosmic radiation, is generated by turbulent flows of liquid iron in the planet’s outer core. Geophysicists have long believed that the magnetic field changes slowly over time, but the findings from archaeomagnetic studies suggest otherwise. During the period studied, the magnetic field in the Southern Levant underwent unusually rapid shifts, with its intensity spiking to more than twice its current strength.

Prof. Ron Shaar, who led the geophysical analysis, emphasizes the importance of these discoveries, stating, “Our results show that the magnetic field is far less stable than previously thought. This knowledge is vital for understanding Earth’s core dynamics and refining geophysical models.” This finding highlights the significance of archaeomagnetic research not just for historical inquiry but also for advancing our understanding of Earth’s internal processes.

Israel’s wealth of well-dated archaeological sites has made it an ideal location for archaeomagnetic research. Over the past decade, researchers have reconstructed the region’s magnetic field using hundreds of artifacts, culminating in a continuous variation curve for the area. This curve not only aids in dating ancient materials but also provides insights into the dramatic changes in Earth’s magnetic field during antiquity.

Yoav Vaknin, the study’s lead author, notes the broader implications of the research, saying, “We’ve developed a scientific dating tool akin to radiocarbon dating, but based on magnetic field variations. This interdisciplinary approach allows us to confirm or challenge historical hypotheses with unprecedented precision.” This approach represents a powerful integration of multiple scientific disciplines, allowing researchers to test historical theories and build a more accurate understanding of the past.

The combination of archaeomagnetism, archaeology, and textual evidence demonstrates the power of interdisciplinary collaboration in reconstructing ancient history. The use of magnetic data to date destruction events and explore shifts in Earth’s geomagnetic field transforms the way we view ancient military campaigns and the natural environment of the time. As this research continues to develop, it will not only offer new insights into the ancient past but also help refine models of Earth’s core dynamics and geomagnetic history.

By refining these methods and exploring further applications, scientists are uncovering more than just the past—they are also providing new tools for understanding the dynamic processes that shape our planet. This innovative approach opens up exciting possibilities for both archaeological research and geophysical studies, further bridging the gap between history and science.

Indian Scientist’s Antibiotic Receives Historic USFDA Approval

In a groundbreaking achievement, Indian scientist Dr. Mukut Gohain, supported by Orchid Pharma in Chennai, has co-developed an innovative antibiotic, Enmetazobactam, which has received approval from the United States Food and Drug Administration (USFDA). This approval marks a historic milestone as it is the first antibiotic entirely developed in India to gain FDA clearance, concluding a 16-year journey of rigorous research and development.

Dr. Gohain, an accomplished researcher with a Ph.D. from NEIST, India, has extensive experience in pharmaceutical innovation. Currently serving as Principal Investigator and Head of Research & Development at CPT, he has been instrumental in pioneering affordable and effective industrial technologies for active pharmaceutical ingredients (APIs). His career includes notable positions at Orchid Chemicals & Pharmaceuticals Ltd. and Sanmar Specialty Chemicals Ltd. Additionally, Dr. Gohain leads projects funded by the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, focusing on life-saving drug technologies.

Among his many accomplishments, Dr. Gohain co-invented Enmetazobactam, a novel antibiotic aimed at tackling multi-drug-resistant gram-negative bacterial infections. His team’s efforts culminated in the approval of this breakthrough drug after successful Phase 3 clinical trials targeting urinary tract infections (UTIs). The medication had earlier earned Fast Track status from the FDA as a Qualified Infectious Disease Product (QIDP).

The recent European Medicines Agency (EMA) recommendation for Enmetazobactam further underscores its global significance. The drug, developed as a Beta Lactamase Inhibitor, addresses the critical issue of antimicrobial resistance (AMR), a growing global health threat.

To be marketed as Exblifep (Cefepime and Enmetazobactam), the antibiotic is authorized for injection in patients aged 18 and older. It is specifically designed to treat complicated urinary tract infections (cUTIs), including pyelonephritis, caused by microorganisms such as Escherichia coli, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Proteus mirabilis, and Enterobacter cloacae complex.

The path to FDA approval was far from easy. The journey began in 2008 when Enmetazobactam was first discovered. Over the years, the team underwent extensive testing and data generation to meet the rigorous regulatory requirements of the FDA. The challenges faced and sacrifices made by the researchers underscore the dedication behind this groundbreaking achievement.

Reflecting on this success, Dr. Mukut Gohain expressed his pride in the team’s efforts. “This milestone is a testament to the perseverance and sacrifices of our research team,” he said. “It’s a significant moment for Indian innovation in the biotech and pharmaceutical sectors.”

The approval of Enmetazobactam by the USFDA also highlights the growing prominence of India in global drug discovery and development. Orchid Pharma’s achievement not only enhances India’s reputation as a hub for pharmaceutical innovation but also positions the country as a global leader in addressing critical healthcare challenges.

As Enmetazobactam prepares to make its mark on the global healthcare landscape, this milestone represents a new chapter in the fight against infectious diseases. By providing an effective treatment option for drug-resistant bacterial infections, the innovation has the potential to significantly improve patient outcomes worldwide.

James Webb Telescope Offers Stunning New Perspective on Sombrero Galaxy

The James Webb Space Telescope has unveiled an astonishing new view of the Sombrero galaxy, offering a fresh perspective on this iconic celestial neighbor. The latest image diverges significantly from the galaxy’s classic resemblance to a wide-brimmed Mexican hat, which earned it its distinctive name.

Captured using Webb’s Mid-Infrared Instrument (MIRI), the image highlights the galaxy’s smooth inner disk, a stark contrast to the luminous core typically visible in Hubble Space Telescope images. Unlike the visible light images that emphasize the glowing core and outer edges forming the “hat’s crown,” Webb’s infrared view makes the crown vanish. Instead, the galaxy appears more like a bull’s-eye, while a multitude of distant galaxies shimmer faintly in the background.

The Sombrero galaxy, formally known as Messier 104 (M104), lies approximately 30 million light-years from Earth in the Virgo constellation. Its discovery dates back to 1781, credited to French astronomer and comet hunter Pierre Méchain. He dedicated the finding to his colleague Charles Messier, who became renowned for cataloging celestial objects, including star clusters and nebulae.

Webb’s advanced capabilities stem from its ability to observe celestial phenomena through various wavelengths of infrared light. Infrared light, which is invisible to the human eye, reveals hidden aspects of the universe that are otherwise undetectable. The telescope’s high sensitivity allows scientists to uncover new details and phenomena, expanding our understanding of the cosmos.

Webb’s MIRI has exposed intricate details of Messier 104, including its outer ring. The imagery highlights how cosmic dust, a fundamental component in the formation of stars and planets, is distributed and structured within the galaxy. Earlier observations by NASA’s now-retired Spitzer Space Telescope portrayed the Sombrero galaxy’s outer ring as relatively smooth. In contrast, Webb’s latest observations reveal a complex, clumpy ring, suggesting the possible existence of stellar nurseries within this region.

These observations also point to the presence of carbon-based molecules, such as polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons, within the dust ring. The discovery of these molecules further supports the idea that star formation could be occurring in the galaxy’s outer ring. Despite these indicators, the Sombrero galaxy remains relatively inactive in star formation compared to other galaxies.

For example, Messier 82, another galaxy of interest, generates stars at a rate ten times faster than the Sombrero galaxy. Scientists estimate that Messier 82 produces an extraordinary number of stars annually, far surpassing the 100 billion stars that populate the Milky Way. In comparison, the Sombrero galaxy’s rings create fewer than one solar mass of stars per year—a solar mass being equivalent to the mass of our sun. Meanwhile, the Milky Way achieves a slightly higher rate, forming approximately two solar masses of stars each year.

Adding to its unique profile, the Sombrero galaxy hosts a supermassive black hole at its center. This black hole, while active, is less dynamic compared to those found in other galaxies. It consumes material from Messier 104 at a slow pace, emitting a bright but relatively small jet of radiation.

Despite its quieter star-forming activity and less active black hole, the Sombrero galaxy is teeming with 2,000 globular clusters. These clusters are dense groups of hundreds of thousands of ancient stars, held together by gravitational forces. For astronomers, these clusters serve as ideal laboratories to compare stars of the same age but varying in mass and other properties, helping to refine models of stellar evolution.

Since its launch in December 2021, the James Webb Space Telescope has made groundbreaking contributions to astronomy. As it prepares to enter its fourth year of operations in July, scientists worldwide are competing for observation time. Webb’s unmatched capabilities are being harnessed to investigate exoplanets and their atmospheres, the lifecycle of stars, and the mysteries of distant galaxies.

Through its detailed view of the Sombrero galaxy, the Webb telescope continues to demonstrate its unparalleled ability to unveil the hidden intricacies of the universe, offering insights that were previously beyond human reach.

Foreign-Born Scientists Face Uncertainty Amid U.S. Visa Policy Changes

Foreign-born workers constitute approximately half of the doctoral-level scientists and engineers in the United States. Many of these professionals initially come to the U.S. under H-1B visas, which are granted to up to 85,000 highly skilled individuals annually. These visas allow recipients to work in the U.S. for a period of up to six years. However, policy changes under the Trump administration have raised concerns about the future of this critical workforce.

The incoming Trump administration has signaled its intention to tighten regulations around H-1B visas. Such restrictions could make it more difficult for U.S. universities, research institutions, and tech companies to recruit highly skilled international talent. Experts warn that the potential consequences might mirror what occurred in the United Kingdom after Brexit, which made it harder for European scientists to work there. Raymundo Báez-Mendoza, a scientist heading a lab at the Leibniz Institute for Primate Research in Göttingen, Germany, highlighted this parallel.

“A lot of countries in Europe benefited from Brexit, in the sense of capturing really amazing scientists that were working in Britain,” Báez-Mendoza observed. He emphasized that in the scientific community, “top talent is very mobile.”

Báez-Mendoza’s own career exemplifies this mobility. Born in Mexico City, he pursued a master’s degree in Tübingen, Germany, a Ph.D. at the University of Cambridge in the U.K., and worked as a postdoctoral researcher at Massachusetts General Hospital and Harvard under an H-1B visa before returning to Germany. His lab now includes scientists from five countries, including the U.S.

During Trump’s presidency, the administration moved quickly to fulfill its promises regarding visa restrictions. In 2017, months after taking office, Trump outlined his intentions during a speech at Snap-on Tools in Kenosha, Wisconsin. Speaking in front of a backdrop of red, white, and blue wrenches, Trump declared, “Widespread abuse in our immigration system is allowing American workers of all backgrounds to be replaced by workers brought in from other countries to fill the same job for sometimes less pay. This will stop.”

H-1B visas were a focal point of his speech, though it was later revealed that Snap-on itself employed workers under this program. Trump subsequently issued executive orders aimed at tightening H-1B visa regulations and, in 2020, suspended new H-1B and other temporary work visas.

The implications of these measures have been far-reaching, leaving a lasting impression on many international scientists. Among them is Leili Mortazavi, a brain scientist from Iran who is currently completing her doctoral studies at Stanford University. Reflecting on her experience, Mortazavi said, “I really like Stanford, people here are great, the resources [are] amazing. But I would have to see what kinds of changes happen under Trump.”

Mortazavi almost lost the opportunity to study at Stanford due to an executive order issued in early 2017, commonly referred to as the “Muslim ban.” This order temporarily closed U.S. borders to individuals holding Iranian passports. Fortunately, Mortazavi obtained a Canadian passport just in time to avoid the ban’s effects. Later, during the COVID-19 pandemic, Trump proposed a policy that could have deported international students attending virtual classes.

“There was talk about asking all the international students to go back home, which was a very, very stressful time,” Mortazavi recalled. “Luckily it didn’t go through, but I still remember that very, very vividly.”

As a new Trump administration looms, Mortazavi remains concerned about her ability to secure a U.S. visa for work. Her apprehension is compounded by the return of Stephen Miller, a key architect of Trump’s immigration policies during his first term. Uncertain about her future in the U.S., Mortazavi is exploring job opportunities abroad.

“University of Toronto has a lot of great labs relevant to my work,” she said. “I also visited Oxford and University College London last summer and would really be interested in working with them.”

During Trump’s first term, several businesses and academic institutions challenged the administration’s visa policies in court. However, in light of the potential for renewed restrictions, many of these entities are now maintaining a low profile. Half a dozen universities and research institutions contacted for comment on the matter either did not respond or declined to make public statements.

Meanwhile, the Trump transition team has not provided information about the president-elect’s plans for H-1B visas, leaving many scientists, engineers, and their employers in a state of uncertainty.

Tamil Nadu’s Space Ambitions: Vaanam Accelerator Aims for the Stars

Sabareesan Vedamurthy, often seen as Tamil Nadu’s political mastermind and the son-in-law of Chief Minister MK Stalin, is now setting his sights on the cosmos with the launch of India’s first private space tech accelerator, Vaanam. This bold move not only showcases his ambitions beyond politics but also puts Tamil Nadu on the map in the growing space technology sector.

While the accelerator was officially launched by his brother Hariharan Vedamurthy and entrepreneur Sameer Bharat Ram, there is little doubt about Sabareesan’s pivotal role in this initiative. As one observer quipped, “Why settle for influencing Tamil Nadu’s political landscape when you can aim for outer space?” This sentiment underscores the boldness of Sabareesan’s venture, which marks a significant step in combining political influence and space innovation.

Aiming High: Tamil Nadu’s Own Elon Musk

Sabareesan appears poised to carve a niche for himself in India’s burgeoning space ecosystem, drawing comparisons to SpaceX’s Elon Musk. Backed by Padma Bhushan awardee and former ISRO scientist Nambi Narayanan, Vaanam is rooted in credible mentorship. The question now is whether this initiative can rival the success of global giants like SpaceX or merely join the ranks of numerous ambitious Indian startups.

The accelerator’s launch event in Chennai added a touch of glamour and gravitas, with industrialist Ravi Mariwala and actor-director R. Madhavan lending their support. Tamil Nadu Industries Minister TRB Rajaa officiated the event, while Nambi Narayanan’s presence underscored the technical heft behind the initiative. The ceremony highlighted Tamil Nadu’s readiness to take a leap into the global space race, driven by political and industrial collaboration.

Vaanam’s Vision for India’s Space Startups

The Vaanam accelerator aims to transform the Indian space startup ecosystem by offering commercial expertise and tailored tools to emerging ventures. Its focus lies in helping early-stage companies achieve product-market fit and scale their operations effectively. According to Vedamurthy, the initiative seeks to address gaps in the government’s efforts to commercialize space technology. “Our accelerator is designed to bridge the whitespace in the ecosystem and propel Indian space startups to the global stage,” he remarked.

This strategy is part of a broader effort to position Tamil Nadu as a key player in India’s space technology domain. The accelerator’s investors, equipped with both financial resources and political connections, are determined to make Vaanam a trailblazer in the sector.

Grounded Ambitions: Thoothukudi’s Propellant Park

Beyond supporting startups, Vaanam plays a vital role in Tamil Nadu’s larger space ambitions, including the establishment of a propellant park in Thoothukudi. This initiative is part of a ₹950 crore investment to develop India’s second rocket launchpad. With this infrastructure, Tamil Nadu is positioning itself as a hub for space technology, attracting both domestic and international interest.

Unlike Musk’s plans for Mars colonization, Sabareesan’s vision appears more grounded, focusing on practical and strategic development within the state. The collaboration between political and industrial entities highlights the state’s commitment to leveraging its resources for technological advancement.

Engaging the Next Generation

Vaanam also emphasizes educational outreach, introducing Space Clubs in schools and colleges across Tamil Nadu. These clubs aim to inspire young minds to pursue careers in space science and technology. “If the Chief Minister’s son-in-law can aim for the stars, why can’t we?” quipped a student at one of these clubs, echoing the spirit of this initiative.

The program seeks to create a pipeline of talent for the space sector, ensuring that Tamil Nadu remains at the forefront of innovation. By fostering interest at an early age, Vaanam hopes to build a generation of space enthusiasts who can contribute to India’s space ambitions.

A Bold Leap or Political Posturing?

While Vaanam has captured public imagination, some critics view it as an extension of Sabareesan’s political influence. They question whether the accelerator can navigate the complexities of space exploration without falling prey to the bureaucratic hurdles often associated with government-backed projects.

Adding to the speculation is the playful narrative surrounding Elon Musk’s reaction to Vaanam. Sources humorously claim that Musk, watching the launch on Kalaignar TV from his SpaceX headquarters, expressed concern over the potential competition. “This wouldn’t have been possible if not for Periyar,” Musk was purportedly quoted as saying, a tongue-in-cheek nod to Tamil Nadu’s Dravidian heritage.

Whether this anecdote is fact or fiction, it underscores the global attention that Vaanam has garnered. As Tamil Nadu transitions from being a hub of Dravidian politics to a launchpad for space technology, the state’s ambitions have captured the imagination of many.

Challenges on the Horizon

Despite its promising start, Vaanam faces significant challenges in establishing itself as a leader in the space sector. The complexities of space exploration require not only technical expertise but also the ability to navigate financial and regulatory landscapes. The accelerator’s success will depend on its ability to deliver tangible results and build a reputation for reliability and innovation.

The broader question remains: Can Vaanam translate its ambitious goals into sustainable achievements? Or will it become another example of political and industrial ambitions falling short of expectations?

A Celestial Spectacle

As Tamil Nadu watches this initiative unfold, Vaanam has already sparked widespread curiosity. Some speculate that future election manifestos might even include promises of free space travel for Tamil Nadu residents. While this might be a stretch, it highlights the excitement surrounding the state’s space aspirations.

In the end, Vaanam represents a unique blend of political ambition and technological innovation. By aiming for the stars, Sabareesan Vedamurthy and his team have set a new benchmark for what can be achieved when politics and industry collaborate.

Whether Vaanam becomes a global player in the space sector or simply adds to Tamil Nadu’s list of ambitious projects, it has already made a significant impact. As one observer aptly put it, “At least someone in Tamil Nadu politics is finally shooting for the moon – literally!”

Disclaimer: While Vaanam Space Tech Accelerator is a legitimate initiative founded by Hariharan Vedamurthy and Sameer Bharat Ram, some elements in this article are satirical. Any resemblance to actual events or statements is coincidental and intended for humor.

Yale Professor Sam Raskin and Team Solve Geometric Portion of Langlands Conjecture After Decades of Work

After more than three decades, five academic studies, and a thousand pages of research, a team led by Yale Professor Sam Raskin has made a breakthrough in solving a crucial aspect of what some call math’s “Rosetta Stone.” Raskin’s team succeeded in proving the geometric portion of the Langlands conjectures, a theoretical framework that connects three major branches of mathematics: number theory, harmonic analysis, and geometry. This accomplishment carries profound implications for mathematics, physics, and quantum field theory.

“We always knew that there was some very big mystery, and until we solve that we won’t be able to do the full proof,” said Dennis Gaitsgory, director of the Max Planck Institute for mathematics in Bonn, Germany, who closely collaborated with Raskin. “I thought it would take decades to prove it, and suddenly they cracked it.”

The Langlands program, initially proposed by former Yale doctoral student and professor Robert Langlands in 1967, is a set of conjectures that reveal deep connections between seemingly unrelated mathematical fields. These conjectures have had a transformative influence on modern mathematics, providing new perspectives and methods for thinking about mathematical relationships.

Raskin, a professor in Yale’s Faculty of Arts and Sciences, is known for his work in algebraic geometry, a field where geometric methods are applied to study algebraic equations. Raskin and his team formulated Langlands’ conjecture from the field of number theory in geometric terms before proceeding to prove it, making a monumental contribution to the Langlands program.

This milestone is the result of over thirty years of research in the geometric Langlands conjectures. Due to the highly abstract and detailed nature of this research, Gaitsgory emphasized that explaining all the necessary definitions could take months, if not years. The significance of the achievement is difficult to fully grasp for those without a deep background in mathematics.

“It is extremely beautiful, beautiful mathematics, which is connected very much with other mathematics and with mathematical physics,” said Alexander Beilinson, a University of Chicago professor who has worked with Raskin in the past.

Raskin’s journey in the field began during his undergraduate years at the University of Chicago, where he collaborated with Beilinson and Vladimir Drinfeld, mathematicians who explored the idea of the geometric Langlands conjecture. Later, at Harvard, Raskin completed his doctorate under Gaitsgory’s supervision, continuing his work in this field.

Raskin’s long-standing interest in Langlands’ conjectures has driven his career. He describes his approach to research as similar to experimental science, in that he observes developments by other mathematicians and then takes alternative approaches to advance the work.

“Mathematical research isn’t necessarily geared towards big problems, but it’s geared towards incremental progress and understanding things a little bit better,” Raskin said. “And sometimes you have a new idea which is interesting, and you play with it; if you get really lucky, then it connects to some big stuff.”

A key breakthrough occurred during a particularly challenging time in Raskin’s personal life. A few weeks after Raskin and Joakim Faergeman, a Yale graduate student, published an important paper, Raskin faced a difficult situation. He was driving his wife to the hospital, where she stayed for six weeks before the birth of their second child.

During this period, Raskin found time to call Gaitsgory, using the long drives between home, school, and the hospital to discuss ideas for the proof.

“There’s been a lot of progress, but there have been certain hurdles no one’s ever really been able to get past,” Raskin said. “Somehow, somewhere in there, in essentially the worst week of my life, I managed to get past the last hurdle.”

The significance of this breakthrough extends beyond mathematics. Physicists Anton Kapustin and Edward Witten independently realized that the geometric Langlands conjecture is a consequence of quantum field theory. This connection, according to Gaitsgory, provides mathematical proof for particular behaviors in quantum field theory, opening new avenues for exploration.

Aside from the ultimate proof, Raskin and his collaborators have made significant contributions to the field of Langlands conjectures over the years, shedding light on new relationships in modern mathematics.

“Even that process of just contributing knowledge [to] the field without solving the full proof is what 90 percent of my life consisted of,” Gaitsgory said. “But it was satisfying enough.”

Looking ahead, Raskin and Gaitsgory plan to continue their work in the field of Langlands conjectures. They remain confident that there is much more to discover and that this breakthrough is just the beginning of a deeper understanding of the subject.

Sam Raskin received his Ph.D. from Harvard University in 2014, and his career continues to impact the world of mathematics.

Indian-American Physician Abhijit Patel Receives Award for Pioneering Lung Cancer Detection Research

Indian-American physician Abhijit Patel has been honored with the 2024 Lung Cancer Early Detection Award. The accolade, funded by the LUNGevity Foundation and the Rising Tide Foundation for Clinical Cancer Research, recognizes groundbreaking work aimed at enhancing technologies for early lung cancer detection, a key to reducing lung cancer-related mortality across the United States.

The award acknowledges Patel and his collaborator, Steven Skates from Massachusetts General Hospital, for their innovative technique that identifies minuscule fragments of DNA from cancer cells circulating in the bloodstream. This advancement has the potential to transform early lung cancer diagnosis.

With the grant provided through this award, the researchers plan to refine their technology further. The primary goal is to link the detection of these DNA fragments to the presence of early-stage lung cancer in patients. Additionally, the team intends to develop an algorithm capable of tracking blood changes over time. This approach could lead to the creation of a routine blood test capable of identifying lung cancer at its earliest, most treatable stages, according to a press release.

The research has generated significant enthusiasm within the medical community. “This approach has additional advantages that can be a game-changer for the field of lung cancer,” remarked Upal Basu Roy, the executive director of LUNGevity Research. Roy highlighted that when combined with existing screening methods, this blood test could potentially detect types of lung cancer often missed by traditional screenings. Specifically, squamous cell lung cancer, which is frequently diagnosed at advanced stages, could be identified earlier, improving patient survival rates and expanding treatment options.

Squamous cell lung cancer presents unique challenges due to its typically late-stage detection and the associated high mortality rates. Early diagnosis could significantly shift this paradigm, allowing for more effective interventions.

The critical importance of early detection in lung cancer is underscored by survival statistics. When diagnosed at an early stage, the five-year survival rate for lung cancer patients is approximately 64 percent. This figure drops dramatically to 27 percent when considering all stages of the disease. Despite this disparity, only 22 percent of lung cancer cases are currently detected in their early stages, highlighting an urgent need for better diagnostic tools.

Alexandre Alencar, head of cancer research programs at the Rising Tide Foundation for Clinical Cancer Research, emphasized the necessity of this work. “There is a clear and pressing need to improve early detection of lung cancer,” he stated. “And here, we have dedicated researchers with a possible solution in hand. It will be exciting to see where this work takes us.”

The innovative approach developed by Patel and Skates offers hope for addressing the challenges of early lung cancer detection. If successful, their research could revolutionize how lung cancer is diagnosed, reducing mortality rates and improving the quality of life for countless patients.

Obesity Paradox and Lean Diabetes

Prof. Bellamkonda K. Kishore, M.D., Ph.D., MBA
Academician, Innovator & Entrepreneur

Most of you know that overweight and obesity as measured by body mass index (BMI) over 25 or 30 kg/m2, respectively, are a risk factor for diseases, such as diabetes mellitus, high blood pressure, cardiovascular diseases, chronic kidney disease, and arthritis, among others. In fact, epidemiologically, obesity is linked to the development of several non-communicable diseases (NCDs). Thus, obesity is considered as the Mother of All Disease(Fig 1).

Obviously, by maintaining the BMI under 25 kg/m2 (23 kg/m2 in Asians as per WHO) one can avoid developing non-communicable diseases (NCDs) to a large extent. NCDs account for 74% ofall deaths worldwide or 41 million deaths each year. It is projected that by the year 2030, deaths due to NCDs will reach 52 million. Cardivasccular diseases, cancers, chronic respiratory diseases and diabetes contribute for over 80% of premature deaths.

Within the context of India, in 2018, 63% of all deaths (about 5 million deaths) were attributed to NCDs. Apart from healthcare costs, disability and loss of life, NCDs also affect the productivity of the people and thus negatively impact the economic growth of the nation. For instance, in 2017 India lost 226.8 million disability-adjusted life years (DALYs). One DALY represents the loss of the equivalent of one year of full health. It is computed by the sum of years of life lost due to premature mortality (Years of Life Lost or YLLs) and the years lived with a disability (Years Lost due to Disability or YLDs) due to prevalent cases of disease or health condition in a population. Thus, NCDs not only affect individual lives of the people, but also negatively impact the economic growth of a country.

Obesity Paradox and Lean Diabetes
Fig 1: Obesity is Mother of All Diseases.
Source: Wikimedia Commons – Work of the Centers for Disease Controls and Prevention (CDC), a division of the United States Federal Government (Public Domain)

Contrary to the wider belief, obesity is not a problem of the developed world. Now obesity is the problem of rapidly developing economies, such as BRICS countries as well as the developing countries. These countries are more populous than the developed world. About 2/3rds of the 600 to 800 million obese subjects in the world live in emerging economies or developing countries, where they face disproportionately more heath burden due to the lack of mature or advanced healthcare systems. Thus, obesity disproportionately cripples the people in developing countries vs. developed world. Hence, even a 10 to 20% reduction in the number of obese subjects in the world has a profound and direct impact on the overall health status of the world, in addition to saving trillions of dollars in healthcare costs.

Thus,it sounds reasonable from the epidemiological point of view to decrease the new cases of NCDs. However, in recent years a paradoxical phenomenon was reported by several researchers, which was namedObesity Paradox. While obesity has the potential for the development of NCDs, once a subject develops NCDs, being obese as measured by BMI appears to be beneficial as it protects against mortality due to the NCDs. Obesity paradox refers to the clinical observation that when acute cardiovascular decompensation occurs, obese patients may have a survival benefit. It was first observed by Dr. Kalantar-Zadeh in patients suffering with advanced chronic kidney disease (Fig 2). Subsequently, obesity paradox has been reported in patients with heart failure, myocardial infarction, acute coronary syndrome, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), rheumatoid arthritis, and in older residents in nursing homes. It should be noted that obesity paradox does not contradict the epidemiological data that obesity predisposes people to the development of NCDs. However, once obese people develop NCDs, somehow they are protected against death as compared to the non-obese people with NCDs.

Obesity Paradox and Lean Diabetes
Fig 2: Reverse association of BMI and survival in patients with advanced chronic kidney disease (CKD) as compared to the general population. Reproduced from Kalantar-Zadeh et al, Kidney International Reports 2017, under Creative Commons CC-BY-NC-ND

The scientific community is split on obesity paradox, while some support it, others brush it aside calling it BMI paradox. However, several studies showed obesity is a complex disorder and there are metabolically healthy obesity (MHO) and metabolically unhealthy obesity (MUHO). Furthermore, it has been shown that it is the cardiorespiratory fitness (CRF) or lack of it that determines mortality, but not just obesity itself. That means being fit is more important than shedding weight.These intriguing findings are shedding new light on the complex subject of obesity.

While obesity paradox is a complex subject to understand with our current knowledge, another interesting phenomenon is emerging. It is called Lean Diabetes or diabetes mellitus in lean or non-obese subjects (BMI < 25 kg.m2). It was originally observed in men of Asian or African ancestry with a history of nutritional insults in the childhood. But now it is prevalent in these communities, including Asian Americans or African Americans. Asians, especially, Indians have relatively less lean body mass vs. fat giving a spurious appearance of normal BMI, as compared to Caucasians. Lean diabetes is the rapidly rising form of diabetes in the United States as compared to diabetes in obese subjects (17.8% vs. 2.1% increase in prevalence between 2015 and 2020, respectively). This is mostly due to increased prevalence of lean diabetes among women and colored people. What is alarming is, clinically and pathophysiologically, lean diabetes is more severe in nature and is often intractable to treatment by conventional methods. Lean diabetes also carries much severe complications and mortality as compared to type 2 diabetes mellitus. Lean diabetes appears to be a hybrid of type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus (T1DM & T2DM). It seems cardiometabolic risk leading to conditions like lean diabetes, is programmed during the fetal or early neonatal development of the subject, and it is influenced by maternal and/or infant nutrition, or both. Obviously, more in depth studies are needed to address this potential possibility. Such findings will hold the key for prevention of the development of lean diabetes.

One logical question that arises, is there a link between obesity paradox and lean diabetes? While more in-depth studies are needed to address that question, the Invited Review article by this author titled Reverse Epidemiology of Obesity Paradox: Fact of Fiction? Published recently in the Physiological Reports, a joint publication of the Physiological Society of United Kingdom and the American Physiological Society, sheds new light on this subject. It appears that this is the first review article that dealt with both Obesity Paradox and Lean Diabetes on one platform offering potential links between these two. Here is the graphical abstract of that review article with details to access the invited review in the open access journal, Physiological Review.

Obesity Paradox and Lean Diabetes

Graphic Abstract:Obesity paradox is a clinical observation that when acute cardiovascular decompensation occurs, patients with obesity may have survival benefits. Development of insulin resistance, decrease in insulin secretion, and body fat distribution in obesity varies considerably based on ethnicity and dietary habits of people. Maternal factors may program fetal cardiovascular risk, which often leads to development lean diabetes, which has higher prevalence of complications and mortality than in obese diabetics. Cardio-respiratory fitness (CRF) has emerged as an independent risk factor for death, irrespective of the obesity status of the subject. CRF may also influence mortality in obesity paradox.

The article by BK. Kishore can be accessed athttps://physoc.onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.14814/phy2.70107

About the Author: Prof. Bellamkonda K. Kishore is an academician and innovator, who recently turned to entrepreneurship. He did innovative research on kidney diseases, obesity and metabolic syndrome and related systems. Currently he is an Adjunct Professor of Internal Medicine at the University of Utah Health in Salt Lake City, Utah while being the Co-Founder, CEO & CSO of ePurines, Inc., a therapeutic drug development startup launched by him and his academic colleagues in the University of Utah Research Park in Salt Lake City, Utah. Website:www.bkkishore.online

Predictions and Warnings: Scientists Foresee a Fiery End for Earth

One of the most compelling and enduring questions for humanity centers on the fate of our planet: how long can we expect Earth to last, and is there truly an endpoint in sight? Although ancient predictions, like those of the Mayan civilization, have often fallen short, the curiosity surrounding Earth’s longevity remains a topic of fascination. Now, only a few experts in science dare to propose possible answers, hinting at unsettling outcomes based on scientific evidence and environmental trends.

Recently, astronaut Frank Rubio returned from a 371-day mission in space, reminding many of the fragile boundary between Earth and the vast unknown. Meanwhile, theories from some of history’s prominent thinkers, such as physicist Stephen Hawking, resonate with a stark warning about the future of our world. Hawking’s predictions, coupled with NASA’s stance on the impact of unchecked energy consumption, offer a sobering view of what may lie ahead.

Stephen Hawking’s Dire Prediction

One influential voice in the discussion about Earth’s potential demise was the late physicist Stephen Hawking. In the documentary *The Search for a New Earth*, Hawking put forth his own vision of how and when humanity might face the end. He warned that the planet would only sustain life until approximately 2600, at which point he believed it would transform into “a gigantic ball of fire.” Hawking’s statement was based on a series of factors—global warming, climate change, and the greenhouse effect—all of which he argued would render Earth uninhabitable in the future.

Hawking’s hypothesis hinges on the fact that climate change continues to intensify due to human actions. The warming of Earth’s atmosphere, largely driven by greenhouse gases, raises the planet’s average temperature, and this warming trend, if it persists, could eventually result in catastrophic conditions. “Global warming and the greenhouse effect are among the key reasons why Earth’s future appears bleak,” Hawking asserted in the documentary.

NASA’s Warning on Resource Consumption

NASA, the United States’ leading aerospace agency, has also weighed in on the subject, lending scientific backing to some of Hawking’s concerns. While NASA refrains from suggesting an exact end date for Earth, it has repeatedly emphasized the dangers of excessive energy resource depletion. The agency warns that the current rate of resource use is unsustainable, posing a real risk to the planet’s future if these patterns continue unchecked.

NASA’s findings highlight a significant threat: unless meaningful changes are made in how humanity consumes resources, Earth’s viability as a habitat for humans could indeed be short-lived. A spokesperson for NASA explained, “The urgency of our situation becomes clearer as we continue to monitor energy consumption trends. Immediate intervention is essential to preserve Earth’s resources and mitigate potential disaster.”

Given this pressing issue, NASA has implemented various initiatives aimed at conserving Earth’s environment. These include extensive research and programs designed to both observe and preserve the planet. By studying energy consumption trends, climate change, and atmospheric conditions, the agency hopes to identify ways to curb environmental degradation.

NASA’s Preventative Programs

In recent years, NASA has increased its focus on safeguarding Earth through a series of preventative programs. One primary aim is to shield the planet from potential hazards originating from outer space. By tracking possible asteroid trajectories and monitoring other celestial bodies that might pose a threat, NASA works to mitigate impacts that could endanger life on Earth. The agency has also launched programs specifically targeted at addressing the environmental crisis from space by conducting climate change studies and allocating resources for Earth observation.

NASA’s proactive approach demonstrates its commitment to addressing both natural and human-made threats to Earth. “To keep Earth habitable, we must look both inward, at our own actions, and outward, to prepare for possible external threats,” says a NASA representative.

The Ongoing Fight Against Climate Change

Both Hawking’s forecasts and NASA’s ongoing research underline a critical issue that scientists around the world continue to stress: climate change is real and poses one of the gravest threats to human survival. Climate change refers to long-term shifts in temperatures and weather patterns, primarily due to human activities, such as burning fossil fuels and deforestation, which increase greenhouse gas emissions. This accumulation of greenhouse gases traps heat in the Earth’s atmosphere, leading to higher global temperatures.

This phenomenon accelerates other environmental problems, like the melting of polar ice caps, which in turn raises sea levels and threatens coastal regions. Extreme weather events, such as hurricanes, droughts, and wildfires, are also on the rise, exacerbating challenges for ecosystems and societies worldwide.

Looking to the Future

While Hawking’s timeline extends several centuries into the future, his warnings prompt immediate consideration. Some scientists have suggested that humanity’s quest for solutions must intensify, including exploration of other habitable planets. Others argue that current technology and understanding should be used to prioritize protecting Earth’s ecosystems before turning outward.

NASA, for instance, continues its research on Earth’s environmental health while also exploring outer space. Programs such as the Mars rover missions and lunar expeditions may one day pave the way for human settlements on other planets. However, NASA’s primary focus remains Earth’s immediate well-being and sustainability.

“There is much to be done here on Earth, and while space exploration is invaluable, preserving our home planet is paramount,” said a NASA scientist. This dual focus reflects a growing consensus among scientists that addressing Earth’s challenges must happen alongside preparations for possible alternatives.

The Role of Individual Responsibility

In addition to institutional efforts, scientists emphasize the role that individuals and communities must play in combating climate change. Small lifestyle changes, like conserving water, reducing energy usage, and recycling, can collectively make a significant impact. Raising awareness about environmental responsibility, reducing waste, and advocating for sustainable practices also contribute to long-term goals.

“Each person’s actions matter,” NASA stresses in its outreach efforts. By fostering a culture of responsibility, individuals can support broader conservation initiatives and help mitigate the detrimental effects of climate change.

Conclusion

The future of Earth may remain uncertain, but the warnings from visionaries like Stephen Hawking and agencies like NASA remind humanity of the urgency of its situation. Hawking’s stark warning of Earth becoming a “gigantic ball of fire” by 2600 is a scenario that may seem distant, yet it underscores the consequences of continued environmental neglect. NASA’s insights on unsustainable resource use reinforce this call to action, encouraging immediate steps to reduce our ecological footprint.

NASA’s vigilance in identifying external threats and studying Earth’s climate signals its commitment to addressing both the known and unknown factors that threaten our planet. For now, Earth is humanity’s only home, and the actions taken in the coming years will shape its fate. As the saying goes, “There’s no planet B.” The time to act is now, both collectively and individually, to preserve Earth and ensure it remains habitable for generations to come.

By recognizing the intertwined challenges of climate change, resource depletion, and potential cosmic threats, humanity faces a pivotal moment. The warnings are clear, and the need for action is immediate. While the prospect of living on another planet may be intriguing, the reality is that protecting Earth remains the most urgent priority.

NASA’s New Missions and Ancient Discoveries Transform Our View of the Cosmos and Earth’s Past  

In a thrilling update for science enthusiasts, Jackie Wattles, a seasoned CNN journalist covering space exploration, delves into recent breakthroughs in space, technology, and archaeology. Having reported on space advancements for nearly a decade, Wattles notes that today’s rapid technological progress is accelerating discoveries in rocketry, astronomy, and scientific tools.

The mysteries of the universe, particularly dark matter and dark energy, are at the forefront of these advancements. Despite their mysterious nature, scientists believe dark matter composes 85% of the universe’s total matter, though it remains undetectable. Meanwhile, dark energy could explain why the universe is expanding and accelerating in that expansion.

Exploring the Cosmos

With innovative instruments now online, scientists can gather data that will reshape our understanding of the cosmos. One significant development comes from the European Space Agency’s Euclid telescope, which launched in 2023. Designed to study dark energy and dark matter, Euclid recently contributed the first fragment of a cosmic map. This initial data comprises roughly 100 million stars and galaxies, offering a snapshot of the vast six-year map-making endeavor ahead. By examining how dark matter bends light and curves space across galaxies, scientists hope to uncover new insights into the mysterious substance.

In Chile, researchers from Stanford University and the U.S. National Science Foundation are also gearing up to deploy the largest digital camera ever built. Installed at the Vera C. Rubin Observatory, this camera will provide unprecedented views of space, aiding astronomers in mapping and understanding celestial phenomena.

Ancient Cities Rediscovered

Technology is helping scientists peer not only into the universe but also into the Earth’s hidden past. In Uzbekistan’s mountains, researchers recently uncovered the remnants of two ancient cities using LiDAR, a light-based radar mounted on drones. This groundbreaking remote-sensing technique allowed anthropologists to map cities that have remained buried and obscured by dense vegetation for centuries. These settlements, strategically located on ancient Silk Road trade routes, were adorned with watchtowers, fortresses, plazas, and pathways that once supported bustling societies. “We’ve mapped these forgotten medieval towns for the first time,” reported the research team, revealing the layout of a long-lost world now reclaimed by nature.

Challenges of Space Travel

Space travel continues to push human endurance to its limits, as recent experiences of citizen astronauts with SpaceX demonstrate. The Polaris Dawn crew, a group of private explorers, recently undertook a daring journey beyond the Earth’s radiation belt, conducting the first private spacewalk in September. During the mission, they faced various physical discomforts, including blurred vision, nausea, and vomiting. These health issues highlighted the toll microgravity takes on the human body. “The human body is not designed for microgravity,” remarked one crew member. However, the mission served a greater purpose, as it allowed researchers to gather data aimed at developing treatments for the effects of space on human physiology.

Bridging History and Science

Science is also unlocking secrets from centuries-old stories, merging historical records with cutting-edge genetic analysis. An 800-year-old tale about a man thrown into a well at Norway’s Sverresborg Castle during a brutal military assault is now gaining scientific credibility. DNA analysis on the bones discovered at the castle in 1938 has allowed scientists to gain new insights into the person known as “Well-man.” This fusion of genetics and history brings a new dimension to ancient accounts, breathing life into long-forgotten legends.

Mesozoic Fireflies’ Glow

In another extraordinary discovery, researchers found evidence that fireflies, with their bioluminescent glow, date back to the Mesozoic Era. This revelation means that dinosaurs might have once witnessed these creatures’ soft light. Building on a 2015 study that identified an early firefly species from this era, scientists analyzed a 99-million-year-old firefly trapped in resin, discovered in northern Myanmar in 2016. Such fossils provide crucial insights into how fireflies evolved their glowing ability over 100 million years ago. The research team noted that “the evolution of these captivating creatures” is challenging to study because soft-bodied insects like fireflies rarely fossilize.

Through these groundbreaking studies, from exploring the universe’s secrets to uncovering Earth’s hidden past, science is transforming how we view our world and beyond.

Scientists Achieve First Two-Way Communication in Lucid Dreaming

Have you ever wondered about conversing with someone while dreaming? Scientists in California are making strides toward that reality, having achieved the first successful two-way communication between individuals through lucid dreaming.

According to a report by Dailymail.com, REMspace, a startup focused on enhancing sleep and lucid dreaming, conducted an experiment where two participants exchanged a message while asleep on September 24.

The individuals involved were seasoned lucid dreamers, having developed the ability to recognize that they were dreaming while still asleep. Lucid dreaming occurs during the REM (Rapid Eye Movement) phase of sleep, which is characterized by heightened brain activity and vivid dreams.

As the participants prepared for bed, they were fitted with specialized devices designed to monitor their brain waves and other polysomnographic data. These tools were connected to a central server, the core of the REMspace system, which tracked their sleep patterns in real-time.

The experiment commenced when one participant entered a lucid dream. The server identified the specific brain wave patterns associated with lucid dreaming and generated a random word from a unique language named ‘Remmyo.’ This word was transmitted to the first participant through earbuds, softly whispering in the darkness of his dream.

In this dream state, the first participant heard the word ‘Zhilak’ and repeated it aloud. His voice was captured by sensors and stored on the server, constituting the first part of the communication—a message sent from one dreamer to another.

After eight minutes, the second participant entered her own lucid dream. The server recognized her dream state and transmitted the word ‘Zhilak’ to her via earbuds. Within her dream, Maya heard the word and echoed it, confirming that the message had been received.

Upon waking, the second participant verified the word she had received in her dream, marking a groundbreaking achievement in communication while dreaming. This exchange represented not merely a simple interaction but a historic breakthrough that connected the conscious and subconscious realms.

While REMspace indicated that it utilized “specially designed equipment” including a server, apparatus, Wi-Fi, and sensors, it did not disclose specific details about the technology employed.

This technology has yet to undergo independent review or replication by other scientists. However, if validated, it could significantly advance sleep research and offer potential applications in mental health treatment, skills training, and more, according to REMspace.

Michael Raduga, CEO and founder of REMspace, stated, “Yesterday, communicating in dreams seemed like science fiction. Tomorrow, it will be so common we won’t be able to imagine our lives without this technology. This opens the door to countless commercial applications, reshaping how we think about communication and interaction in the dream world.”

This pioneering experiment could redefine our understanding of communication and interaction within the dream state, paving the way for future developments in this intriguing field.

NASA’s Europa Clipper Mission Aims to Explore Jupiter’s Moon for Signs of Life

NASA has launched a historic mission aimed at exploring Jupiter’s moon, Europa, to investigate if it has the potential to support life. This marks a significant advancement in space exploration as scientists believe Europa, one of Jupiter’s 95 moons, could harbor a vast, salty ocean beneath its icy surface, which may have conditions favorable for life.

The Europa Clipper spacecraft was launched on October 14 from NASA’s Kennedy Space Center in Florida, using a Falcon Heavy rocket from SpaceX. NASA’s primary goal with this mission is to examine whether Europa’s subsurface ocean contains the elements necessary to sustain life, including organic compounds and energy sources. Gina DiBraccio, the director of NASA’s planetary science division, highlighted the importance of this exploration, stating, “As an ocean world, Europa is very intriguing. This mission is going to help us to understand a complex piece of our solar system.”

NASA has committed to spending about $5.2 billion on the mission throughout its lifespan, which began in 2015 and is expected to end in 2034. This investment covers the design, development, launch, and operation of the spacecraft. The ambitious mission seeks to provide groundbreaking insights into one of the most intriguing bodies in the solar system, with scientists eager to learn if Europa’s vast ocean could potentially harbor life.

Europa, the fourth-largest of Jupiter’s moons, is of particular interest to planetary scientists due to its thick layer of ice that likely covers a deep ocean. Many scientists believe this hidden ocean might contain the chemical building blocks and energy sources necessary for living organisms to survive. NASA’s mission aims to gather essential data that will help answer the critical question of whether Europa’s ocean is capable of supporting life.

Europa Clipper, the spacecraft designed for this mission, is the largest NASA has ever built for a planetary mission. Measuring about 100 feet in length and 58 feet in width, the spacecraft is equipped with vast solar arrays that will provide the power necessary for its journey through the harsh environment surrounding Jupiter. As DiBraccio emphasized, “This mission will explore some of the most intriguing aspects of our solar system, and Europa’s ocean offers an exciting opportunity to deepen our understanding.”

The spacecraft is now on its journey to Europa, which is expected to take approximately five and a half years. Once it reaches its destination in April 2030, the Europa Clipper will enter orbit around Jupiter, where it will perform a series of nearly 50 flybys of the moon. During these close encounters, the spacecraft will collect detailed measurements of the planet’s environment, flying as close as 16 miles above Europa’s surface.

However, the mission poses significant challenges. Europa Clipper must navigate through one of the harshest radiation environments in the solar system, second only to the Sun. This is primarily because Jupiter is encircled by an extremely powerful magnetic field, which is about 20,000 times stronger than Earth’s. The magnetic field traps and accelerates charged particles, creating intense radiation that could harm the spacecraft’s electronics.

To mitigate these risks, NASA has designed the Europa Clipper to be highly resilient to radiation. The spacecraft’s sensitive electronics are heavily shielded, and its orbits have been meticulously planned to avoid the most radiation-intense areas around Jupiter. These protective measures will help ensure the spacecraft can withstand the harsh conditions and continue its mission to gather vital data about Europa.

If the mission proceeds as planned, it is expected to conclude in June 2034. The data collected during the mission could provide profound insights into the potential habitability of Europa, answering long-standing questions about whether life could exist beyond Earth.

NASA’s Europa Clipper mission represents a significant leap forward in planetary exploration. By sending this cutting-edge spacecraft to one of the most enigmatic moons in the solar system, NASA is opening new frontiers in the search for life beyond our planet. As the mission progresses, scientists around the world eagerly await the potential discoveries that may emerge from this unprecedented exploration of Europa.

Scientists Win 2024 Nobel Prize in Chemistry for AI Breakthrough in Protein Research

The 2024 Nobel Prize in Chemistry has been awarded to three scientists who revolutionized the study of proteins using artificial intelligence (AI). The trio successfully “cracked the code” of nearly all known proteins, which are often called the “chemical tools of life.”

The Nobel Committee praised David Baker, a biochemist from the U.S., for achieving what they described as “the almost impossible feat of building entirely new kinds of proteins.” In addition, the committee recognized Demis Hassabis and John Jumper, both from Google DeepMind in London, for creating an AI model capable of predicting the complex structures of proteins—a scientific puzzle that had remained unsolved for half a century.

As the prize was announced in Sweden, the Nobel Committee emphasized the enormous potential of the discoveries made by these scientists. The Nobel Prize, which is regarded as one of the highest honors in science, comes with a cash reward of 11 million Swedish kronor, roughly equivalent to $1 million.

Proteins: The Building Blocks of Life

Proteins, which are made up of chains of amino acids, play a crucial role in sustaining life. They are essential in forming hair, skin, and tissue cells, in addition to reading, copying, and repairing DNA. Proteins also facilitate the transport of oxygen in the bloodstream.

Although proteins are constructed from only about 20 types of amino acids, these molecules can be arranged in an almost infinite number of combinations, resulting in highly complex three-dimensional shapes.

AI as a ‘Google Search’ for Protein Structures

This year’s Nobel Prize was divided into two parts. The first portion was awarded to Hassabis, a British computer scientist who co-founded Google DeepMind, and Jumper, an American researcher also working at DeepMind. Their work involved using AI to predict the three-dimensional shape of a protein based on its amino acid sequence. This breakthrough allowed them to predict the structure of nearly all 200 million known proteins.

Anna Wedell, a professor of medical genetics at Sweden’s Karolinska Institutet and a member of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, described their achievement as “a standalone breakthrough solving a traditional holy grail in physical chemistry.”

Their AI-based program, called the AlphaFold Protein Structure Database, has been employed by more than 2 million researchers across the globe. This database acts much like a “Google search” for protein structures, enabling scientists to access predicted protein models quickly. This advancement has accelerated research in fundamental biology as well as other scientific fields. The work of Hassabis and Jumper has already earned them prestigious awards, including the 2023 Lasker and Breakthrough Prizes.

“They’ve made everything public, so more or less every field can now turn to this database and use these tools to address their particular problem,” Wedell said. She explained that the tool has opened new possibilities for many areas of research, including her own work in studying rare diseases.

Since their key research paper was published in 2021, it has been cited more than 16,000 times. David Pendlebury, head of research analysis at Clarivate’s Institute for Scientific Information, described this as “unprecedented” and highlighted the immense impact of their work. Out of 61 million scientific papers, only around 500 have been cited more than 10,000 times, he told CNN.

Before their groundbreaking work on proteins, Hassabis and Jumper collaborated on a computer program capable of competing against the world’s top players of Go, an ancient Chinese board game.

Hassabis, who was a chess prodigy as a child, also developed the popular video game Theme Park at the age of 17, according to the Royal Society, the world’s oldest scientific society, of which he is a member.

Adrian Smith, president of the Royal Society, remarked, “Today’s prize, so soon after the first unveiling of AlphaFold’s potential, is a clear recognition of AI’s transformative role in science.” He added, “As well as being one of the field’s most pioneering researchers, Demis has championed a vision of AI as an enabler that can unlock science’s great challenges and release benefits for all of society.”

Designing Proteins ‘Not Seen in Nature’

The second part of the Nobel Prize was awarded to David Baker, a professor at the University of Washington, for using computerized methods to design proteins that do not occur naturally. These newly created proteins have entirely novel functions.

Johan Aqvist, a member of the Nobel Committee, explained that Baker’s approach involved first using a computer program to “draw protein structures in new dimensions.” He then determined which sequence of amino acids would yield these structures, which allowed him to engineer proteins that had never existed in nature.

Aqvist expressed his astonishment at the variety of proteins Baker had designed, calling the range “absolutely mind-blowing.” He added, “It seems that you can almost construct any type of protein now with this technology.”

The Nobel Committee highlighted the vast potential applications of being able to design new proteins, from developing pharmaceuticals to speeding up the creation of vaccines.

This year’s chemistry prize underscores the increasing role AI is playing in scientific discovery.

AI’s Influence Across Scientific Fields

AI’s influence on science was further emphasized by the Nobel Prize in Physics, which was awarded the previous day. That prize was shared by Geoffrey Hinton, often referred to as the “Godfather of AI,” and John Hopfield for their pioneering work on artificial neural networks. These same neural networks were instrumental in the advancements made by the new Nobel laureates in chemistry.

David Pendlebury of Clarivate said that the Nobel Foundation’s selection of laureates in both physics and chemistry this year could be seen as “bold.” He remarked, “The acknowledgment of the transformational role of AI in research in two categories, back-to-back, is unprecedented.”

In both physics and chemistry, AI is being recognized as a force that is driving forward the frontiers of knowledge and enabling new breakthroughs. This year’s Nobel laureates have shown that AI can help tackle scientific challenges that have been out of reach for decades, creating new possibilities for the future of science.

Comet Tsuchinshan–ATLAS to Make a Rare and Spectacular Appearance: Last Chance for 80,000 Years

A rare and extraordinary astronomical event is set to occur this Saturday, as comet C/2023 A3 Tsuchinshan–ATLAS makes its closest approach to Earth. Sky-watchers won’t want to miss this unique opportunity, as it might be the last time to see the comet for the next 80,000 years. This celestial spectacle, which has captivated astronomers since its discovery, promises to be a sight to remember.

The comet reached its perihelion, the point in its orbit closest to the Sun, on September 27. It was visible in the Southern Hemisphere throughout late September and early October. Now, as it begins its journey away from the Sun, it will be visible to those in the Northern Hemisphere, particularly from mid-October to early November, according to NASA.

On October 14, Tsuchinshan–ATLAS will come within approximately 44 million miles (71 million kilometers) of Earth. This marks the comet’s first documented visit to our planet, according to NASA scientists. With an orbit of around 80,000 years, the last time this comet was seen from Earth was during the era of the Neanderthals.

For those eager to witness the comet, experts recommend looking toward the western sky shortly after sunset. As it moves across the sky, Tsuchinshan–ATLAS is expected to appear as a bright fireball with a long, glowing tail. Bill Cooke, head of NASA’s Meteoroid Environment Office at the Marshall Space Flight Center, advises using binoculars for a better view. “It’s not going to zing across the sky like a meteor. It will just appear to hang there, and it will slowly change position from night to night,” Cooke said. He added that viewing it through binoculars would be a particularly stunning experience: “If you can see [the comet] with your unaided eye, [using] the binoculars will knock your socks off.”

Discovery and Origins of Comet Tsuchinshan–ATLAS

Comet C/2023 A3 Tsuchinshan–ATLAS was discovered independently in 2023 by astronomers at China’s Tsuchinshan Observatory and by a telescope that is part of the Asteroid Terrestrial-impact Last Alert System (ATLAS) located in South Africa. This dual discovery led to the comet’s distinctive name. NASA noted that this comet comes from the Oort Cloud, a distant, spherical region of icy bodies that surrounds our solar system. The Oort Cloud is located thousands of times farther away from the Sun than Earth is, making it a source of long-period comets like Tsuchinshan–ATLAS.

Tsuchinshan–ATLAS, composed of ice, frozen gases, and rock, had a perilous journey as it passed near the Sun. Some scientists were unsure whether the comet would survive the intense heat and radiation of its close encounter with the Sun. However, it appears that Tsuchinshan–ATLAS has remained largely intact. Cooke commented on the comet’s survival, saying it “made it with flying colors.”

As Tsuchinshan–ATLAS moves further away from the Sun, it will experience a phenomenon known as forward scattering, where sunlight reflects off the gas and debris surrounding the comet. This will cause the comet to shine at its brightest around mid-October, although the Sun’s glare may make it difficult to observe for a few days, according to Cooke. He also noted that while the comet is expected to return in 80,000 years, comets are unpredictable, and gravitational forces from other planets could alter its course.

For those unable to view the comet in person, the Virtual Telescope Project in Italy will offer live streams of the comet on both October 11, when it is at its brightest, and October 14, when it is closest to Earth.

Astronomer Dr. Teddy Kareta, a postdoctoral associate at Lowell Observatory, emphasized the significance of such events. “For many people, and especially children, seeing a bright comet in the night sky is a beautiful and life-changing experience,” Kareta said. He added that while there are comets visible every few years, “comets that have the potential to be easily visible to many are rare.” Kareta encouraged everyone to try to witness the event and to share the experience with others: “If you can try to see it, you should — and you should take whoever you can with you so they can experience it too.”

Additional Celestial Events to Look Forward To

While the comet is the highlight of October’s astronomical calendar, it’s not the only celestial body that sky-watchers should keep an eye on. A full moon, known as the hunter’s moon, is set to peak on October 17. This supermoon will be the closest of the year, appearing just 222,095 miles (357,428 kilometers) from Earth. However, its brightness may interfere with the visibility of the comet and other objects in the night sky.

In addition to Tsuchinshan–ATLAS, another comet may grace the skies later this month. Comet C/2024 S1 (ATLAS) is expected to make its debut in late October, providing another opportunity for sky-watchers to spot a rare celestial object, according to EarthSky.

As the year draws to a close, sky-gazers can look forward to several prominent meteor showers. These include the Orionids, peaking from October 20 to 21, the Southern Taurids from November 4 to 5, and the Northern Taurids from November 11 to 12. The Leonids meteor shower will be visible from November 17 to 18, while the Geminids, one of the brightest meteor showers of the year, will peak from December 13 to 14. The Ursids meteor shower, which peaks from December 21 to 22, will close out 2024’s impressive array of celestial events.

This month, with its abundance of meteor showers, supermoons, and comets, offers multiple opportunities to marvel at the wonders of the universe. Tsuchinshan–ATLAS, however, remains the highlight, as this once-in-a-lifetime event will not occur again for 80,000 years. Sky enthusiasts are encouraged to make the most of this rare opportunity to witness the ancient comet’s journey across the night sky.

In the words of Bill Cooke, “If all goes well, Tsuchinshan–ATLAS will return at this point in its orbit in around 80,000 years, but comets can be unpredictable — it’s possible that another planet’s gravity could change the comet’s course.”

Nobel Laureates Pioneered Physics-Based Methods Behind Modern Machine Learning

This year’s Nobel Prize in Physics celebrates two individuals whose groundbreaking work in physics has paved the way for advancements in artificial intelligence, particularly in machine learning. John Hopfield and Geoffrey Hinton are the laureates recognized for their fundamental contributions, which have significantly shaped today’s machine learning technologies.

Hopfield’s and Hinton’s work, stemming from the 1980s, laid the foundation for neural networks, an essential component of artificial intelligence. These networks mimic the structure and function of the human brain by utilizing interconnected nodes that represent neurons. These nodes can either strengthen or weaken based on the information they process, analogous to synapses in the brain. This interaction creates a network capable of learning from data and performing tasks such as recognizing objects in images.

John Hopfield made a major leap in this field by developing an associative memory, a type of neural network designed to store and reconstruct patterns, such as images. His invention, known as the Hopfield network, utilizes principles from physics, particularly those related to atomic spin—a property that causes each atom to behave like a small magnet. These atoms’ spins are comparable to the nodes in a neural network. The energy of these spins determines the material’s characteristics, and Hopfield used this concept to describe how nodes interact in his network.

The Hopfield network learns by adjusting the connections between its nodes so that stored patterns, such as images, correspond to states of low energy. When presented with a distorted or incomplete image, the network analyzes the information, gradually updating the values of the nodes. Its goal is to reduce the overall energy and find the stored image that most closely resembles the incomplete or damaged one. This process allows the Hopfield network to reconstruct images and other types of data patterns, making it a crucial step forward in machine learning technology.

Geoffrey Hinton built on Hopfield’s work to create a new type of network called the Boltzmann machine. Named after physicist Ludwig Boltzmann, this machine is based on principles from statistical physics, which deals with systems made up of many components. The Boltzmann machine is designed to learn by recognizing distinctive features in large sets of data. To train the machine, it is given multiple examples of data that are likely to appear when the machine is in use.

Hinton’s Boltzmann machine can classify images, detect patterns, and even generate new examples based on the data it has learned. This advancement not only expanded the capabilities of neural networks but also opened up new possibilities for machine learning applications. Hinton’s work laid the groundwork for the rapid progress seen in artificial intelligence today, where neural networks are used in everything from image recognition to natural language processing.

As Ellen Moons, Chair of the Nobel Committee for Physics, stated: “The laureates’ work has already been of the greatest benefit. In physics we use artificial neural networks in a vast range of areas, such as developing new materials with specific properties.” This recognition underscores the wide-reaching impact of Hopfield and Hinton’s work, both in the field of artificial intelligence and beyond.

Artificial neural networks, which were initially inspired by the way the human brain functions, represent neurons as nodes that have varying values. These nodes influence one another through connections that can be either strengthened or weakened. The network learns by strengthening connections between nodes that have high simultaneous values. This is analogous to how the brain forms stronger synaptic connections through repeated use. Over time, the neural network becomes more efficient at processing information and performing tasks.

Hopfield’s major contribution, the associative memory, uses physics-based methods to store and retrieve data. The Hopfield network operates by saving images or patterns and reducing the energy of the network as it works through distorted or incomplete inputs. By systematically adjusting the nodes and reducing the network’s energy, it retrieves the stored image that is most similar to the input data.

Hinton’s Boltzmann machine, a more advanced form of neural network, took Hopfield’s ideas further by focusing on recognizing patterns in data. Statistical physics provided the framework for this network, which consists of many interacting components. The machine is trained by running simulations in which certain patterns emerge with high probability. These patterns can then be used to classify images or generate new data based on the learned patterns.

The combination of Hopfield’s and Hinton’s research has been pivotal in driving forward the development of machine learning. Hinton’s continued work in this field has helped fuel the explosive growth of artificial intelligence over the past few decades. The principles established by these two laureates are now used across a wide variety of disciplines, from physics to computer science and beyond.

Artificial neural networks, originally inspired by biology, have found extensive use in physics, where they assist in developing new materials with specific properties. Moons’ comment highlights this interdisciplinary impact, illustrating how breakthroughs in one field can lead to significant advances in another.

The contributions of Hopfield and Hinton are not only of academic interest but have practical applications that have revolutionized numerous industries. Machine learning is now used in image and speech recognition, autonomous vehicles, medical diagnostics, and countless other fields. The basic principles of neural networks—learning by adjusting connections between nodes—can be seen in virtually all modern machine learning algorithms.

The Nobel Prize in Physics has been awarded this year to two visionaries who used tools from physics to advance artificial intelligence. John Hopfield’s associative memory laid the groundwork for modern neural networks, while Geoffrey Hinton’s Boltzmann machine expanded the possibilities for machine learning. Together, their work has transformed the field of artificial intelligence, enabling the development of technologies that shape our everyday lives. As Moons noted, their contributions have been of immense benefit, particularly in the application of neural networks to various areas of physics, including the development of new materials.

With this recognition, the scientific community honors not just two individuals but the entire field of artificial intelligence, which continues to grow thanks to the pioneering work of these two Nobel laureates.

US Scientists Victor Ambros and Gary Ruvkun Win 2024 Nobel Prize for MicroRNA Discoveries

The Nobel Prize in Physiology or Medicine for 2024 has been awarded to two American scientists, Victor Ambros and Gary Ruvkun, for their pioneering work on microRNA. Their discoveries have provided insights into how complex life forms emerged on Earth and how the human body consists of a vast array of different tissues, despite all cells carrying the same genetic information.

MicroRNAs, which are tiny molecules that regulate gene expression, play a vital role in determining how genes are controlled within organisms, including humans. Ambros and Ruvkun’s breakthrough findings laid the foundation for understanding how genetic instructions are differently expressed across various tissues, which helps explain the diversity of cells in the human body. The Nobel Assembly of Sweden’s Karolinska Institute, which selects the Nobel Prize winners, announced that the two scientists would share a prize fund of 11 million Swedish kronor, equivalent to about £810,000.

The genetic information in every cell of the human body is stored in DNA. Although every cell contains identical genetic material, the types of cells they become and their functions vary greatly. For example, the electrical impulses generated by nerve cells differ entirely from the rhythmic contractions of heart cells. Similarly, the metabolic activities of liver cells contrast with the function of kidney cells, which filter waste products from the blood. The retina’s light-sensing cells and white blood cells, which fight infections, are also strikingly different in their roles.

This vast diversity is made possible through a process called gene expression, which refers to how cells read and execute the instructions stored in DNA. Ambros and Ruvkun were the first to identify microRNAs, and their research showed how these molecules exert control over the way genes are expressed, resulting in different outcomes in various tissues.

The Nobel Assembly commended the two scientists, stating, “Their groundbreaking discovery revealed a completely new principle of gene regulation that turned out to be essential for multicellular organisms, including humans.” The Assembly also noted that the human genome contains more than 1,000 microRNAs, highlighting the importance of these molecules in regulating the genetic blueprint.

MicroRNAs have been crucial in allowing life to evolve into its complex forms. Without the precise control of gene expression that microRNAs provide, all cells within an organism would be identical. This ability to regulate genes is fundamental to the development of diverse cell types that serve different functions within the body. However, when microRNAs are not functioning correctly, they can contribute to a range of diseases. Abnormal regulation by microRNAs has been linked to cancers and various other conditions, including congenital hearing loss and bone disorders. A severe example of microRNA-related disease is DICER1 syndrome, which is caused by mutations affecting microRNAs and leads to the development of cancers in different tissues.

Victor Ambros, who is 70 years old, currently works at the University of Massachusetts Medical School, while Gary Ruvkun, aged 72, is a professor at Harvard Medical School. Both scientists conducted much of their research using a simple organism, the nematode worm known as *C. elegans*. Their research focused on a mutant form of the worm that failed to develop certain cell types. Through their experiments, they identified small pieces of genetic material—later identified as microRNAs—that were crucial for the worm’s development.

To understand how microRNAs function, it’s essential to first know how genes are expressed. A gene contains instructions that are stored in DNA. When a cell needs to make use of this genetic information, it first creates a copy of the gene in the form of messenger RNA (mRNA), which carries the instructions out of the nucleus to the cell’s machinery that produces proteins. Proteins are essential for the structure and function of the body’s tissues and organs. MicroRNAs, however, interfere with this process by attaching themselves to the messenger RNA, effectively stopping it from delivering its instructions. In doing so, the microRNAs prevent the gene from being expressed in the cell. Ambros and Ruvkun’s further research demonstrated that this regulatory mechanism is not unique to worms but is a fundamental process across all life forms on Earth.

Janosch Heller, a professor at Dublin City University, praised the Nobel recipients for their significant contributions to science. “I am delighted to hear that the prize has gone to Profs Ambros and Ruvkun,” Heller said. “Their pioneering work into gene regulation by microRNAs paved the way for groundbreaking research into novel therapies for devastating diseases such as epilepsy, but also opened our eyes to the wonderful machinery that is tightly controlling what is happening in our cells.”

The Nobel Prize for Physiology or Medicine has a long history of recognizing outstanding contributions to science. In recent years, several laureates have been honored for their groundbreaking discoveries:

– In 2023, Katalin Kariko and Drew Weissman received the award for developing the technology that led to the creation of mRNA-based COVID-19 vaccines.

– In 2022, Svante Paabo was recognized for his work on human evolution, specifically for decoding the genome of ancient human relatives.

– The 2021 Nobel Prize was awarded to David Julius and Ardem Patapoutian for their discoveries on how the human body senses touch and temperature.

– In 2020, Michael Houghton, Harvey Alter, and Charles Rice were honored for discovering the Hepatitis C virus, which has led to life-saving treatments for millions of people.

– In 2019, Sir Peter Ratcliffe, William Kaelin, and Gregg Semenza were awarded for their work in uncovering how cells sense and respond to varying oxygen levels in their environment.

– James P. Allison and Tasuku Honjo received the 2018 prize for their work on cancer immunotherapy, which harnesses the body’s immune system to fight cancer cells.

– In 2017, the prize went to Jeffrey Hall, Michael Rosbash, and Michael Young for their research on how the body’s internal clock, or circadian rhythm, is regulated.

– Yoshinori Ohsumi won the Nobel Prize in 2016 for discovering how cells maintain their health by recycling their internal components, a process known as autophagy.

The Nobel Prize in Physiology or Medicine continues to celebrate those who make remarkable strides in understanding the human body and the fundamental mechanisms that drive life. This year’s recognition of Victor Ambros and Gary Ruvkun for their work on microRNAs highlights the importance of gene regulation in the evolution of life and opens new doors for medical research and treatments for various diseases. Their discovery not only deepens our understanding of life but also holds the potential to transform how we approach some of the most challenging medical conditions.

Over 10% of Indian Researchers in World’s Top 2% Scientists List Are from Tamil Nadu Universities

More than 10% of the Indian researchers featured in Stanford University’s prestigious list of the world’s top 2% scientists for 2024 hail from universities in Tamil Nadu. Out of the 5,351 Indian scientists named, around 537 are from this state.

The updated rankings were released on September 16, 2024, in collaboration with the Elsevier Data repository. This latest list offers a comprehensive science-wide author database, classifying scientists into 22 broad scientific fields and 174 sub-fields. Research articles up to the end of 2023 were considered for this ranking.

The Stanford University ranking for 2024 has recognized 2,23,152 scientists in the world’s top 2%, with 5,351 of them coming from Indian universities. This is a notable increase compared to 2023, when 4,635 Indian scientists were listed.

A closer examination of the list reveals that Tamil Nadu universities account for 537 scientists, representing more than 10% of all the Indian scientists in the ranking. Among the top Tamil Nadu institutions featured are 62 scientists from the Indian Institute of Technology Madras (IIT-Madras), 59 from Vellore Institute of Technology (VIT), 35 from SRM Institute of Science and Technology, 26 from Saveetha School of Engineering, 25 from Saveetha Dental College and Hospitals, 19 each from Bharathiar University, National Institute of Technology (NIT) Tiruchy, and Saveetha Institute of Medical and Technical Sciences, and 18 from Anna University.

In addition to these institutions, five scientists from Manonmaniam Sundaranar University, located in Tirunelveli, made it into the list, along with three scientists from St. Xavier’s College in Palayamkottai and one from VO Chidambaranar College in Thoothukudi.

One of the standout achievers in this year’s ranking is Dr. S. Selvam from VO Chidambaranar College, Thoothukudi. He has been included in the world’s top 2% scientists list for the fourth consecutive time since 2021. Specializing in geology and environmental pollution in air-water sediments, Dr. Selvam has published 103 research papers. He currently ranks 44,819 globally, an improvement from his previous rank of 84,658, and has secured 633 citations with an h-index of 14 (excluding self-citations).

In a conversation with The New Indian Express, Vice Chancellor Chandrasekar of Manonmaniam Sundaranar University expressed his gratitude for the support provided by both the state and central governments for research programs. “The professors have been nurtured to encourage students and research scholars to develop novel ideas in their respective fields. As researchers, they should focus on increasing their citations to achieve higher ranks,” Chandrasekar noted.

However, educationalists have raised concerns about the challenges faced by postgraduate students and research scholars in accessing fellowships and grants offered by the government. They argue that these students need proper guidance to take full advantage of available opportunities. In addition, they suggest that Tamil Nadu’s government, which has already prioritized higher education, should also develop research-focused guidance programs to assist scholars.

Researchers also point out that availing grants has become more difficult with the introduction of certain mandatory requirements, such as the National Eligibility Test (NET) for Lectureship and the Graduate Aptitude Test in Engineering (GATE). These tests are now required for various fellowship programs, including the Prime Minister’s Fellowship, Chief Minister’s Fellowship, Maulana Azad Fellowship for OBCs, Rajiv Gandhi Fellowship for SC/ST students, and the Single Woman Fellowship.

In the highly competitive academic landscape, the inclusion of Tamil Nadu’s researchers in this prestigious global list is a significant achievement. With over 10% representation from Tamil Nadu in Stanford’s world top 2% scientists list, the state’s research ecosystem is clearly thriving. However, challenges remain in terms of providing sufficient guidance and support to research scholars to ensure continued success.

Mini Moon to Orbit Earth for a Brief Visit Before Continuing Its Journey

Earth is about to gain a short-term companion in space, often referred to as a “mini moon.” This mini moon is actually an asteroid, with a size comparable to a school bus, measuring approximately 33 feet (10 meters) in length. On Sunday, the asteroid will come close enough to Earth to be temporarily captured by the planet’s gravity, causing it to orbit Earth for a brief period. However, its stay will only last for about two months before it continues its journey through the cosmos.

The asteroid, designated as 2024 PT5, was first discovered in August by astronomers from Complutense University of Madrid. They made the discovery using a highly advanced telescope located in Sutherland, South Africa. The identification of such temporary moons, while not unheard of, is a relatively recent development in the field of astronomy. These mini moons, which come into Earth’s gravitational pull, stay only briefly before resuming their independent courses in space.

Richard Binzel, an astronomer at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT), commented on the phenomenon of mini moons. He explained that these short-lived objects might be more common than most people think, but due to their small size and the challenges in detecting them, they are often overlooked. “This happens with some frequency, but we rarely see them because they’re very small and very hard to detect,” Binzel noted. “Only recently has our survey capability reached the point of spotting them routinely.”

Astronomers have long suspected that Earth has temporary moons from time to time, but the tools and technology available to track and confirm these objects have only advanced in recent years. The discovery of this particular mini moon was made by astronomers Carlos de la Fuente Marcos and Raúl de la Fuente Marcos, and their findings have been published by the American Astronomical Society.

According to the astronomers who discovered it, 2024 PT5 won’t be visible to the naked eye. Additionally, it won’t be visible through typical amateur telescopes either, making it a challenging object for space enthusiasts to observe. However, it can be tracked using large, research-grade telescopes. In an email discussing the asteroid, Carlos de la Fuente Marcos explained, “It can be observed with relatively large, research-grade telescopes,” which highlights the sophistication required to detect such an object.

Richard Binzel, though not directly involved in the research surrounding this particular discovery, has raised an interesting question about the origin of the asteroid. He said it remains unclear whether 2024 PT5 is a typical asteroid or if it could potentially be a fragment from the moon that was blasted away during some unknown event. “It’s not clear whether the space rock originated as an asteroid or as ‘a chunk of the moon that got blasted out,'” Binzel added, suggesting there could be more to the story of this mini moon than currently known.

During its brief stay in Earth’s orbit, 2024 PT5 will not complete a full orbit of the planet. Instead, it will circle Earth for approximately 57 days before it eventually escapes Earth’s gravity and resumes its independent journey through space. The asteroid will continue its cosmic travels without being permanently bound to Earth. According to astronomers tracking its path, 2024 PT5 will depart from Earth’s vicinity on November 25, marking the end of its temporary status as Earth’s mini moon. However, its journey near Earth is far from over. Predictions indicate that the asteroid is expected to pass by Earth once again in 2055, giving future astronomers another chance to observe it up close.

Though the idea of mini moons may seem novel to many, they have been observed in the past, with the last known mini moon being detected in 2020. However, that discovery and others like it have been rare, largely due to the difficulty in spotting such small objects in space. The mini moon phenomenon provides an exciting opportunity for astronomers to study the behavior of space rocks that come close to Earth and temporarily orbit our planet.

Overall, the discovery of 2024 PT5 adds to the growing body of knowledge about Earth’s temporary moons. While the asteroid won’t be visible to the general public or even most amateur astronomers, its brief orbit around Earth is an event of scientific interest, especially for those with access to research-grade telescopes and tools to track its movements. After 57 days, the mini moon will leave Earth’s orbit and resume its solitary journey through space, reminding us of the vast, ever-changing nature of the cosmos.

The discovery also highlights the advances in astronomy and the increased capability to detect and track even small celestial objects. While 2024 PT5’s stay in Earth’s orbit will be brief, it serves as a reminder of the fascinating and dynamic nature of our planet’s relationship with the universe. The asteroid’s brief visit might be a fleeting event in astronomical terms, but it is a notable milestone for scientists and researchers dedicated to exploring and understanding the complexities of space.

As technology continues to improve, it is likely that more mini moons will be detected in the future, shedding light on the lesser-known phenomena that occur around our planet. For now, 2024 PT5 will have its brief moment as Earth’s companion before it moves on, leaving astronomers to await its return in 2055.

Asteroid 2024 PT5 to Temporarily Orbit Earth, Earning the Nickname “Second Small Moon”

Two researchers from Complutense University of Madrid have discovered that a small space rock, named 2024 PT5, will briefly enter Earth’s orbit before continuing its journey through the solar system. The asteroid, which is approximately 10 meters in diameter, is expected to be captured by Earth’s gravitational pull later this month. This will allow the asteroid to temporarily orbit Earth for a short duration before eventually drifting away.

Asteroid dynamics experts Carlos and Raul Márquez have been studying the phenomenon of Earth’s periodic capture of asteroids in its orbit. These captures, while not permanent, allow smaller space rocks to circle Earth for a limited period before they continue on their trajectories elsewhere in the solar system. The Márquez brothers outlined their findings about 2024 PT5’s path in a recent report, explaining how this asteroid’s journey is expected to unfold.

According to the researchers’ calculations, 2024 PT5 will approach Earth in the coming weeks. Once it gets close enough, Earth’s gravity will pull it into a temporary orbit. This orbit will last for approximately 53 days, after which the asteroid is expected to leave Earth’s orbit around mid-November. The specific trajectory and timing of the asteroid’s capture have generated significant interest among the scientific community.

While Earth’s gravitational pull occasionally captures small asteroids, 2024 PT5’s arrival has sparked attention because of its unique timing and the proximity with which it will pass by Earth. Similar events have been documented in the past, with other small space rocks temporarily orbiting our planet, but the discovery of 2024 PT5 stands out due to its calculated orbit and the brief duration it will remain near Earth.

The asteroid was first detected by the Asteroid Terrestrial Impact Last Alert System (ATLAS) in August. ATLAS is an astronomical survey and early warning system specifically designed to detect objects on a potential collision course with Earth. Although 2024 PT5 is not on a direct path to collide with Earth, its capture in the planet’s gravitational pull has intrigued astronomers, who are keen to observe its movement and the effects of Earth’s gravity on the small space rock.

Despite concerns that asteroids passing close to Earth might pose a threat, earlier studies of 2024 PT5 have confirmed that there is no risk of the asteroid colliding with our planet. The asteroid’s size and speed, combined with the gravitational dynamics between Earth and the space rock, mean that it will remain in orbit for just over seven weeks before continuing its journey away from Earth.

Some have referred to 2024 PT5 as a “second small moon” due to its temporary orbit around the Earth. The term “moon” typically refers to large celestial bodies that maintain a stable, long-term orbit around a planet. However, in this case, the asteroid’s orbit is temporary and will not last beyond the end of the year. Nonetheless, the nickname reflects the interest in 2024 PT5’s brief presence in Earth’s gravitational field.

Carlos and Raul Márquez’s research into asteroid dynamics is crucial for understanding the movements of these objects through space. Asteroids like 2024 PT5 provide valuable insights into the gravitational interactions between Earth and smaller space rocks. Understanding these interactions can help scientists predict future asteroid behavior and improve early warning systems for potential asteroid collisions.

The detection of 2024 PT5 and its projected orbit around Earth highlights the advances in astronomical technology and observational methods. Systems like ATLAS play a key role in identifying objects that could pose a danger to Earth or provide opportunities for scientific study. ATLAS, in particular, is designed to identify space rocks that could impact Earth with little warning, making its detection of 2024 PT5 an important contribution to the field of asteroid monitoring.

While the asteroid poses no direct threat, astronomers are eager to observe 2024 PT5’s journey in detail. Its relatively close approach to Earth presents an opportunity to gather data on how small objects behave when captured by a planet’s gravitational field. Observations of the asteroid could offer further insights into the mechanics of temporary asteroid orbits and provide valuable information for future asteroid tracking missions.

The temporary nature of 2024 PT5’s orbit means that it will eventually drift away from Earth’s gravitational influence. By mid-November, the asteroid is expected to break free from Earth’s gravity and return to its path around the Sun. Although the exact timing of the asteroid’s departure may vary slightly, scientists are confident that 2024 PT5 will not remain in Earth’s orbit beyond this short period.

While most asteroids that pass by Earth do not enter its orbit, the phenomenon of temporarily captured objects is not uncommon. Earth’s gravitational pull occasionally draws in small asteroids for short periods, offering scientists a brief window to study their movements. These temporary captures can vary in duration, depending on the size and speed of the asteroid, as well as its distance from Earth.

In the case of 2024 PT5, its small size and calculated trajectory make it an ideal candidate for a temporary orbit around Earth. The asteroid’s brief stay in Earth’s orbit is a reminder of the dynamic nature of our solar system, where celestial bodies frequently interact with planets and their gravitational fields. While most of these interactions are harmless, they offer unique opportunities for scientific exploration and observation.

For astronomers and researchers, the capture of 2024 PT5 is an exciting event that will provide valuable data on asteroid dynamics. The Márquez brothers’ research has shed light on how asteroids like 2024 PT5 can be influenced by Earth’s gravity and temporarily drawn into orbit. Their findings contribute to a growing body of knowledge about asteroid behavior and the role of planetary gravity in shaping the paths of these objects.

As 2024 PT5 approaches Earth and begins its short-term orbit, astronomers will continue to monitor its progress closely. The data gathered during this time will add to our understanding of how small space rocks move through the solar system and interact with planets like Earth. While the asteroid’s visit will be brief, it offers a valuable opportunity for observation and study.

2024 PT5’s temporary capture by Earth’s gravity is a reminder of the intricate gravitational interactions that take place in our solar system. Although the asteroid poses no threat to our planet, its journey offers a unique opportunity for scientific study and a deeper understanding of asteroid dynamics. As it completes its 53-day orbit and prepares to depart in mid-November, 2024 PT5 will leave behind valuable data for future research and exploration.

Boeing’s Starliner Returns to Earth Without Astronauts After NASA Rules Trip Too Risky

Boeing’s Starliner spacecraft made its anticipated return to Earth on Saturday, but the astronauts it was meant to bring back from the International Space Station (ISS) weren’t on board. NASA determined that returning them on the spacecraft posed too much risk due to technical issues.

Originally, the Starliner was launched in June for a roughly weeklong test mission, which was meant to be the final step before being certified to transport astronauts to and from the ISS. However, technical problems during the flight, including thruster malfunctions and helium leaks, forced NASA to rethink their plans. Rather than risking the astronauts’ safety on the malfunctioning Starliner, NASA decided that crew members Butch Wilmore and Suni Williams would return on a SpaceX Crew Dragon spacecraft. However, they’ll have to wait until February 2025 for that trip.

The Boeing capsule, shaped like a gumdrop, landed softly at White Sands Space Harbor in New Mexico at 4:01 AM GMT on Saturday. Its descent was slowed by parachutes and cushioned by airbags, after it left the ISS about six hours earlier. As it entered the Earth’s atmosphere, the spacecraft generated sonic booms that could be heard by ground teams. The Starliner endured extreme heat during its reentry, with temperatures reaching 3,000 degrees Fahrenheit (1,650 degrees Celsius).

NASA officials praised Boeing’s effort during a post-flight press conference, though representatives from Boeing were notably absent. “It was a bullseye landing,” said Steve Stich, NASA’s commercial crew program manager. “The entry in particular has been darn near flawless.” However, Stich admitted that there were some new issues, including the failure of a newly installed thruster and the temporary loss of the spacecraft’s guidance system during the return.

At the moment, it’s unclear whether the next Starliner flight, scheduled for August next year, will have astronauts on board. Stich emphasized that NASA needed time to assess the data collected during this mission and determine what design or operational changes were necessary for the spacecraft’s future flights.

Prior to the return flight, Boeing conducted rigorous ground tests to address the issues that had arisen during Starliner’s journey to the ISS. The company assured NASA that it could safely bring the astronauts back, both in public statements and in internal discussions. Despite these assurances, NASA ultimately decided that it wasn’t worth the risk.

When asked whether he still supported NASA’s decision to keep the flight uncrewed, Stich said, “It’s always hard to have that retrospective look. We made the decision to have an uncrewed flight based on what we knew at the time and based on our knowledge of the thrusters and based on the modeling that we had.”

A History of Setbacks

Even though no astronauts were aboard for this return trip, the stakes were high for Boeing, a company with a century-long history in aerospace. In recent years, Boeing’s reputation has taken a hit due to safety concerns surrounding its commercial aircraft, and its future in crewed space missions seemed uncertain.

After the spacecraft undocked from the ISS, Starliner performed a powerful “breakout burn,” which quickly moved it away from the space station to prevent any chance of collision. This maneuver wouldn’t have been necessary if astronauts had been on board to manually control the spacecraft in case of an emergency.

Mission teams then carefully monitored the performance of the thrusters needed for the “deorbit burn,” a crucial maneuver that set the capsule on its path back to Earth. This burn took place about 40 minutes before the capsule’s touchdown. While the Starliner’s landing was widely expected to be successful — as it had landed safely on two previous uncrewed test flights — the program still faces significant delays.

NASA first awarded Boeing and SpaceX multibillion-dollar contracts in 2014 to develop spacecraft capable of transporting astronauts to the ISS. These contracts came after NASA’s Space Shuttle program ended, leaving the agency reliant on Russian rockets to send crew members to space.

Initially, Boeing was seen as the frontrunner in this competition. However, SpaceX, led by Elon Musk, rapidly pulled ahead. Since 2020, SpaceX has successfully flown dozens of astronauts to the ISS aboard its Crew Dragon spacecraft. Boeing’s Starliner, in contrast, has been plagued by technical problems and delays.

In 2019, the Starliner failed to reach the ISS during its first uncrewed test flight due to a software glitch. The following year, during another test, flammable tape was discovered in the spacecraft’s cabin. These issues, along with the thruster malfunctions and leaks in the current mission, have cast doubt on the Starliner program’s future.

With the ISS expected to be decommissioned by 2030, the clock is ticking for Starliner to prove its capabilities. If Boeing can’t get the spacecraft fully operational soon, it will have fewer opportunities to demonstrate its value before the ISS is retired.

The Unsung Indian Pioneers Who Shaped Global Mathematics and Culture

In AD 628, a sage from India, residing on a mountain in Rajasthan, made a groundbreaking mathematical discovery. This sage, the renowned mathematician Brahmagupta (598–670), delved into Indian philosophical notions of nothingness and the void, ultimately producing a treatise that essentially created and defined the concept of zero.

Brahmagupta was born near the hill station of Mount Abu in Rajasthan. At the age of 30, he authored a 25-chapter treatise on mathematics, immediately recognized for its exceptional brilliance and depth. He was the first mathematician to treat the zero symbol—initially represented as a mere dot—as a number in its own right, rather than just a symbol of absence. This approach necessitated the development of rules for arithmetic using this new symbol alongside the other nine numbers.

These foundational rules of mathematics enabled, for the first time, the expression of any number up to infinity with just ten symbols: the nine numerals devised by previous Indian mathematicians and the newly defined zero. These rules continue to be taught in classrooms worldwide.

Brahmagupta also innovated by formulating a set of arithmetic rules for handling positive and negative numbers, recorded in Sanskrit verse. In other writings, he appears to have been the first to describe gravity as an attractive force, a full thousand years before Isaac Newton.

However, Brahmagupta was not isolated in his achievements. He considered himself as building upon the work of a preceding Indian genius, Aryabhata (476–550). Aryabhata’s work provided a remarkably accurate approximation of the value of pi—3.1416—and explored spherical trigonometry in detail. The simplicity of calculations using his system had direct implications for astronomy, allowing him to compute planetary movements, eclipses, the size of the Earth, and the precise length of the solar year to an accuracy of seven decimal places.

He also accurately proposed a spherical Earth that rotated on its axis. “By the grace of Brahma,” Aryabhata wrote, “I dived deep in the ocean of theories, true and false, and rescued the precious sunken jewel of true knowledge by the means of the boat of my own intellect.”

The intellectual contributions of Brahmagupta and Aryabhata, synthesizing the mathematical wisdom of ancient India, traveled first to the Arab world and then further west, introducing not only essential mathematical concepts like zero but also the numeral system we use today. Despite this, the British education system still largely credits ancient Greece for the significant scientific advances of antiquity. While we learn about figures like Pythagoras and Archimedes in primary school, mathematicians of equal stature from India remain largely unknown to the public, with names like Brahmagupta and Aryabhata unfamiliar outside academic circles.

It was these Indian mathematicians who perfected the numeral system now universally used—a near-universal language. Yet in the West, we often mistakenly attribute our numeral system to the Arabs, from whom we adopted it, rather than to the Indians who actually invented it.

In Britain, there remains a surprising lack of awareness about India’s historically significant role as a central economic and cultural force in the ancient and early medieval world. Though largely unrecognized in the West, Indian scholarship, spiritual insights, and philosophical ideas are foundational to our world. Much like ancient Greece influenced Rome and the broader Mediterranean and European worlds, India at this time was exerting a similar influence over Southeast and Central Asia, and even China. This influence spread not through conquest but through the sheer appeal and sophistication of its culture.

For around 1,500 years, from approximately 250 BC to 1200 AD, India was a confident exporter of its diverse civilization, creating an “Indosphere” where its cultural impact was dominant. Throughout this period, the rest of Asia eagerly absorbed a comprehensive range of Indian soft power—in religion, art, music, dance, technology, astronomy, mathematics, medicine, language, and literature.

India produced not just pioneering merchants, astronomers, and scientists, but also spiritual leaders, monks, and missionaries from various strands of Indic religious thought, both Hindu and Buddhist. These religious worlds often mingled, sometimes competed, and occasionally clashed, but collectively, they came to dominate vast regions of Asia. Today, over half of the world’s population lives in areas where Indian religious and cultural ideas have been, or once were, predominant, with Indian deities capturing the imaginations of millions.

This vast spectrum of early Indian influence has always been evident, manifesting in the Buddhism of countries like Sri Lanka, Tibet, China, Korea, and Japan; in the place names of Burma and Thailand; in the murals and sculptures depicting the Ramayana and Mahabharata in Laos and Cambodia; and in the Hindu temples of Bali. Yet, the monsoon-driven maritime trade routes that connected these diverse regions into a cohesive cultural unit—a broad “Indosphere” stretching from the Red Sea to the Pacific—have never been widely recognized or named.

If India’s transformative effect on the surrounding religions and civilizations was so crucial to world history, why is its extraordinary cultural diffusion not more widely acknowledged? This lack of recognition is likely a lingering effect of colonialism, specifically Victorian Indology, which often undermined and devalued Indian history, culture, science, and knowledge. During the Victorian era, figures like Thomas Babington Macaulay confidently asserted that “a single shelf of a good European library was worth the whole native literature of India and Arabia.”

Had India been acknowledged as a powerful, cosmopolitan, and sophisticated civilization, what justification could there have been for the British Empire’s “civilizing mission”? How could one claim to bring civilization to a region that had already been highly civilized for thousands of years and had spread its influence across Asia long before the advent of Christianity? Ironically, it was Indian ideas that, in many ways, enabled the West to conquer India.

By the 8th century, Indian numerals had been adopted by the Arabs, facilitated by a Sanskrit-literate dynasty of viziers in Baghdad known as the Barmakids, who were converts from Buddhism. Some members of the Barmakid family had studied Indian mathematics in Kashmir. They dispatched missions to India to obtain scientific texts, resulting in a delegation from Sindh bringing a compilation of Brahmagupta and Aryabhata’s works to Baghdad in 773.

A generation later, Persian polymath Khwarizmi summarized all the Sanskrit mathematical texts stored in Baghdad’s House of Wisdom library. His name gives us the term “algorithm,” and his book “Kitab al-Jabr,” is the root of the word “algebra.” This book became foundational for mathematics across the Arab world. The book’s full title, “The Compendious Book on Calculating by Completion and Balancing, According to Hindu Calculation,” hints at its inspiration.

From Baghdad, these mathematical ideas spread across the Islamic world. Five centuries later, in 1202, Leonardo of Pisa, known as Fibonacci, returned to Italy from Algeria with his father, where he found his fellow citizens still using the Latin numeral system. Fibonacci, fluent in Arabic and familiar with Arab mathematics, wrote the “Liber Abaci” (The Book of Calculation) at the age of 32, after learning about the “nine figures of the Indias” in Algeria. As Fibonacci explained, “With the sign 0, which the Arabs call zephyr (al-sifr), any number whatsoever can be written. Getting to know this pleased me far beyond all else … Therefore I made an effort to compose this book so that in future the Latin race may not be found lacking in mathematical knowledge.”

Fibonacci’s “Liber Abaci” first popularized the use of what would later be known as “Arabic numerals” in Europe, laying the groundwork for the growth of banking and accounting, initially in Italy under families like the Medicis, and subsequently throughout Europe. These innovations played a pivotal role in the commercial and banking revolution that financed the Renaissance, and eventually, as these ideas spread, in the rise of Europe, driving it to look eastward toward India’s riches—the origin of these transformative ideas.

It was arguably European commercial acumen and initiative, just as much as military might, that gave Europe an edge over India. From the mid-18th century, the European East India Company—a corporation headquartered in London’s financial district—used meticulous accounting and corporate strategies to conquer a divided India, marking perhaps the most significant act of corporate aggression in history.

Today, over 75 years after independence, many believe India’s moment has come again. Its economy has grown fourfold in a generation, and its reputation as a hub for mathematics and scientific expertiseremains strong, with Indian software engineers increasingly forming the backbone of the new “Houses of Wisdom” in Silicon Valley. The only questions that remain are whether it will be India, China, or the United States that dominates the world by the end of this century, and what kind of India it will be.

For a millennium, Indian ideas spread along the Golden Road, transforming the world and creating a cultural zone that transcended political boundaries through the sheer power of its ideas. Within this zone, Indian culture and civilization reshaped everything they encountered.

Semaglutide: A Potential Game-Changer for Aging and Health Beyond Diabetes

Semaglutide, a drug commonly prescribed for Type 2 diabetes and obesity, might also have significant effects on the aging process, according to recent research. Prof. Harlan Krumholz from the Yale School of Medicine has highlighted the broader benefits of semaglutide, known commercially as Ozempic, following the release of several new studies.

The recent studies suggest that semaglutide could be effective in managing a variety of conditions related to heart failure, arthritis, Alzheimer’s disease, and even cancer. Prof. Krumholz noted, “It wouldn’t surprise me that improving people’s health this way actually slows down the ageing process.” He shared this insight during the European Society of Cardiology Conference 2024, where these findings were presented.

Published in multiple medical journals, including the Journal of the American College of Cardiology (JACC), which Prof. Krumholz edits, the research underscores the drug’s transformative potential. Prof. Krumholz emphasized, “These ground-breaking medications are poised to revolutionise cardiovascular care and could dramatically enhance cardiovascular health.”

The studies, conducted as part of the Select trial, involved over 17,600 participants aged 45 and older. These individuals were either given 2.4 mg of semaglutide or a placebo over a period of more than three years. All participants were either obese or overweight and had cardiovascular disease but no diabetes.

The results revealed that those using semaglutide experienced a lower mortality rate from various causes, including cardiovascular issues and Covid-19. Specifically, the mortality rate from Covid-19 was 2.6% for those on semaglutide, compared to 3.1% for those receiving the placebo. This indicates that while the drug did not reduce the likelihood of contracting Covid-19, it did seem to improve survival rates.

Additionally, the drug demonstrated benefits across genders. While women experienced fewer major adverse cardiovascular events, semaglutide “consistently reduced the risk” of adverse cardiovascular outcomes in both men and women. The medication also alleviated heart failure symptoms and lowered inflammation levels, regardless of whether participants lost weight.

Dr. Benjamin Scirica, lead author of one of the studies and a professor of cardiovascular medicine at Harvard Medical School, noted, “The findings reinforce that overweight and obesity increases the risk of death due to many etiologies.” He further stated that these risks “can be modified with potent incretin-based therapies like semaglutide.”

Semaglutide is available as a prescription drug on the NHS, marketed under the brand names Wegovy for obesity and Ozempic for diabetes. It is administered via injection and functions by mimicking the hormone GLP-1, which helps users feel fuller and less hungry.

Despite its potential benefits, experts caution that semaglutide should not be seen as a substitute for a healthy diet and regular exercise. It is important that the medication be used under medical supervision, as it can cause side effects including nausea, upset stomach, bloating, and gas.

The research into semaglutide’s broader health impacts highlights its promising role not just in managing diabetes and obesity but also in potentially slowing the aging process and improving overall health.

Ancient Submerged Bridge on Mallorca Sheds Light on Early Human Settlements

An ancient submerged bridge discovered in a cave on Spain’s Mallorca island is providing valuable insights into early human settlement patterns across the western Mediterranean. New research reveals that humans may have inhabited Mallorca much earlier than previously thought, potentially bridging the gap between eastern and western Mediterranean colonization.

Published in *Communications Earth & Environment*, the study focuses on a 25-foot-long (7.6-meter-long) bridge located within Genovesa Cave. The research suggests that human presence on Mallorca dates back significantly further than earlier estimates. This could offer a clearer picture of how and when humans dispersed across the Mediterranean.

Historically, determining the timeline for human settlement on Mediterranean islands has been challenging due to a lack of written records and scarce archaeological evidence. However, the submerged bridge’s “bathtub ring” and associated mineral deposits have enabled scientists to estimate its construction to be around 6,000 years ago, according to Bogdan Onac, the lead author of the study and a professor at the University of South Florida’s School of Geosciences.

“The presence of this submerged bridge and other artifacts indicates a sophisticated level of activity, implying that early settlers recognized the cave’s water resources and strategically built infrastructure to navigate it,” Onac explained.

The bridge is constructed from large limestone blocks, with some spanning 4.2 feet (1.3 meters). The exact methods used by ancient humans to construct this bridge remain unknown. Researchers speculate that the bridge was intended to provide a continuous, dry pathway connecting the cave’s entrance to a chamber beyond an internal lake.

The bridge was first discovered in 2000. Early estimates in a Catalan-language study placed its age at around 3,500 years, based on pottery found in the cave. However, subsequent research, including radiocarbon dating of bones and pottery on Mallorca, suggested a human presence on the island as far back as 9,000 years. Due to the poor preservation of these materials, this timeline has been questioned.

Recent studies analyzing ash, bones, and charcoal on the island have proposed a settlement date of approximately 4,440 years ago. Yet, Onac and his team opted for a different approach. They examined the rise of sea levels and the geological markers it leaves behind.

“It was only in the past four years that we finally gathered the data needed to address this longstanding research topic and better estimate the arrival time of humans in Mallorca,” Onac noted.

Today, rising global sea levels have flooded the passages of Genovesa Cave. Onac and his team investigated a light-colored band on the submerged bridge and calcite encrustations formed during higher sea levels. Speleothems, which are mineral deposits in caves, provided crucial data.

By reconstructing historical local sea levels and analyzing the bridge’s color band and mineral deposits, the researchers determined that the bridge was likely built around 6,000 years ago. The color band aligned with the level where mineral deposits formed when the sea level was stable, suggesting construction occurred before 5,600 years ago.

Onac also noted that the bridge was probably used for 400 to 500 years before rising sea levels submerged it. While there is no definitive evidence on how ancient humans utilized the cave, a few possibilities are being considered.

Fossil remains of the extinct goat species Myotragus balearicus and pottery found in a chamber linked to the cave entrance by the bridge hint at potential uses of the cave. “This suggests that humans may have used the area near the cave entrance, a large collapse chamber, for living,” Onac suggested. “The purpose of crossing the lake to access that chamber remains unclear; it could have served as a refuge, place for rituals, or as a storage place, keeping food out of Mallorca’s hot days.”

Archaeological evidence shows small stone homes and large stone structures on Mallorca from 2,000 to 4,500 years ago, suggesting that the cave bridge might represent an early stage in the development of more advanced stone constructions on the island.

Paleontologists are still exploring why Mallorca was settled later than other Mediterranean islands. Despite its proximity to Spain’s mainland, Mallorca’s hot, dry climate and thin soil for farming, coupled with limited natural resources aside from fish and native goats, might have made it less appealing. “In contrast, other islands had more favorable environmental conditions and abundant resources, such as minerals and livestock, which made them more attractive for early settlers,” Onac concluded.

Human-Made Meteor Shower Could Occur After NASA’s DART Impact on Asteroid

In 2022, NASA’s DART spacecraft intentionally collided with the small asteroid Dimorphos, creating a substantial amount of debris. This impact could potentially lead to the first human-made meteor shower, referred to as the Dimorphids, according to a recent study. The DART mission, or Double Asteroid Redirection Test, was designed to evaluate asteroid deflection technology, a vital component of planetary defense. The mission’s goal was to determine if crashing a spacecraft into an asteroid at high speed—13,645 miles per hour (6.1 kilometers per second)—could alter the motion of a space object.

Neither Dimorphos nor Didymos, the larger asteroid it orbits, poses any threat to Earth. However, the double-asteroid system served as an ideal candidate for testing deflection methods, given that Dimorphos is similar in size to asteroids that could pose a risk to our planet. For nearly two years, astronomers have monitored the results of the collision using ground-based telescopes. The findings confirmed that the DART spacecraft successfully altered Dimorphos’s trajectory, reducing its orbital period, or the time it takes to complete a single orbit around Didymos, by about 32 to 33 minutes.

The collision also generated over 2 million pounds (nearly 1 million kilograms) of rocks and dust, equivalent to filling six or seven rail cars. The final destination of this debris has remained uncertain until now. New research indicates that fragments from Dimorphos could reach the vicinity of Earth and Mars within one to three decades. Some debris might even reach Mars as soon as seven years from now, while smaller fragments could enter Earth’s atmosphere within the next 10 years. The study detailing these findings has been accepted for publication in the Planetary Science Journal.

“This material could produce visible meteors (commonly called shooting stars) as they penetrate the Martian atmosphere,” explained Eloy Peña Asensio, the lead study author and a postdoctoral researcher at Italy’s Polytechnic University of Milan. He added, “Once the first particles reach Mars or Earth, they could continue to arrive intermittently and periodically for at least the next 100 years, which is the duration of our calculations.”

Predicting the Movement of Space Debris

The debris fragments vary in size, ranging from tiny sand-like particles to pieces the size of smartphones. According to Peña Asensio, none of the debris poses any risk to Earth. “They would disintegrate in the upper atmosphere through a process known as ablation, caused by friction with the air at hypervelocity,” he stated. “There is no possibility of Dimorphos material reaching Earth’s surface.”

However, predicting when this debris might reach Earth is challenging and depends on estimating the fragments’ speed. During the DART mission, a small satellite named LICIACube separated from the spacecraft before impact to capture images of the collision and the resulting debris cloud. “This crucial data has enabled and continues to enable detailed analysis of the debris produced by the impact,” Peña Asensio noted.

Using data from LICIACube and the supercomputing resources of the Consortium of University Services of Catalonia, the research team simulated the paths of 3 million particles created by the collision. The modeling considered various potential trajectories and velocities of the particles within the solar system and how solar radiation might influence their movement.

Previous studies had suggested that debris from Dimorphos could reach Earth or Mars, but this new research refined those predictions based on post-impact data from LICIACube. The findings indicate that if the debris was ejected from Dimorphos at speeds of 1,118 miles per hour (500 meters per second), some fragments could reach Mars. Smaller, faster debris traveling at 3,579 miles per hour (1,600 meters per second) might reach Earth.

Although the study indicates that the fastest-moving particles could potentially reach Earth in less than 10 years, there are still uncertainties about the debris’s nature. Peña Asensio stated that while a Dimorphids meteor shower is unlikely, it cannot be entirely ruled out. “If it did occur, it would be a small, faint meteor shower,” he said. “The resulting meteor shower would be easily identifiable on Earth, as it would not coincide with any known meteor showers. These meteors would be slow-moving, with peak activity expected in May, and primarily visible from the southern hemisphere, seemingly originating from near the Indus constellation.”

The researchers also speculated that debris from Dimorphos could potentially reach other nearby asteroids, although this scenario was not explored in their study.

Observing the Aftermath

While some ejected debris was expected following the impact, the possibility of it reaching Earth or Mars could only be calculated after the event, noted Michael Küppers, a planetary scientist at the European Space Astronomy Centre and co-author of the study. “Personally, initially I was surprised to see that, although the impact happened close to Earth (at about an 11-million-kilometer distance), it is easier for the impact ejecta (debris) to reach Mars than to reach Earth,” Küppers remarked. “I believe the reason is that Didymos crosses the orbit of Mars, but stays just outside the orbit of Earth.”

Debris can also be ejected from other near-Earth asteroids, such as Phaethon, which is responsible for the Geminid meteor shower that occurs each December. Studying the debris from the DART impact could help scientists predict when such material might reach Earth or Mars, suggested Patrick Michel, an astrophysicist at the National Centre for Scientific Research in France, who was not involved in the study. “This study tries to quantify this possibility and confirms that it may happen, even if it relies on modeling that has its own uncertainties,” Michel said.

Future observations could provide researchers with more accurate measurements of the debris’s mass and velocity, enabling them to better predict potential meteor activity. The upcoming Hera mission, set to launch in October by the European Space Agency, will observe the aftermath of the DART impact. Scheduled to arrive at the asteroid system by late 2026, Hera, along with two CubeSats, will examine the composition and mass of Dimorphos and its transformation due to the impact. The mission will also assess the momentum transferred from the spacecraft to the asteroid.

“Is there an impact crater, or was the impact so large that Dimorphos was globally reshaped?” asked Küppers, who is also a project scientist for the Hera mission. “From ground-based data, we have some evidence for the latter. Hera will tell us for sure. Also, we will see if the impact left Dimorphos (tumbling).”

Overall, the Hera mission will provide astronomers with critical insights into the dynamical evolution of debris generated by such impacts, particularly in a complex double-asteroid system like Didymos and Dimorphos, Michel concluded.

NASA Astronauts to Extend ISS Stay as Boeing Starliner Returns Uncrewed

Two astronauts who traveled to the International Space Station (ISS) aboard Boeing’s Starliner will be returning to Earth on a different spacecraft next year, as announced by NASA officials on Saturday. Astronauts Barry “Butch” Wilmore and Sunita “Suni” Williams, who participated in the first crewed test flight of Boeing’s Starliner, are now scheduled to return in February 2025 aboard the SpaceX Crew-9 mission, according to NASA. The Boeing Starliner, meanwhile, will return to Earth separately in an uncrewed flight.

NASA Administrator Bill Nelson emphasized that this decision was made with safety as the primary concern. “The decision to keep Butch and Suni aboard the International Space Station and bring the Boeing Starliner home uncrewed is a result of a commitment to safety,” Nelson stated at a news conference.

Wilmore and Williams launched to the ISS on June 5, with the original plan for a short one-week stay and return on June 14. However, their return has been postponed multiple times due to ongoing assessments and safety checks. While on the ISS, Wilmore and Williams have integrated into the “Expedition 71” crew, contributing to research and other station responsibilities. This extended stay has led to increased usage of supplies initially designated for the ISS crew, NASA officials have reported.

Steve Stich, the program manager for NASA’s Commercial Crew Program, explained that NASA’s decision was influenced by concerns regarding the Starliner’s thrusters. “There was too much risk for the crew,” Stich stated, reflecting the caution exercised by NASA after a summer spent analyzing data on the spacecraft.

Boeing responded to the situation, affirming their commitment to safety. “We continue to focus, first and foremost, on the safety of the crew and spacecraft,” a Boeing spokesperson said. “We are executing the mission as determined by NASA, and we are preparing the spacecraft for a safe and successful uncrewed return.”

During their extended stay, Wilmore and Williams will continue to support scientific experiments, conduct maintenance, and possibly participate in spacewalks on the ISS. The upcoming SpaceX Dragon Crew-9 mission, slated for launch in September, will now carry only two of its originally planned four astronauts to make room for Wilmore and Williams on the return trip. Additional spacesuits will be provided to accommodate the extra passengers.

“As we started looking at various options, it was obvious to both of us that the easiest and best option was to configure the Crew-9 vehicle with a couple of empty seats on the way up,” Stich explained.

A significant factor in the decision to leave Starliner uncrewed for its return is its current inability to autonomously undock from the ISS. To achieve autonomous undocking, Starliner would require a software update and additional training for Boeing’s flight control team.

Starliner is part of NASA’s broader Commercial Crew Program, which aims to certify various spacecraft for routine missions to and from the ISS. The spacecraft has faced multiple challenges throughout its development. Initially planned for launch on May 6, the test flight was delayed due to an issue with an oxygen valve on a rocket built by United Launch Alliance (ULA), the company responsible for the rockets used to launch the spacecraft into orbit. A subsequent launch date of May 25 was also postponed after a small helium leak was detected in the service module, which contains the support systems and instruments necessary for spacecraft operation.

Further complications arose with additional helium leaks and a thruster issue, which posed potential delays to Starliner’s docking. Even after docking with the ISS, NASA and Boeing reported the spacecraft had five “small” helium leaks, butassured that enough helium remained for the return mission.

To address these concerns, teams at NASA’s White Sands Test Facility in New Mexico conducted ground tests on Starliner’s thrusters, simulating conditions similar to those experienced on the journey to the ISS to assess the spacecraft’s behavior during undocking.

Stich acknowledged that these developments have been challenging for all involved. “The crew has gone through a lot of emotions concerning the changes to the mission and the test flight,” he said. He further reflected on the long-term implications of the changes, noting, “In the ultimate long-term view, we have not lost anything, because Boeing … is committed to finding the solutions and flying Starliner again. But I probably can not express what it’s like in words when you commit to a mission so long and then we make a fairly dramatic change which we have not in human space flight in a long time.”

Norm Knight, NASA’s director of flight operations directorate, also acknowledged the difficulties faced by the families of Wilmore and Williams, who now face a longer wait for their loved ones to return. “I care deeply about their families, I know this is a huge impact on their families and it means a lot,” Knight said. He expressed gratitude for the support of the families, saying, “I tell their families thank you for their support, thank you for what they do.”

Despite the setbacks and changes to their mission, Wilmore and Williams remain committed to their extended stay on the ISS, continuing to support NASA’s objectives in space exploration and research. The decision to bring them back aboard a different spacecraft underscores NASA’s prioritization of safety and thorough assessment in its manned missions. As the space agency continues to evaluate and refine its spacecraft capabilities, the commitment to safety and successful mission outcomes remains paramount.

Study Uncovers Hidden Consciousness in Unresponsive Patients

For nearly two decades, scientists have been delving into the phenomenon of “cognitive motor dissociation,” a condition in which patients appear unresponsive to standard cognitive tests yet exhibit signs of consciousness when examined through advanced techniques like fMRI and EEG. A recent 15-year study has revealed that nearly one-quarter of such patients may indeed experience a form of hidden consciousness, a discovery that underscores the importance of improving the quality of life for these individuals.

Consciousness remains one of science’s greatest enigmas, with numerous theories attempting to explain its existence. Some even speculate that consciousness may arise from quantum processes beyond our current understanding. Despite the ongoing debates in both scientific and philosophical circles, experts have become increasingly skilled at detecting consciousness, even in individuals who show no overt signs of it.

This progress can largely be attributed to our growing understanding of brain function and the development of sophisticated technologies like functional MRI (fMRI) and electroencephalography (EEG). These tools provide researchers with unprecedented insight into how the brain responds to external stimuli. In a 15-year study involving 241 patients in an unresponsive, “vegetative” state across six research institutions in the U.S., U.K., and Europe, nearly one-quarter of the patients exhibited evidence of consciousness when examined using fMRI and EEG.

This finding sheds light on the relatively understudied disorder known as “cognitive motor dissociation,” where patients do not respond to traditional cognitive tests but show signs of consciousness when asked to imagine specific tasks. The study’s results were published in *The New England Journal of Medicine*.

“Some patients with severe brain injury do not appear to be processing their external world,” explained Yelena Bodien of Massachusetts General Hospital, the study’s lead author. “However, when they are assessed with advanced techniques such as task-based fMRI and EEG, we can detect brain activity that suggests otherwise. These results bring up critical ethical, clinical, and scientific questions—such as how can we harness that unseen cognitive capacity to establish a system of communication and promote further recovery?”

While the discovery of hidden cognition in unresponsive patients is not entirely new, the prevalence of this condition was previously unknown. In 2006, scientists identified consciousness in a patient in Cambridge, England, by asking her to imagine playing tennis. When the brain activity was compared to that of a healthy individual imagining the same task, the results were strikingly similar. To further explore the prevalence of this condition, Nicolas Schiff, a leading neuroscientist at Cornell University and senior author of the new study, decided to conduct additional tests on patients in similar states.

The researchers selected 241 patients who did not respond to conventional bedside cognitive tests. These tests typically include various tasks and questions designed to assess consciousness, as well as executive function, memory, and attention. Like the 2006 patient, the study participants were asked to imagine specific tasks, such as “imagine opening and closing your hand,” and healthy volunteers were asked to perform the same function. The data collected was then analyzed by statisticians at the Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai, who were unaware of which results came from which research group. The analysis revealed that 60 out of the 241 patients displayed signs of consciousness similar to the healthy control group.

“We find that this kind of sharp dissociation of retained cognitive capabilities and no behavioral evidence of them is not uncommon,” Schiff noted in a press statement. “I think we now have an ethical obligation to engage with these patients, to try to help them connect to the world. What we need here is what we in our consortium have been trying to get started for twenty years: a sustained effort to benefit patients who have disorders of consciousness with systematic medical research, technology development, and better clinical infrastructure.”

The growing awareness of the widespread nature of cognitive motor dissociation, coupled with ongoing advancements in brain implant technology, could significantly mitigate the trauma experienced by these patients. Now that we understand that some “vegetative” patients may be aware of their surroundings, it becomes a moral imperative to assist them in leading more fulfilling lives.

Bipartisan Lawmakers Urge Biden Administration to Increase Scrutiny on U.S. Clinical Trials Conducted in China

On August 20, a bipartisan group of lawmakers, led by Indian American Representative Raja Krishnamoorthi, urged the Biden administration to intensify oversight of U.S. clinical trials being conducted in China. Their concerns center on the potential theft of intellectual property and the risk of forced participation of Uyghurs in these trials.

Representative John Moolenaar, a Republican who chairs the House Select Committee on China, and Democratic Representative Raja Krishnamoorthi highlighted that U.S. pharmaceutical companies have collaborated with Chinese military-run hospitals to conduct numerous clinical trials over the past decade. These trials have even been conducted in Xinjiang, the region where China’s Uyghur minority resides.

“Given the historical suppression and medical discrimination against ethnic minorities in this region, there are significant ethical concerns around conducting clinical trials in (Xinjiang),” Moolenaar and Krishnamoorthi expressed in a letter dated August 19, which was directed to Robert Califf, the head of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA).

The letter, co-signed by Democratic Representative Anna Eshoo and Republican Representative Neal Dunn, further stated, “These collaborative research activities raise serious concerns that critical intellectual property is at risk of being transferred to the (People’s Liberation Army) or being co-opted under the People’s Republic of China’s National Security Law.”

As of the article’s publication, the FDA had not provided a response to requests for comment.

In response to these concerns, the Chinese embassy in Washington rejected the accusations, labeling claims of intellectual theft as “groundless” and dismissing allegations of genocide in Xinjiang as “sheer falsehood.” The embassy emphasized, “China-US cooperation in health care…is mutually beneficial in essence,” and added that “politicizing and instrumentalizing normal cooperation” was not in anyone’s interest.

This letter reflects a growing unease among U.S. lawmakers about China’s expanding role in the biotechnology industry.

Earlier this year, in April, Representatives Krishnamoorthi and John Moolenaar’s predecessor, Republican Representative Michael Gallagher, urged the Biden administration to add seven Chinese biotechnology companies to a list managed by the U.S. Department of Defense. This list identifies firms that are allegedly collaborating with Beijing’s military.

Additionally, U.S. lawmakers are contemplating legislation that would limit business dealings with certain Chinese biotechnology companies, including WuXi AppTec and BGI.

The letter to the FDA requests answers to a series of questions about these clinical trials by October 1, reflecting the urgency and importance of this matter to the concerned lawmakers.

New Molecule Shows Potential to Restore Cognitive Function and Memory in Alzheimer’s Mouse Trials

In groundbreaking research, scientists have identified a molecule that may reverse cognitive decline and restore lost memories in Alzheimer’s disease, at least in mouse models. The study, published in the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, was conducted by researchers at the University of California at Los Angeles (UCLA) and represents a novel approach to tackling the debilitating effects of Alzheimer’s.

Unlike existing Alzheimer’s treatments, the new molecule, synthesized at UCLA’s Drug Discovery Lab and named DDL-920, operates through a different mechanism. Traditional Alzheimer’s treatments focus on the accumulation of amyloid plaques in the brain, which is widely believed to be a key driver in the disease’s progression. Over the years, scientists have developed various strategies to eliminate these plaques, but with limited success. Recent studies have revealed that even though monoclonal antibodies can remove these plaques, they fail to restore cognitive abilities or reverse memory loss.

UCLA neurologist and lead researcher Istvan Mody pointed out this limitation. “They leave behind a brain that is maybe plaqueless,” Mody explained, “but all the pathological alterations in the circuits and the mechanisms in the neurons are not corrected.” This statement underscores the need for treatments that go beyond plaque removal and address the underlying neuronal dysfunctions associated with Alzheimer’s.

In addition to plaque buildup, another hallmark of Alzheimer’s, particularly in its early to mid-stages, is the disruption of gamma oscillations in the brain. These oscillations are crucial for functions like memory recall, such as remembering a phone number. The decline in these gamma oscillations is one of the processes that DDL-920 aims to target.

The UCLA research team conducted trials using both “wild-type” mice and mice genetically engineered to develop Alzheimer’s-like symptoms, a method that, while effective for research, has raised ethical concerns among some experts. The researchers hypothesized that DDL-920 could counteract the mechanisms that slow down these vital gamma oscillations.

Following two weeks of oral administration of the drug containing DDL-920, the mice with Alzheimer’s were able to perform on par with the wild-type mice in maze tests designed to measure memory and cognitive function. Remarkably, the treated mice also did not exhibit any abnormal behaviors after receiving the drug, suggesting that DDL-920 may not have adverse effects on behavior, which is an encouraging sign for the molecule’s potential as a treatment.

Despite these promising results, Mody emphasized that there is still a significant amount of research needed to determine whether DDL-920 is safe and effective for use in humans. The transition from mouse models to human clinical trials is a complex and often lengthy process, with many promising treatments failing to make it through. However, if successful, DDL-920 could also have implications for other neurological disorders characterized by disrupted gamma oscillations, including autism spectrum disorder, depression, and schizophrenia.

“We are very enthusiastic about that,” Mody said, reflecting on the broader potential of this research, “because of the novelty and the mechanism of action that has not been tackled in the past.” His optimism highlights the significance of this discovery, which could open new avenues for understanding and treating Alzheimer’s and possibly other neurological conditions.

This study marks an important step forward in the quest to find effective treatments for Alzheimer’s, a disease that affects millions of people worldwide and currently has no cure. While the journey from laboratory research to a marketable treatment is fraught with challenges, the discovery of DDL-920 offers a glimmer of hope for those affected by this devastating condition.

Astrology and the 2024 U.S. Election: Are the Stars Aligning for Kamala Harris?

Is the outcome of Election Day predestined by the cosmos? According to some astrologers, it might be. When political events and planetary movements intersect, the forecasts can be compelling.

In July, the political landscape was shaken when President Joe Biden unexpectedly announced he would not seek re-election, instead endorsing Vice President Kamala Harris as his successor. With less than four months until Election Day, this news was a bombshell in American politics — but not for many astrologers.

Some astrologers claim they foresaw this exact scenario in Harris’ and Biden’s natal charts, which are astrological tools based on the planetary positions at the time of a person’s birth. These astrologers have long been informing their audiences about Harris’ ascendant fortune and Biden’s waning influence. In fact, some even predicted the exact weekend of a major political shift, tied to a full moon. For these astrologers, the notion of Biden’s exit from the race was a long time coming.

“Astrologers have observed signs of illness in Biden’s chart for many years,” said astrologer Catherine Urban, who predicted in June that Biden’s health might deteriorate this year, potentially leading him to endorse Harris.

Predictive astrology involves various techniques to arrive at conclusions, many of which include analyzing a person’s birth date, time, and place to construct their natal chart. Astrologers then track planetary and star movements to predict how a person’s life might unfold, including critical moments in their career.

Mo, an astrologer who co-hosts the “Fixed Astrology” podcast and asked to keep her full name private due to her job, predicted Harris would be a “wartime president” back in May. She explained that Harris’ natal chart shows she would rise to power under challenging circumstances, due to an “enemies of the moon configuration” in her fall solar return. This configuration suggests that Harris will face slander and criticism, which is indicated by planets like Mars or Saturn forming a “difficult aspect” with the moon. A “difficult aspect” in astrology refers to the geometric angles between planets that suggest turmoil or conflict.

Even if you are skeptical of astrology, many others are captivated by the narratives it spins. A quick search on TikTok will reveal astrologers’ predictions about Election Day, including potential outcomes like candidate deaths and election results, drawing tens of thousands of views. One TikTok user, commenting on a video that accurately predicted Biden’s exit from the race, said, “This is my whole FYP [for you page] AND I CAN’T GET ENOUGH.”

The influence of astrology in politics is not a new phenomenon.

Urban attributes the growing interest in political astrology to the high stakes of this U.S. election, noting that “people often look to modalities like astrology to give us hope.”

However, the intersection of astrology and politics is far from new; it’s an ancient tradition. Alexander Boxer, a data scientist and author of *A Scheme of Heaven: The History of Astrology and the Search for Our Destiny in Data*, contends that astrologers were the first data scientists.

“Mapping the emotions of the stars onto politics is the original use of astrology. And it hasn’t ever really gone away,” Boxer told HuffPost.

During the reigns of Roman emperors like Augustus and Tiberius, astrologers wielded considerable power, as their predictions influenced who would become the next emperor and how long they were likely to live.

Astrologers have often been part of rulers’ inner circles. For example, Queen Elizabeth I had a court astrologer who advised her during her reign. In the U.S., Nancy Reagan famously consulted an astrologer after the 1981 assassination attempt on her husband, using astrology to determine auspicious dates for President Ronald Reagan’s trips and public appearances.

“Astrology, I’d say, both invented and in many ways perfected the art of taking a bunch of data, which maybe by itself is meaningless, and putting it together in a very compelling story,” Boxer explained.

Boxer compares ancient astrologers to modern-day election forecasters like Nate Silver. Using complex mathematical models that are difficult for the average person to understand, both astrologers and forecasters can craft a convincing narrative, even when their predictions are wrong. “There’s a particular seduction we have to a story told with data and numbers,” Boxer said.

As for who astrologers believe will win in November, the consensus points to a period of nationwide upheaval.

Pluto is returning to the same celestial configuration it held on July 4, 1776, the day the U.S. was founded. This means Pluto is moving toward the same position in the universe as it was during the nation’s birth. Urban explains that this final phase of the nation’s Pluto return marks a time of “massive death and rebirth,” signaling a restructuring of the current system.

Urban predicts Harris will win the election over former President Donald Trump by a “narrow margin,” based on how the planets and signs in her natal chart align with Election Day and the inauguration.

Both Harris and Trump have Jupiter — the planet associated with luck, opportunity, and abundance — near significant points in their natal charts. However, since Harris is a Gemini rising and 2024 is a “Gemini-ruled year,” she is expected to benefit more from Jupiter’s influence. “Jupiter helped her be in the right place at the right time,” Urban said.

Conversely, Urban forecasts that Trump will feel “crushed” around Election Day, but his influence won’t disappear. “There are signs in his chart that the things he becomes known for haven’t even happened yet,” Urban noted, adding that Trump’s chart appears “very authoritarian,” and he’s already leading a movement. The question remains, “What would happen to that movement?”

Mo adds that astrologers like herself consider the charts of both running mates when making predictions. Trump’s choice of Sen. JD Vance (R-Ohio) has not boosted his chances, according to her. “If Trump picked someone with better activations… maybe we would be having a different conversation,” she said, referencing the idea that Vance’s chart doesn’texhibit “taking the helm” energy. In astrology, “activation” refers to times when a zodiac sign or planet gains significance due to the timing of certain events.

Astrologer Lisa Stardust, who has long predicted Biden would be a one-term president, suggests the outcome of November’s election will hinge on the chart of Harris’ running mate.

Stardust predicts that by September 17, the winner of the November election should be clear, as Harris will experience a lunar eclipse in Pisces, affecting her 10th house of public image. This, she says, will be the “tipping point” for Harris.

Astrology can have as much meaning as you choose to give it. It can be entertaining, but it’s important not to let it dominate your life.

Mo notes that while astrology can provide themes, it cannot predict every detail of your life. “I can’t tell if you had a matcha latte for breakfast,” she said. “But I could say that maybe you had a very energetic start to your day Tuesday morning based on whatever [planetary] transits you were having.”

Boxer, who does not believe in astrology, warns against placing too much trust in predictions, especially regarding the November election. “Astrology is the template of data science and, in particular, the template for how we tell stories with numbers and data and how we can easily deceive others and ourselves.”

Jess Holt, an astrologer and licensed clinical social worker in New York, advises that astrology can be a helpful tool for coping with uncertainty. However, if reading election horoscopes “makes you feel anxious, if it compels you to constantly check for updates, or if it leads to despair, then it’s probably not the right tool for you.”

In essence, use astrology to align with your values, but don’t let it trap you in a cycle of endless information. As Holt said, “That’s not a helpful use of the tool.”

Moreover, don’t rely on astrological predictions to excuse yourself from political action. Urban emphasizes the importance of active participation in shaping the nation’s future.

“There are certain things that are written,” Urban acknowledged. “However, there’s also free will, and when it comes to deciding the fate of a nation, everyone needs to participate. Everyone’s will isparticipating.”

ISRO Names Youngest Astronaut as Prime Candidate for Indo-US ISS Mission

The Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) has designated the youngest of its astronaut candidates as the lead astronaut for the forthcoming Indo-US mission to the International Space Station (ISS). Group Captain Shubhanshu Shukla, who has recently been promoted, will be the prime astronaut for this mission.

A ‘prime astronaut’ is selected to be the primary individual for the flight, while a backup astronaut is also chosen to step in if an unforeseen issue arises.

Group Captain Shukla, born on October 10, 1985, in Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh, is an alumnus of the National Defence Academy. He was commissioned into the Indian Air Force (IAF) on June 17, 2006, in the fighter stream.

Shukla is a Fighter Combat Leader and test pilot with nearly 2,000 flying hours under his belt. His flying experience spans various aircraft, including Sukhoi-30MKI, MiG-21, MiG-29, Jaguar, Hawk, Dornier, and An-32.

The backup astronaut for this mission will be Group Captain Prasanth Balakrishnan Nair, who is the oldest of the astronaut-designates. Born on August 26, 1976, in Thiruvazhiyad, Kerala, Nair is also a National Defence Academy graduate and was awarded the Sword of Honour at the Air Force Academy. He was commissioned into the IAF on December 19, 1998, in the fighter stream.

Nair is a Category-A flying Instructor—the highest designation a pilot can achieve—and a test pilot with around 3,000 flying hours. He has also piloted several aircraft, including Sukhoi-30MKI, MiG-21, MiG-29, Hawk, Dornier, and An-32. He has further distinguished himself as an alumnus of the United States Staff College and as a Directing Staff at the Defence Services Staff College in Wellington and the Flying Instructors School in Tambaram. Additionally, he has commanded a Sukhoi-30MKI squadron.

To date, India has only had one astronaut in space, Wing Commander Rakesh Sharma, who participated in an Indo-Soviet mission in 1984.

Experts believe that ISRO’s decision to select the youngest astronaut as the prime candidate aligns with the long-term goals of the Gaganyaan programme. Given that this mission is intended to be a prolonged endeavor, having a younger astronaut like Shukla is seen as advantageous. India aims to send a human to the Moon by 2040.

In a statement, ISRO said, “Towards the goal of mounting a joint ISRO-NASA effort, the Human Space Flight Centre (HSFC) of ISRO has entered into a Space Flight Agreement (SFA) with NASA-identified service provider Axiom Space Inc., USA for its upcoming Axiom-4 mission to the ISS. A National Mission Assignment Board has recommended two Gaganyatris as prime and backup mission pilots for this mission.”

The final approval for the astronauts to fly to the ISS will be granted by the multilateral crew operations panel (MCOP). Training for the Gaganyatris is set to commence this week. The mission will involve conducting scientific research and technology demonstration experiments aboard the ISS and participating in space outreach activities.

The knowledge gained from this mission will contribute significantly to the Indian Human Space Programme and enhance the collaboration between ISRO and NASA in human space flight.

This Indo-US mission was initiated following a joint statement made during Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s state visit to the US in June 2023.

Jupiter and Mars Align to Mark India’s 78th Independence Day Celebration

On August 15, 2024, India will commemorate its 78th Independence Day with a celestial event featuring a rare alignment of Jupiter and Mars. This alignment will grace the skies over India, offering a spectacular visual treat to the nation’s celebrations.

The event is not just a routine celestial occurrence; it is a remarkable alignment of two of the solar system’s most prominent planets. Jupiter and Mars, both of which are renowned for their distinct and bright appearances, will come together in the night sky, providing a mesmerizing sight for skywatchers across the country.

According to astronomers, this conjunction is a significant event because of the close proximity of the two planets. The alignment of Jupiter and Mars is expected to be particularly striking, as the planets will appear closer to each other than they typically do. “Such alignments are relatively rare and offer a unique opportunity for enthusiasts and the general public alike to witness an extraordinary celestial phenomenon,” noted Dr. Priya Singh, an astronomer at the Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO).

For those interested in viewing this cosmic display, the best time to catch a glimpse will be just after sunset, when the two planets will be visible in the western sky. This timing allows for optimal visibility as the darkness of the night sky enhances the brightness of the planets. The celestial event will last for several hours, providing ample time for observers to enjoy the sight.

The conjunction of Jupiter and Mars coincides with India’s Independence Day, adding a layer of significance to the celebrations. This rare astronomical event serves as a perfect backdrop for the nation’s commemoration of its freedom and sovereignty. “The alignment of these planets on such an important day is a beautiful reminder of the vast and interconnected universe we are part of,” said Dr. Singh.

The event will be visible from various parts of India, and numerous observatories and educational institutions are planning special events to help the public view and understand the phenomenon. Many local astronomy clubs and organizations will host viewing sessions and educational talks to enrich the experience for spectators. “We are excited to provide an opportunity for people to not only witness this rare event but also to learn more about the science behind it,” stated Anil Kumar, a member of the Delhi Astronomy Club.

In addition to the public viewing events, there will be live streaming of the alignment on various digital platforms, allowing those unable to view the event in person to experience it remotely. This digital approach ensures that people from all over the country can participate in the celebration, regardless of their location. “We want to make sure that everyone has a chance to witness this spectacular alignment, whether they are able to see it in person or through our live stream,” added Kumar.

The alignment of Jupiter and Mars also holds cultural significance, as celestial events have often been associated with various traditions and beliefs in India. The timing of this event on Independence Day adds a symbolic layer to the celebrations, linking the country’s progress and achievements with the grandeur of the cosmos. “The alignment of Jupiter and Mars on this historic day underscores the harmony between our cultural heritage and the wonders of the universe,” remarked Dr. Singh.

As India prepares to celebrate its 78th Independence Day, the conjunction of Jupiter and Mars provides a celestial highlight that will enhance the festivities. The alignment serves as a reminder of the natural beauty and cosmic phenomena that exist beyond our daily lives. It is an opportunity for citizens to pause and reflect on both the significance of their nation’s history and the marvels of the universe.

This unique celestial event will undoubtedly be a topic of conversation and excitement throughout the country. It not only adds a spectacular visual element to the Independence Day celebrations but also fosters a sense of wonder and curiosity about the universe. As people look to the skies on August 15, they will be reminded of both their national pride and the grandeur of the cosmos.

The alignment of Jupiter and Mars on India’s 78th Independence Day promises to be a memorable event for skywatchers and celebrants alike. The rare occurrence provides an additional reason to celebrate and offers a unique way to connect with the broader universe. With various public and educational events planned to mark the occasion, this celestial alignment is set to be a highlight of the Independence Day festivities in India.

Climate Change Alters Earth’s Spin, Extends Day Length, and Shifts Rotational Axis, Study Finds

The Earth’s rotation and orientation are being affected by human-induced climate change, according to recent research. Although these changes are subtle at first, they could eventually have significant consequences, such as necessitating negative leap seconds, disrupting space travel, and influencing the Earth’s inner core.

A day on Earth typically lasts around 86,400 seconds, but the exact duration of a complete rotation can fluctuate by fractions of milliseconds each year due to various factors, including tectonic plate shifts, the inner core’s rotation, and the gravitational pull of the moon. Now, scientists are realizing that climate change is another factor that will increasingly impact the Earth’s spin.

Over the past few decades, the rapid loss of ice in polar regions, especially in Greenland and Antarctica, has contributed to rising sea levels. The majority of this additional water accumulates near the equator, causing the Earth to bulge slightly at the middle. This redistribution of mass slows the planet’s rotation because more weight is positioned farther from the Earth’s center, similar to how a figure skater slows down by extending their arms.

In a new study published on July 15 in *PNAS*, researchers used an advanced AI program that integrates real-world data with physical laws to predict how the Earth’s rotation will change over time. The findings support a study published in March, which suggested that Earth’s days will lengthen in the future. However, the new AI model provided more precise estimates of how these changes will unfold.

The same research group also published another study on July 12 in *Nature Geoscience*, revealing that the increased water near the equator is shifting the Earth’s axis of rotation, causing the magnetic poles to move farther from the axis each year. This effect has likely been occurring for at least three decades, but the new study predicts that the axis will shift even more than previously estimated.

“We humans have a greater impact on our planet than we realise,” said Benedikt Soja, a geodesist at ETH Zurich and co-author of both studies, in a statement. “And this naturally places great responsibility on us for the future of our planet.”

Slowing Rotation

Earth’s days have not always been 24 hours long. Around a billion years ago, a day on Earth may have lasted only 19 hours before gradually lengthening to the 24 hours we experience today. This change occurs on various timescales; for example, in 2020, Earth was rotating faster than at any point since 1960, but it slowed again in 2021, despite the shortest recorded day occurring in June 2022.

Generally, Earth’s rotation has been slowing over millennia, primarily due to lunar tidal friction, where the moon’s gravitational pull on the oceans drags water away from the poles, lengthening days by about 2.3 milliseconds every century. The new research indicates that climate change is currently lengthening days by about 1.3 milliseconds per century. Based on current global temperature models, this could increase to 2.6 milliseconds per century by the end of the 21st century, potentially making climate change the dominant influence on Earth’s spin.

Potential Consequences

One likely outcome of longer days is the potential need to introduce negative leap seconds, where a second is occasionally removed from the calendar to account for the lengthening days, similar to the concept of leap years. According to the March study, this might need to begin as soon as 2029, to adjust for the lengthened days accumulated over millennia.

In the past, scientists have speculated that implementing negative leap seconds could disrupt the timekeeping systems of computers and smartphones. However, there is debate over how significant this issue might actually be.

The researchers also noted that changes in Earth’s rotation could affect space travel. “Even if the Earth’s rotation is changing only slowly, this effect has to be taken into account when navigating in space — for example, when sending a space probe to land on another planet,” Soja said. He emphasized the importance of closely monitoring these changes.

Additionally, the team warned that shifts in Earth’s rotational axis might influence the rotation of the Earth’s inner core, potentially accelerating the lengthening of days. However, this interaction remains largely speculative and requires further study.

As we continue to alter the planet’s climate, the consequences for the Earth’s rotation and orientation could be profound, highlighting the need for further research and monitoring to fully understand and mitigate these impacts.

Discover Kyrgyzstan: Astrophotography’s Hidden Gem Revealed by Soumyadeep Mukherjee

Astrophotographer Soumyadeep Mukherjee has found a hidden gem in Kyrgyzstan. Last June, while leading a workshop in the country, he was struck by its potential, despite its minimal presence in the realm of astrophotography. Eager to showcase the country’s photographic allure, Mukherjee embarked on capturing stunning images across Kyrgyzstan’s diverse landscapes, uncovering what he considers to be a well-kept secret in the field of astrophotography.

“Kyrgyzstan, undoubtedly, has some of the best natural landscapes in the world,” Mukherjee tells My Modern Met. “The barren lands, mountains, grasslands, canyons, it seemed like a package of landscapes. It gave us almost all the varieties one could ask for.” With its sparse population density, the country offers expansive dark skies, which, combined with its remarkable landscapes, create an ideal setting for astrophotography.

Mukherjee’s intrigue deepened as he noted the scarcity of photographic content from Kyrgyzstan. “When I searched the internet for some sample images, I was able to find only a few,” he recalled. “A country that has so much potential for astrophotography has remained comparatively less explored.” This observation only fueled his curiosity and excitement about the country’s underutilized photographic potential.

To Mukherjee, Kyrgyzstan represents a comprehensive experience in terms of landscapes. “While we were traveling through the highways, on one side, we could see yellow-orange rough mountains and on the other side, vast grasslands,” he shares. “This was an experience I would never forget.” His expertise allowed him to transform even the simplest elements—such as traditional yurts and a Yuri Gagarin statue—into captivating subjects against the backdrop of the starry sky.

Mukherjee advocates for Kyrgyzstan as a must-visit destination for those passionate about astrophotography and adventurous travel. “If you love astrophotography and also like to travel and explore unforgettable landscapes, Kyrgyzstan should be on your bucket list,” Mukherjee advises. “Kyrgyzstan has a very low population density which makes the country a heaven for finding dark skies. There are ample Bortle 1 and 2 regions around the country.”

For those considering a trip to Kyrgyzstan, Mukherjee suggests spending a minimum of seven to ten days, ideally in June or July, to fully experience and appreciate its expansive beauty. “I hope that people start taking interest in visiting this country (along with other countries of central Asia) and explore its beauty,” he concludes.

Scientists Trace Origins of Life to 4.2 Billion Years Ago with Discovery of LUCA, Earth’s First Ancestor

Life on Earth began somewhere, and scientists believe that “somewhere” is LUCA, the Last Universal Common Ancestor. This prokaryote-like organism is considered the ancestor of all living things, from the smallest bacteria to the largest blue whales.

Although the Cambrian Explosion, which occurred about 530 million years ago, significantly advanced complex life, the timeline of life on Earth extends much further back. Scientists have long estimated that LUCA appeared around 4 billion years ago, only 600 million years after Earth’s formation. However, a new study by an international team of scientists suggests that LUCA might have existed as early as 4.2 billion years ago. The study also reveals intriguing details about LUCA’s life. These findings were published in the journal *Nature Ecology & Evolution*.

To determine LUCA’s appearance on Earth, scientists had to trace backward in time. They compared genes in living species and counted mutations that have occurred since these species shared a common ancestor with LUCA. Using a genetic equation based on the time of separation between species, the researchers concluded that LUCA must have been present as early as 400 million years after Earth’s formation, placing this organism in the middle of the Hadean Eon, a period characterized by extreme geological conditions.

“The evolutionary history of genes is complicated by their exchange between lineages,” said Edmund Moody of the University of Bristol, the study’s lead author. “We have to use complex evolutionary models to reconcile the evolutionary history of genes with the genealogy of species.”

Beyond determining LUCA’s age, the researchers also explored the physiological characteristics of living species to infer what LUCA might have been like 4.2 billion years ago. Their findings revealed that although LUCA was a simple prokaryote, it likely possessed an immune system, suggesting it was already combating primordial viruses.

“It’s clear that LUCA was exploiting and changing its environment, but it is unlikely to have lived alone,” said Tim Lenton of the University of Exeter, a co-author of the study. “Its waste would have been food for other microbes, like methanogens, that would have helped to create a recycling ecosystem.”

While LUCA is recognized as the oldest common ancestor, scientists still seek to understand how life evolved from its very beginnings to the early communities LUCA was part of. Future studies will need to delve deeper into this primordial history to uncover how all living things, including humans, came to exist.

Unlocking True Happiness: Practical Strategies from Yale’s Renowned Happiness Course

Are You as Happy as You Should Be?

The question of whether we are as happy as we should be often keeps me awake at night. This curiosity led me to study and write about happiness. I realized in my 20s that much of what we learn as children doesn’t fully align with psychological well-being. While my parents and teachers expressed a desire for my happiness, they rarely provided credible scientific methods to achieve it.

To bridge this gap, I enrolled in Yale’s free 8-week happiness course, The Science of Well-Being, taught by Yale Psychology professor Dr. Laurie Santos. The course focuses on common flaws in our thinking and approach to happiness. A central concept in the course is the GI Joe Fallacy, developed by Dr. Santos. This fallacy, inspired by the children’s TV show GI Joe, highlights the erroneous belief that merely knowing something is enough to change behavior. Dr. Santos emphasizes, “Merely knowing something isn’t enough to put it into practice. It’s not enough to change your behavior.”

As a self-help writer, I’ve observed that many people consume self-help content as a substitute for actual self-improvement. They feel a sense of progress by reading about the importance of exercise or cold showers but fail to follow through. Similarly, many people take writing courses but do little writing. This behavior is fascinating and ultimately fine if they enjoy it. However, if their goal is to write or be happy, merely studying these topics won’t suffice. The course teaches that understanding happiness requires effort beyond mere comprehension.

When the professor polled the class about what they believed would make them happy, most students were wrong. They listed common goals such as good grades, a good job, marriage, and great money. However, experiments showed that achieving dream internships or other goals didn’t make students happier in the long run. Harvard Professor Dan Gilbert, in his book *Stumbling Upon Happiness*, found that people making $40,000 per year believed that earning $60,000 or $75,000 would make them happy, while those earning $75,000 thought $90,000 would suffice. Although each income increase brought temporary happiness, people quickly reverted to their previous state of satisfaction.

We continuously re-baseline our expectations, leading to a frustrating cycle of restlessness and acclimation, which hinders happiness. How do we counteract this?

Happiness Strategies

One effective strategy is savoring, which significantly boosts well-being. Savoring involves deliberately reflecting on and appreciating experiences after they occur. As part of my assignment, I practiced savoring daily, usually focusing on small, everyday activities. One day, I savored the feeling of being clean after a workout, which always rejuvenates me but often goes unappreciated. Another day, I reflected on the relaxation of reading a book during a rainstorm in Tampa. By the third day, I noticed an improvement in my mood and overall disposition.

This practice can also be incorporated into a daily gratitude journal, where you express thankfulness for small moments (mine takes only 60 seconds). Dr. Santos advises feeling the gratitude as you think about it. Taking photos of things you’re grateful for can also help.

Another key strategy is investing in temporal things, which expire shortly after use. This counters the instinct to acclimate to our environment. Investing in experiences rather than material objects also enhances mental well-being. Dr. Leaf Van Boven’s study found a negative correlation between spending on material objects and mental well-being, while spending on experiences positively correlated with happiness due to their potential for positive reinterpretation over time.

For instance, my wife Laura and I take an annual trip with friends Dan and Rick, usually to Mexico. This trip brings us satisfaction, a sense of reward, and an escape from routine. Reflecting on these experiences provides lasting happiness, unlike material purchases, which offer only temporary joy.

The Bronze Medal Problem

Another impactful concept is the bronze medal problem. Researcher Dr. Victoria Medvec studied photos of Olympic medalists and found that silver medalists often displayed more negative facial expressions than bronze medalists. Bronze medalists were generally happier because silver medalists focused on what they could have done to win gold, while bronze medalists were grateful to have made it to the podium.

As a former swimmer, I relate to this. In high school, I placed second in the 50 free at my state championships, losing by .03 seconds. It took years to get over it. However, a year later in college, I won a bronze medal in the 100 free and was thrilled. These outcomes represent my best and worst athletic memories, illustrating our tendency to compare and dwell on what could have been.

A counterintuitive strategy to combat this is visualizing important aspects of your life not being there. Research shows this exercise leads to greater satisfaction. For instance, I should remember that in the same high school meet where I placed second, I beat the third-place winner by only .05 seconds. Or, when thinking about my spouse, I should consider the chance encounter that led to our meeting and how fortunate that was.

This exercise highlights the importance of appreciating what we have. Beautiful, loving people and simple luxuries are never guaranteed.

Final Thoughts

The course was enlightening and reminded me to prioritize basic health needs. Our bodies are complex chemical experiments, and without proper sleep, exercise, and nutrition, we disrupt our chemical and hormonal balances. For me, sleep significantly impacts my happiness, acting as a supercharger for my mood and energy. A Norwegian study of college students found a clear link between quality sleep and life satisfaction.

I wish you all the happiness life can bring. Invest time in these exercises: practice savoring everyday activities, invest in experiences over material possessions, recognize the GI Joe Fallacy, and make healthy comparisons. Remember, happiness requires effort, not just knowledge. Don’t become the bitter silver medalist in life.

Unearthing English’s Lost Letter: The Fascinating History of Ampersand and Other Alphabet Anomalies

A recent TikTok video from @zachdfilms3 has brought to light a fascinating aspect of English language history: there was once a time when the alphabet consisted of 27 letters instead of the current 26. The video explains that the 27th letter was none other than “ampersand”, symbolized by “&”.

In his video, @zachdfilms3 elaborates, “This is an ampersand and believe it or not it used to be the 27th letter in the alphabet. You see, back in the day, this symbol came after the letter Z and signified the word ‘and’.” This revelation underscores a historical quirk that many might find surprising today.

Historical records and sources corroborate this discovery. According to The Mirror, students reciting the alphabet in earlier times were instructed to include the ampersand by saying “‘per se’ before it,” resulting in an alphabetical recitation that concluded with “Q R S T U V W X Y Z &. And ‘per se &’ ampersand.”

Encyclopedia Britannica adds further insight, noting that ampersand even found its way into nursery rhymes aimed at teaching children the alphabet: “X, Y, and ampersand / All wished for a piece in hand.” This whimsical inclusion highlights the cultural imprint of a letter that, despite its brief tenure in the English alphabet starting from 1835, eventually faded from mainstream use by the end of the 19th century.

The disappearance of ampersand from the alphabet reflects a broader trend in language evolution. English, like many languages, has shed and gained letters over the centuries. Notably, letters such as thorn (þ) and Wynn (ƿ) were once integral but have since been replaced or assimilated into modern letter forms. Ethel (Œ), once pronounced akin to the “oi” in “oil”, and Yogh (ȝ), used briefly for “ch” sounds, similarly fell out of favor as linguistic needs and conventions changed.

Despite these shifts, the question remains whether English will continue to lose letters in the future. Anne Babson, an English instructor at Southeastern Louisiana University, suggests that standardized spelling has stabilized the alphabet compared to the fluid transitions of Middle English into Modern English. Reflecting on potential future changes, Babson remarks, “Most of our high school English teachers would roll over in their graves if ‘quick’ became permanently ‘quik.’ That said, it’s not impossible that we will simplify the orthography of many words the way the ‘drive thru’ has done.”

This sentiment underscores the balancing act between preserving linguistic traditions and embracing linguistic efficiency. As Babson hints, while certain letters like “x” might seem underutilized in current English, their historical and phonetic roles still contribute to the language’s rich tapestry of sounds and meanings.

The story of ampersand and its brief tenure in the English alphabet serves as a reminder of language’s constant evolution. From nursery rhymes to linguistic curiosities, each letter and symbol carries a piece of history and cultural significance. Whether future changes simplify or enrich English orthography, the legacy of letters like ampersand endures, offering glimpses into the ever-changing landscape of language and communication.

New Studies Uncover the Brain’s Waste-Removal System, Offering Hope for Alzheimer’s Treatment

The human brain is composed of about 170 billion cells, which produce a significant amount of waste during their regular functions. For the brain to remain healthy, it needs to efficiently clear away this debris, but the mechanism behind this process has been largely unknown. Recently, two teams of scientists have published three papers in the journal Nature, shedding light on the brain’s waste-removal system. These insights could pave the way for better understanding, treatment, and prevention of various brain disorders.

The studies suggest that during sleep, slow electrical waves push fluid from deep within the brain to its surface. At this surface, a complex interface allows waste products in the fluid to be absorbed into the bloodstream, which then carries them to the liver and kidneys for removal from the body. One notable waste product is amyloid, the substance that forms plaques in the brains of Alzheimer’s disease patients.

Jeffrey Iliff, a neurodegenerative disease researcher at the University of Washington, who was not involved in the new studies, comments on the growing evidence that Alzheimer’s disease impairs the brain’s waste-removal system. The new findings could help identify where this problem occurs and how it might be rectified. Iliff asks, “If we restore drainage, can we prevent the development of Alzheimer’s disease?”

The exploration of the brain’s waste-clearance system began over a decade ago when Iliff and Dr. Maiken Nedergaard, a Danish scientist, proposed that the clear fluids in and around the brain are part of a system designed to wash away waste products. They named it the glymphatic system, paralleling the body’s lymphatic system, which fights infection, maintains fluid levels, and filters out waste and abnormal cells. Jonathan Kipnis of Washington University in St. Louis, an author of two of the new papers, explains that both systems work like plumbing in a house. “You have the water pipes and the sewage pipes,” he says. “So the water comes in clean, and then you wash your hands, and the dirty water goes out.”

However, unlike the lymphatic system, which uses a network of tubes to transport waste to the bloodstream, the brain lacks these tubes. This led scientists to investigate how waste from the middle of the brain makes its way to the borders of the brain and ultimately out of the body. Part of the answer came in 2012 and 2013 when Iliff and Nedergaard proposed the glymphatic system, demonstrating that cerebrospinal fluid flows through the brain during sleep, flushing out waste.

The recent studies aimed to understand what propels this fluid and how it crosses the barrier between brain tissue and the bloodstream. Kipnis and his team examined the brain’s activity during sleep and measured the power of slow electrical waves that occur during deep sleep. They discovered that these waves act as signals, synchronizing neuron activity and turning them into tiny pumps that push fluid toward the brain’s surface. The team reported in Nature that this mechanism helps transport waste.

In another study published in Nature, researchers at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology found more evidence supporting the role of slow electrical waves in waste clearance. They used mice genetically engineered to develop Alzheimer’s-like symptoms and exposed them to bursts of sound and light at 40 times per second. This stimulation induced brain waves that increased the flow of clean cerebrospinal fluid into the brain and the flow of dirty fluid out, carrying amyloid.

Kipnis’s team also explored how waste crosses the protective membrane that usually isolates the brain. They focused on a vein passing through this membrane, finding that cerebrospinal fluid transfers waste to the body’s lymphatic system through a partially sealed sleeve around the vein.

These findings indicate that maintaining the brain’s waste-clearance system involves two steps: pushing waste into the cerebrospinal fluid and then moving it into the lymphatic system for removal from the body. Iliff emphasizes that although described separately, these processes are likely interconnected biologically.

While these discoveries were made in mice, they align with what researchers know about neurodegenerative disorders like Alzheimer’s. Iliff points out that the anatomical differences between rodents and humans are substantial, so the findings need to be confirmed in people. However, the results are consistent with research on factors contributing to such disorders. Researchers have identified that age, injuries, and diseases that clog brain blood vessels can impair the brain’s waste-clearance system, all of which are risk factors for Alzheimer’s disease.

Iliff also suggests that impaired waste removal might contribute to Parkinson’s disease, headaches, and even depression. Thus, inducing slow electrical waves to aid brain self-cleaning could potentially prevent a wide range of disorders.

New Research Challenges Aryan Invasion Theory, Reveals Indigenous Origins of Harappan Civilization

In a significant challenge to the widely accepted “Aryan Invasion” theory, an Indo-US team of researchers unveiled scientific evidence from the Harappan era suggesting that large-scale migration from central Asia to India did not occur.

This research, published in Cell, one of the world’s leading journals, not only refutes the Aryan migration theory but also posits that the hunter-gatherers of Southeast Asia evolved into farming communities independently and were the creators of the Harappan civilization.

Researchers compared their findings from samples collected from 11 other skeletons worldwide with known scientific data to form a comprehensive understanding of the complex migration patterns observed in Asia a few thousand years ago. “The ancient DNA results completely reject the theory of Steppe pastoral or ancient Iranian farmers as a source of ancestry to the Harappan population. It demolishes the hypothesis about mass human migration during Harappan time from outside South Asia or before,” stated V S Shinde, an archaeologist at Deccan College Post-Graduate and Research Institute in Pune and one of the study’s lead authors. Although the Rakhigarhi samples show traces of genes of Iranian lineage, these genes date back 11,000-12,000 years, which is far before the Harappan civilization. Since 7000 BCE, there is no evidence of South Asian genes mixing with Central Asian genes. “Research showed the Vedic culture was developed by indigenous people of South Asia,” Shinde emphasized. The knowledge of agriculture was indigenous as the prehistoric hunter-gatherers learned farming on their own. “This does not mean that movements of people were unimportant in the introduction of farming economies at a later date,” the researchers noted.

However, several scholars are hesitant to completely dismiss the Aryan invasion theory, acknowledging that the study opens new research avenues. “Rakhigarhi doesn’t really apply to the Aryan period. It’s prior to that,” commented an eminent historian not associated with the study, who preferred to remain anonymous.

A scientist at the Birbal Sahani Institute of Paleobotany, Lucknow, and one of the co-authors of the study, told DH that the research also pointed towards an “Out of India” theory around 2500-3000 BCE. This evidence stems from a related study by the same group of researchers, published simultaneously in the journal Science. The genome of the Rakhigarhi woman matched those of 11 other ancient individuals who lived in present-day Iran and Turkmenistan, at sites known to have exchanged objects with the Indus Valley Civilization. All 12 had a unique mix of ancestry, including a lineage related to Southeast Asian hunter-gatherers and an Iranian-related lineage specific to South Asia.

The Indus Valley Civilization, which at its peak from 2600 to 1900 BCE spanned a vast region of northwestern South Asia, was one of the world’s first large-scale urban societies. Yet, many questions about ancient Indian civilization remain unanswered.

Chinese Lunar Probe Returns To Earth With The World’s First Samples From The Far Side Of The Moon

 

While past U.S. and Soviet missions have collected samples from the moon’s near side, the Chinese mission was the first that has collected samples from the far side.

The moon program is part of a growing rivalry with the U.S. — still the leader in space exploration — and others, including Japan and India. China has put its own space station in orbit and regularly sends crews there.

China’s leader Xi Jinping sent a message of congratulations to the Chang’e team, saying that it was a “landmark achievement in our country’s efforts at becoming a space and technological power.”

The probe left earth on May 3, and its journey lasted 53 days. The probe has drilled into the core and scooped rocks from the surface.

The samples “are expected to answer one of the most fundamental scientific questions in lunar science research: what geologic activity is responsible for the differences between the two sides?” said Zongyu Yue, a geologist at the Chinese Academy of Sciences, in a statement issued in the Innovation Monday, a journal published in partnership with the Chinese Academy of Sciences.

China in recent years has launched multiple successful missions to the moon, collecting samples from the moon’s near side with the Chang’e 5 probe previously.

They are also hoping that the probe will return with material that bear traces of meteorite strikes from the moon’s past. With the successful reentry of the probe, scientists will begin studying the samples. (AP)

Nanorobots: The Key to Immortality?

The quest for immortality is a concept that has intrigued humanity for centuries. While many have sought ways to extend life, futurist Raymond Kurzweil proposes that nanorobots might be the solution to halting human aging and enabling lifespans of thousands of years, as outlined in his latest book and a Wired essay.

The potential for living indefinitely raises numerous concerns, yet the pursuit of anti-aging therapies remains a prevalent focus among scientists. Most aim to decelerate the physical deterioration and prolong life, but Kurzweil’s aspirations are more ambitious.

Kurzweil delves into nanotechnology’s role in this endeavor in “The Singularity is Nearer” and a Wired essay, emphasizing the integration of biotechnology and artificial intelligence. He envisions this combination as a means to mitigate the aging process, thereby extending human life significantly.

Aging, Kurzweil explains, results from the accumulation of cellular errors during reproduction. Many anti-aging treatments target these errors to expedite the body’s natural repair mechanisms, thus decelerating aging. However, Kurzweil suggests that to achieve significant results, the ultimate goal should be to “cure aging itself.”

This ambitious objective is acknowledged by Kurzweil as sounding far-fetched, yet he is optimistic about the future advancements in medical nanorobots. He envisions that billions of these nanorobots will be required to repair and enhance deteriorating organs, maintaining them in optimal condition.

While Kurzweil’s vision is compelling, it’s just one perspective on the future. The notion of millions of nanobots within one’s body may not be appealing to everyone. The feasibility of Kurzweil’s predictions remains to be seen, particularly given the current state of artificial intelligence.

Harvard Study Suggests Aliens May Be Living Among Us on Earth, Claims New Research

The search for extraterrestrial life has long captivated humanity, yet after decades of investigation, the question of whether we are alone in the universe remains unanswered. Now, a provocative study from Harvard University suggests that aliens might already be among us, living secretly on Earth.

Researchers at Harvard University’s Human Flourishing Program have proposed that “unidentified anomalous phenomena” (UAP), commonly known as UFOs and extraterrestrial beings, could be residing underground, on the moon, or even walking among humans. The study also speculates that UAPs might be spaceships visiting alien friends based on Earth.

The paper notes, “The author became increasingly aware of the depth of evidence and theory that also tentatively supports another extraterrestrial explanation: the ‘cryptoterrestrial’ hypothesis (CTH) – our focus here – which holds that UAP may reflect activities of NHIs concealed here on Earth (e.g., underground) and its environs.”

The study delves into the concept of “cryptoterrestrials” – beings that could be living among us in disguise, originating from Earth’s future, or descending from intelligent dinosaurs. The researchers categorize cryptoterrestrials into four types:

  1. Human Cryptoterrestrials:These are technologically advanced ancient human civilizations that were largely destroyed long ago but have continued to exist in some remnant form.
  1. Hominid or Theropod Cryptoterrestrials:These represent a technologically advanced non-human civilization consisting of terrestrial animals that evolved to live in stealth, such as underground. These beings could be descendants of ape-like hominids or “unknown, intelligent dinosaurs.”
  1. Former Extraterrestrial or Extratemporal Cryptoterrestrials: These entities might have arrived on Earth from elsewhere in the cosmos or from the human future and have concealed themselves in stealth locations, such as on the moon.
  1. Magical Cryptoterrestrials: These entities are less like homegrown aliens and more like “earthbound angels.” They relate to the human world in ways that are less technological and more magical, such as “fairies, elves, and nymphs.”

Acknowledging the unconventional nature of their research, the authors concede that their work is “likely to be regarded skeptically by most scientists.” Nonetheless, they urge the scientific community to consider their claims “in a spirit of epistemic humility and openness.” It should be noted that the paper has not yet undergone peer review.

This study arrives amidst other sensational claims, such as a former US intelligence officer alleging that the US government is concealing a UFO “the size of a football field.”

The Harvard researchers’ hypothesis brings a fresh perspective to the ongoing debate about extraterrestrial life, suggesting that the answer to whether we are alone in the universe might be closer to home than previously thought.

The New Space Race: Nations and Companies Vie for Lunar Dominance Amid Rising Tensions

The Moon is witnessing an unprecedented rush, with multiple countries and private enterprises setting their sights on lunar exploration. This surge is driven by the quest for resources and dominance in space. As more missions target the Moon, we must ask: are we prepared for this new chapter of lunar exploration?

Recently, China made headlines with images of its flag on the Moon, marking its fourth lunar landing and the first mission to retrieve samples from the Moon’s far side. In the past year, India and Japan also landed spacecraft on the lunar surface. February saw the US firm Intuitive Machines become the first private company to place a lander on the Moon, with many more missions in the pipeline.

NASA plans to send humans back to the Moon, aiming for a 2026 landing with its Artemis program. China has pledged to send astronauts by 2030, with both nations planning to establish permanent bases rather than make brief visits.

However, this new space race, unfolding amid heightened global tensions, risks exporting terrestrial conflicts to the Moon. “Our relationship with the Moon is going to fundamentally change very soon,” warns Justin Holcomb, a geologist at the University of Kansas, emphasizing that the pace of space exploration is now “outpacing our laws.”

The 1967 UN Outer Space Treaty declares the Moon as a common heritage of all humankind, prohibiting any nation from claiming ownership. Exploration must benefit everyone and serve all nations’ interests. While this treaty promotes peace and collaboration, it was shaped by Cold War politics to prevent space militarization, with over 100 countries signing on.

Today’s space age differs significantly, with not only nations but also private companies competing. A notable example is the US commercial mission Peregrine, which planned to take human ashes, DNA samples, and a sports drink to the Moon. Though a fuel leak thwarted the mission, it sparked debate on whether such ventures align with the treaty’s principles of benefiting humanity.

“We’re starting to just send stuff up there just because we can. There’s no sort of rhyme or reason anymore,” says Michelle Hanlon, a space lawyer and founder of For All Moonkind, which aims to protect Apollo landing sites. She cautions that “Our Moon is within reach and now we’re starting to abuse it.”

Despite the rise of private enterprise, nation-states remain pivotal in space activities. Sa’id Mosteshar, director of the London Institute of Space Policy and Law, notes that companies need state authorization for space missions, which are constrained by international treaties.

Joining the elite group of Moon landers brings significant prestige. India and Japan’s successful missions have elevated their status as global space players, promising economic benefits through jobs and innovation.

Beyond prestige, the Moon offers valuable resources. Its surface, seemingly barren, holds minerals like rare earth elements, iron, titanium, and helium, essential for various technologies. The estimated value of these resources ranges from billions to quadrillions of dollars. However, exploiting these resources is a long-term venture, with the necessary technology still in development.

In 1979, a treaty declared lunar resources unclaimable by any state or organization. However, it gained little traction, with only 17 countries, none of which had been to the Moon, ratifying it. Contrarily, in 2015, the US passed a law allowing its citizens and industries to extract, use, and sell space materials. “This caused tremendous consternation amongst the international community,” recalls Michelle Hanlon, but other countries like Luxembourg, the UAE, Japan, and India followed suit with similar laws.

Surprisingly, water might be the most coveted lunar resource. Initially, Apollo mission rocks were thought to be dry, but about a decade ago, scientists discovered traces of water in them. At the Moon’s poles, substantial water ice reserves exist in permanently shadowed craters. This water could support future lunar inhabitants for drinking, oxygen generation, and even as rocket fuel by splitting it into hydrogen and oxygen, facilitating travel from the Moon to Mars and beyond.

The US is pushing for new guidelines on lunar exploration and resource use through the Artemis Accords, which align with the Outer Space Treaty but suggest new rules may be necessary. Over 40 countries have joined these non-binding agreements, but China has not. Some argue that such regulations should be established through the United Nations due to their global impact. “This really ought to be done through the United Nations because it affects all countries,” says Sa’id Mosteshar.

Resource access could also trigger conflicts. While the Moon offers ample space, areas near ice-filled craters are prime real estate. What happens if multiple entities vie for the same location? Establishing bases close together could lead to disputes. Jill Stuart, a space policy and law researcher at the London School of Economics, compares it to Antarctic research bases, suggesting we might see similar setups on the Moon.

First movers may have an advantage, determining the size of their operational zones. “There will definitely be a first-mover advantage,” Jill Stuart says, implying that early settlers could set the standards for others. The US and China, likely the first to establish lunar bases, might shape the rules, potentially embedding their standards into future practices.

The complexity of lunar governance suggests we may not see another major international treaty. Instead, rules may evolve through memorandums of understanding or new codes of conduct. The Moon, our constant celestial companion, is becoming a focal point for space competition. As this new space race unfolds, it’s crucial to contemplate what kind of environment we want the Moon to be and how to prevent it from becoming a stage for earthly rivalries.

NASA’s Lunar Timekeeping Initiative: Charting a New Temporal Frontier

The intricacies of timekeeping have always fascinated humanity, from the simple tick of a sundial to the precision of atomic clocks. But as our ambitions extend beyond Earth’s boundaries, so too do the challenges of measuring time accurately.

In recent years, a new space race has emerged, with the United States, its allies, and China vying to establish permanent settlements on the moon. This renewed interest in lunar exploration has once again brought to light the complexities of timekeeping in space.

On the moon, a single Earth day is approximately 56 microseconds shorter than on our home planet, a minute difference that can have significant implications over time. To address this challenge, NASA and its international partners are working to develop a new “time scale” tailored specifically for lunar conditions.

Rather than simply creating a new time zone for the moon, as some headlines have suggested, NASA aims to establish a comprehensive system of measurement that accounts for the subtle variations in timekeeping between Earth and its celestial neighbor. This initiative has been underscored by a recent memo from the White House, which directed NASA to outline its plans for the new time scale by the end of the year 2026.

For astronauts exploring the lunar surface, accurate timekeeping is essential for navigation, communication, and scientific research. As Cheryl Gramling, from NASA’s Goddard Space Flight Center, explains, “When they’re navigating relative to the moon, time needs to be relative to the moon.”

The foundation of modern timekeeping on Earth lies in our understanding of relativity, as articulated by Albert Einstein. General relativity posits that gravity warps both space and time, resulting in phenomena such as time dilation. This principle explains why time passes slightly more slowly at lower elevations, closer to massive objects like Earth.

To maintain precise timekeeping on our planet, scientists have deployed atomic clocks at various locations worldwide. These clocks, which rely on the vibrations of atoms, provide a standardized measure of time known as Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). However, even UTC occasionally requires adjustments, such as the addition of “leap seconds,” to account for fluctuations in Earth’s rotation speed.

Beyond Earth’s bounds, the complexities of timekeeping become even more pronounced. According to Einstein’s theory of special relativity, time passes slower for objects in motion, a phenomenon observed by astronauts aboard the International Space Station. Despite orbiting at high speeds, these astronauts can synchronize their activities with Earth time, thanks to onboard clocks and ground-based communication systems.

However, for missions farther into space, such as those exploring the outer reaches of the solar system, maintaining accurate time becomes more challenging. Spacecraft must rely on their internal clocks while also coordinating with Earth-based timekeeping systems for navigation and communication.

As preparations intensify for lunar exploration, scientists are faced with the task of establishing precision timekeeping instruments on the moon itself. The logistics of this endeavor, including funding, clock selection, and placement, are still being determined. Atomic clocks are favored for their long-term stability, while crystal oscillators offer short-term reliability at a lower cost.

The development of a lunar time scale, known as LunaNet, will serve as the backbone for future lunar missions. This framework, akin to the internet, will standardize timekeeping across various lunar activities and international space agencies.

While discussions with US partners have been promising, the involvement of other nations, such as China, remains uncertain. International collaboration will be essential in establishing common standards for lunar timekeeping through organizations like the International Astronomical Union.

Beyond the technical challenges of timekeeping, future lunar inhabitants will grapple with the unique rhythms of life on the moon. With its prolonged periods of sunlight and darkness, the lunar surface presents a stark contrast to Earth’s diurnal cycle. Despite these differences, precise timekeeping will be crucial for coordinating missions and ensuring the success of lunar exploration endeavors.

By mastering timekeeping on the moon, scientists hope to pave the way for future missions to Mars and beyond. As Cheryl Gramling emphasizes, “We are very much looking at executing this on the moon, learning what we can learn, so that we are prepared to do the same thing on Mars or other future bodies.”

NASA’s Psyche Mission: Deep Space Signal Interception Marks Milestone in Laser Communication

NASA has disclosed that Earth has intercepted an enigmatic signal from the depths of space, originating from its recently dispatched spacecraft, “Psyche,” situated approximately 140 million miles away.

In October 2023, NASA embarked on a pioneering space mission, dispatching a spacecraft towards an asteroid known as ‘Psyche 16,’ believed to be primarily constructed of metal, a peculiarity within our solar system. This asteroid is positioned within the asteroid belt flanked by Mars and Jupiter.

Dubbed Psyche, in homage to the asteroid it’s destined for, this robotic explorer harbored an additional objective – to evaluate laser communications.

Psyche is armed with the Deep Space Optical Communications (DSOC) system, devised to facilitate laser communication over expansive interstellar distances, promising significantly swifter connections compared to prevailing methods.

Despite Psyche predominantly employing radio frequency communication, the optical communications technology has showcased its prowess. In a notable accomplishment, the laser communications demonstration effectively relayed engineering data from over 140 million miles away, a distance 1.5 times the span between Earth and the sun, subsequent to engaging with Psyche’s radio frequency transmitter.

Moreover, DSOC seamlessly interfaced with Psyche’s radio transmitter, enabling the direct transmission of spacecraft information and engineering data back to Earth.

Meera Srinivasan, overseeing operations for the project at NASA’s Jet Propulsion Laboratory (JPL) in Southern California, elucidated that during a pass on April 8, they downlinked roughly 10 minutes of replicated spacecraft data. This duplicated data underwent transmission via laser communications, while the original Psyche data was routed to ground control using conventional radio-frequency communication channels on NASA’s Deep Space Network (DSN). The aim was to gauge whether laser communications could match, if not surpass, traditional methods in performance.

NASA’s optical communications demonstration has validated its capacity to transmit test data at a maximum speed of 267 Mbps employing the flight laser transceiver’s near-infrared downlink laser, akin to broadband internet velocities. Nonetheless, due to the spacecraft’s increased distance, the data transmission rate has decreased.

During an assessment on April 8, the spacecraft proficiently relayed test data at a peak rate of 25 Mbps, surpassing the project’s objective of establishing that at least 1 Mbps was attainable at that distance.

As Psyche advances towards the Psyche 16 asteroid situated between Mars and Jupiter, reports indicate that it remains stable and in good health.

Unlocking the Promise of Genetic Therapies: Advances and Challenges in Treating Rare Disorders

In the realm of medical research, there is a profound exploration into the intricacies of cellular processes and the potential implications for various health conditions. One such focus lies on calcium signaling, a fundamental process within cells, which has garnered attention due to its association with Timothy syndrome and its possible relevance to more prevalent disorders such as schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, and autism spectrum disorder. As elucidated by the original article, “It is also studying how calcium signaling — the cellular process affected in Timothy syndrome — may play a role in much more common conditions, including schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, and autism spectrum disorder.”

Simultaneously, within the scientific community, efforts are underway to develop antisense drugs tailored for rare genetic conditions impacting brain development. Among these conditions are Angelman syndrome and Dravet syndrome. These endeavors signify a concerted effort towards addressing the specific needs of individuals grappling with these genetic anomalies. The original article encapsulates this notion, stating, “Meanwhile, scientists are working on antisense drugs for other rare genetic conditions that affect brain development. These include Angelman syndrome and Dravet syndrome.”

Highlighting a significant milestone in medical advancement, the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) granted approval for an antisense drug designed for spinal muscular atrophy in 2016. This drug offers hope to individuals grappling with the challenges posed by this genetic disorder, which undermines muscle strength. The original text underscores this development, noting, “An antisense drug for spinal muscular atrophy, a genetic disease that affects muscle strength, was approved by the Food and Drug Administration in 2016.”

Central to these advancements is the identification of genetic mutations underlying various conditions. Many rare disorders, including Timothy syndrome, Angelman syndrome, and Dravet syndrome, stem from mutations in a single gene. However, the road to developing antisense treatments for conditions influenced by multiple genes, such as certain forms of autism, schizophrenia, and epilepsy, presents formidable challenges. Dr. Huda Zoghbi, a prominent figure in this field, acknowledges this complexity, as articulated in the original article: “All of those conditions are caused by mutations to a single gene. Antisense treatments for conditions that involve multiple genes – like most forms of autism, schizophrenia, and epilepsy — are likely to be much harder to develop, Zoghbi says.”

Nevertheless, amidst these challenges, there exists a burgeoning optimism within the scientific community regarding the prospect of treating these complex diseases. Dr. Zoghbi reflects on the evolution of her journey in medical research, tracing back to 1985 when she transitioned from clinical practice as a child neurologist to delve into research. She recalls a time when the understanding of devastating genetic disorders like Rett syndrome and spinocerebellar ataxia was rudimentary, stating, “In 1985, Zoghbi left her practice as a child neurologist to do research because ‘we could offer nothing’ to patients with devastating genetic disorders like Rett syndrome and spinocerebellar ataxia. ‘We didn’t know what caused the diseases,’ she says.”

Over the years, significant strides have been made, with scientists unraveling the genetic underpinnings of numerous childhood conditions, paving the way for the development of targeted treatments. The realization of this progress is particularly poignant for Dr. Zoghbi, who expresses, “Now, scientists know the genetic changes responsible for hundreds of childhood conditions, and they are beginning to develop treatments for some, including Timothy syndrome. ‘That’s a dream come true for me,’ Zoghbi says.”

The landscape of medical research is characterized by both challenges and triumphs. From the elucidation of cellular processes to the development of targeted therapies, the journey towards understanding and treating genetic disorders is multifaceted. As scientists continue to unravel the complexities of these conditions, there is an ever-growing sense of hope for individuals and families impacted by rare and complex diseases.

Torrential Rain Hits Dubai: Cloud Seeding’s Role Questioned Amidst Flooding Chaos

A surge of rainfall inundated sections of Dubai on Tuesday, transforming streets into waterways and causing a temporary shutdown of the world’s second-busiest airport. This downpour prompted inquiries into whether the United Arab Emirates’ cloud-seeding initiative was responsible for the deluge.

According to officials at the National Center of Meteorology in the UAE, the rain was not attributed to cloud seeding, as reported by CNN. The center has been approached for further comment.

Even if cloud-seeding operations were conducted preceding the storm, it’s highly improbable that these efforts could have generated more rain than what would have naturally occurred. Despite decades of attempts to extract additional moisture from clouds, there remains scant evidence of its efficacy.

Nevertheless, several countries, including the UAE, China, and the US, persist in their endeavors to manipulate weather patterns.

What exactly is cloud seeding?

Cloud seeding is a technique aimed at augmenting rainfall or snowfall beyond natural levels. Cloud droplets require nuclei for condensation to occur, akin to water condensing on a cold glass during hot weather. These nuclei are minuscule particles in the atmosphere onto which moisture can adhere.

By introducing additional particles, such as silver iodide, into clouds, aircraft seek to enhance the formation of water or ice droplets. Once these droplets coalesce sufficiently, they precipitate as rain or snow.

Typically, natural particles like dust and dirt serve as the catalyst for cloud condensation. Silver iodide serves a similar purpose in theory.

Does cloud seeding yield results?

Assessing the impact of cloud seeding on precipitation is immensely challenging. Conducting controlled experiments to quantify its effectiveness faces considerable obstacles.

Daniel Swain, a climate scientist at UCLA, emphasized the difficulty in distinguishing between precipitation resulting from seeding and that which would have occurred naturally. The absence of a controlled environment complicates such assessments.

Despite efforts to study its effects, skepticism persists within the scientific community. A study published in 2020 suggested that one cloud seeding experiment may have increased precipitation by up to 10% compared to natural levels. However, conclusive evidence remains elusive.

What are the potential drawbacks of cloud seeding?

In light of escalating global temperatures due to human-induced climate change, certain regions are experiencing heightened heat and aridity. While cloud seeding may seem a solution to address water scarcity, it could exacerbate dry conditions elsewhere.

Swain cautioned that cloud seeding might inadvertently divert water from one area to another, potentially exacerbating dryness downstream.

Unprecedented flooding driven by an intense storm system

The torrential rain that triggered unprecedented flooding in the United Arab Emirates, Oman, and Iran was not solely a consequence of cloud seeding. Instead, it resulted from a large, sluggish storm system traversing the Arabian Peninsula and moving into the Gulf of Oman over multiple days.

This storm tapped into abundant tropical moisture near the equator, unleashing it across the region. Regardless of cloud seeding activities, the storm was part of an extreme weather pattern foreseen days in advance.

As the atmosphere warms, such intense rainfall events are projected to become more frequent, akin to a towel absorbing and wringing out moisture.

Preventing Dementia: Understanding Modifiable Triggers and Genetic Variations

A significant stride has been made in understanding the preventable risk factors associated with dementia, a debilitating condition affecting memory, cognitive function, and reasoning. Researchers from the Nuffield Department of Clinical Neurosciences at the University of Oxford have identified key factors that could potentially delay the onset of dementia. These findings are based on a study involving brain scans of 40,000 participants from the UK Biobank, focusing on what they term as “weak spots” in the brain – specific networks of higher-order regions vulnerable to degeneration.

The study underscores the critical role of controlling diabetes, limiting alcohol consumption, and reducing exposure to traffic-related air pollution as essential measures in preventing dementia. Dr. Pawan Ojha, Director of Neurology at Fortis Hiranandani Hospital, Mumbai, elaborates on the impact of these risk factors and offers insights into potential preventive strategies.

Diabetes emerges as a significant contributor to the vulnerability of key brain areas. Patients with Type 2 diabetes face an increased risk of Alzheimer’s disease due to the detrimental effects of elevated blood sugar levels on the hippocampus, the brain’s memory center. Excessive secretion of amylin hormone from the pancreas can further harm neurons, while impaired insulin function contributes to the formation of beta-amyloid plaque, a hallmark of Alzheimer’s disease. Additionally, abnormal inflammation in the brain exacerbates the neurodegenerative process associated with diabetes.

Air pollution from vehicular emissions poses another significant risk to brain health. Neurotoxicants present in traffic-related air pollution, such as particulate matter and nitric oxide, induce neuro-inflammation and oxidative stress, exacerbating cardiovascular diseases and negatively impacting cognitive function.

Heavy alcohol consumption is also strongly linked to dementia risk. Excessive alcohol intake, defined as more than 213 ml per week, leads to increased neurodegeneration, particularly affecting the brain’s white matter volume responsible for signal transmission between different brain regions. Prolonged alcohol abuse can result in the shrinkage of brain areas involved in memory, with consumption exceeding 28 units per week accelerating cognitive decline in older individuals.

To mitigate these risks, lifestyle modifications are paramount. Adopting a healthy diet, engaging in regular exercise, ensuring adequate sleep, and maintaining optimal weight are essential steps. Monitoring and limiting alcohol intake, along with reducing exposure to air pollution, are crucial preventive measures. Dr. Ojha stresses the importance of social interaction in maintaining cognitive health, highlighting the need for an active and engaged lifestyle.

The study also delves into genetic variations associated with dementia, focusing on seven genetic clusters related to immune and inflammatory responses. Genetic cluster 1 is specifically linked to Alzheimer’s disease, while clusters 2 and 4 show associations with both Alzheimer’s and schizophrenia, particularly in individuals with heavy alcohol consumption habits. Cluster 5, located in the MAPT region, plays a role in various neurodegenerative disorders. Furthermore, genetic loci on the X chromosomes, such as genes XG and CD99, are associated with early-life and environmental factors impacting health outcomes. Four genetic loci contribute to abnormal leukocyte inflow in the brain, contributing to inflammation observed in Alzheimer’s disease.

Understanding and addressing modifiable risk factors such as diabetes, air pollution, and alcohol consumption are crucial steps in preventing dementia. Lifestyle modifications, coupled with genetic insights, offer promising avenues for reducing the burden of this debilitating condition on individuals and society as a whole.

Clarifying Total Solar Eclipse Dates: Dispelling Misconceptions and Unveiling Celestial Wonders Ahead

The misconception surrounding the date of the next total solar eclipse in North America persists despite clarifications. Many prominent sources erroneously claim that the subsequent total solar eclipse in the United States will take place on August 23, 2044, branding it as the “last for 20 years.”

Contrary to this misinformation, the accurate date for the next total solar eclipse in the U.S. and North America is March 30, 2033—a mere nine years away.

The confusion likely stems from information provided by NASA, where the eclipse on April 8, 2024, is followed by a statement indicating the next occurrence visible from the contiguous United States will be on August 23, 2044. However, it’s essential to note that the term “contiguous” specifically refers to the 48 adjoining U.S. states and the District of Columbia. This clarification comes from Michael Zeiler, an eclipse cartographer at GreatAmericanEclipse.com, whose expertise is reflected in the Atlas of Solar Eclipses spanning from 2020 to 2045.

Now, let’s delve into the details of the upcoming total solar eclipses in 2033, 2044, and the highly anticipated “Greatest American Eclipse” in 2045.

The Next Total Solar Eclipse In The U.S. And North America (After April 8)

Date: March 30, 2033

Location:Alaska, U.S., and Siberia, Russia

Observers in Alaska, specifically in areas such as St. Lawrence Island, Barrow/Utqiagvik, Kotzebue, or Nome, will have the privilege of witnessing a brief totality approximately an hour after sunrise. This captivating phenomenon, reaching a maximum duration of 2 minutes and 37 seconds, will occur amidst the prime season for the aurora borealis, enhancing the experience.

The Next Total Solar Eclipse In The Contiguous U.S.

Date:August 22, 2044

On August 22, 2044, a total solar eclipse with a maximum duration of 2 minutes and 4 seconds will grace the skies over Greenland, northern Canada, and select regions of the United States, including Montana and North Dakota. Notably, areas such as Banff National Park and Jasper National Park in Canada are expected to draw significant crowds, with Calgary and Edmonton falling within the path of totality.

The Next Coast-To-Coast Total Solar Eclipse In North America

Date:August 12, 2045

Location:U.S, Haiti, Dominican Republic, Venezuela, Guyana, French Guiana, Suriname, and Brazil

Less than a year following the total solar eclipse experience in Canada and the U.S., a monumental coast-to-coast eclipse awaits. With totality spanning as long as 6 minutes and 4 seconds, this celestial spectacle will be visible from various locations including Reno, Salt Lake City, Colorado Springs, Oklahoma City, Tulsa, Tampa, Orlando, Fort Lauderdale, and Miami. Notably, Port Saint Lucie, Florida, will host the longest duration of totality in the U.S., attracting substantial crowds to the Kennedy Space Center in Florida.

It’s crucial to recognize that total solar eclipses are not exclusive to the United States, occurring approximately every 18 months. The subsequent occurrence is slated for August 12, 2026, with Greenland, Iceland, and Spain, along with a small portion of Portugal, set to witness this awe-inspiring event.

By accurately understanding the dates and locations of upcoming total solar eclipses, enthusiasts can better prepare to witness these rare and captivating celestial occurrences.

UGR-Led Study Reveals Link Between Personality and Gene Expression, Unveiling Insights into Mind-Body Interaction

An international research endeavor led by the University of Granada (UGR) and employing artificial intelligence has revealed a significant relationship between human personalities and the expression of genes. This breakthrough provides fresh insights into the intricate dynamics between the mind and body.

The study, documented in Molecular Psychiatry, delves into how an individual’s personality and fundamental perspective on life regulate gene expression, thus influencing their overall health and welfare. This pioneering investigation marks the first instance of gauging genome transcription concerning human personality comprehensively.

Conducted by a collaborative, multi-disciplinary team from the Andalusian Interuniversity Research Institute in Data Science and Computational Intelligence (DaSCI), the UGR’s Department of Computer Science and Artificial Intelligence, and the Biohealth Research Institute in Granada (ibs. GRANADA), the research also involved Professor Robert Cloninger from Washington University in St. Louis, researchers from Baylor College of Medicine in Texas, USA, and participants from the Young Finns Study in Finland.

The Young Finns Study, spanning four decades and encompassing extensive data on participants’ health, physical condition, and lifestyle, served as the foundational dataset. It included thorough personality evaluations covering both temperament (habits and emotional reactivity) and character (conscious goals and values). The results underscored the role of certain life perspectives in either fostering a healthy, gratifying, and prolonged existence or precipitating a stressful, unhealthy, and truncated life span.

This study scrutinized gene expression regulation across individuals, considering three tiers of self-awareness delineated by their combined temperament and character profiles. These levels were classified as “unregulated,” characterized by irrational emotions and ingrained habits tied to tradition and authority obedience; “organized,” emblematic of individuals adept at consciously regulating habits and fostering cooperation for mutual gain; and finally, “creative,” representing self-transcendent individuals adapting habits to live harmoniously with others, nature, or the universe, even at personal cost.

The research yielded two pivotal revelations, elucidated by UGR researcher Coral del Val, a co-lead author of the study. “First, we identified a network of 4,000 genes forming multiple modules expressed in specific brain regions. Some of these genes had been previously associated with human personality inheritance,” del Val explains. “Secondly, we unearthed that these modules form a functional interaction network capable of orchestrating gene expression changes to adapt to diverse internal and external conditions, facilitating our daily adaptation to challenges and directing our development.”

The study highlighted two sub-networks orchestrating these changes: one regulating emotional reactivity (e.g., anxiety, fear), and the other governing what individuals perceive as meaningful (e.g., conceptualization, language production). Elisa Díaz de la Guardia-Bolívar, another co-lead author, notes, “Most notably, these emotion and meaning networks are coordinated by a control center comprised of six genes. It’s intriguing that these six genes are highly conserved across evolution, underscoring their pivotal role in regulating life forms’ functioning.”

Identifying these gene networks and the control hub offers practical insights into enhancing individuals’ health, happiness, and daily life quality amidst ubiquitous challenges and stresses. Igor Zwir from UGR remarks, “Prior research revealed significant disparities in well-being among individuals in the three personality groups, corresponding to their self-awareness levels. Greater self-awareness, particularly among the creative group, correlated with heightened well-being compared to the organized and unregulated groups.”

This study suggests that cultivating a more self-transcendent and creative outlook on life could enhance health and well-being, although further exploration is warranted to ascertain whether gene expression regulation is the mediator between self-awareness and well-being. Nevertheless, interventions promoting greater self-transcendence and mindfulness have demonstrated benefits across various health dimensions, suggesting gene expression regulation could indeed mediate this association.

The study’s innovative computational methodologies facilitated the investigation of intricate biological systems in humans in an ethical, non-intrusive, and beneficial manner, aimed at elucidating pathways to healthy living, as Professor Cloninger emphasizes. He underscores the interconnectedness of mind and body, stressing that each influences the other, advocating for a perspective where past or present conditions don’t singularly dictate future well-being but rather recognizing the potential for self-cultivated well-being through a creative, open-ended process.

NASA Proposes Lunar-Centric Timekeeping System to Keep Pace with Moon’s Unique Time Frame

NASA aims to revolutionize timekeeping beyond terrestrial norms by introducing a lunar-centric timekeeping system, effectively placing the moon on its own time clock. Rather than adhering to conventional time zones, this novel framework will establish a comprehensive reference for time on the lunar surface. Due to the moon’s lower gravity, time progresses slightly faster there, at a rate of 58.7 microseconds per day compared to Earth. Responding to this intriguing prospect, the White House has directed NASA and other U.S. agencies to collaborate with international counterparts in devising this innovative lunar timekeeping system.

“An atomic clock on the moon will tick at a different rate than a clock on Earth,” explained Kevin Coggins, NASA’s leading communications and navigation official. “It makes sense that when you go to another body, like the moon or Mars that each one gets its own heartbeat.” This customized timekeeping approach signifies that all activities on the moon will align with its accelerated time frame.

Historically, during NASA’s previous moon missions, astronauts relied on conventional watches, with timing being less precise and not as crucial as it is today with the reliance on GPS, satellites, and complex computer systems. Coggins emphasized the significance of microsecond accuracy in interactions among sophisticated technological systems.

The European Space Agency had previously advocated for the establishment of a unified time standard for lunar operations, given that a lunar day lasts approximately 29.5 Earth days. However, the specifics of implementing this new lunar time within NASA’s operations remain to be determined. While the International Space Station continues to utilize Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) owing to its low Earth orbit, determining the transition point for the adoption of the new space time poses a challenge for NASA. Furthermore, fluctuations in Earth’s time, necessitating the occasional addition of leap seconds, further complicate this endeavor.

In contrast to Earth’s observance of daylight saving time, Coggins clarified that such adjustments would not apply on the moon. The ambitious timeline set forth by the White House demands that NASA present a preliminary concept by the year’s end, with a finalized plan expected by the conclusion of 2026.

Carbondale and Beyond: Anticipation Mounts for Rare Total Solar Eclipse Spectacle

Residents of Carbondale, Illinois, are on the brink of witnessing a rare cosmic event – a total solar eclipse, defying the odds set by celestial mechanics. Typically, a location on Earth would encounter such an eclipse only once every 375 years, yet Carbondale is about to experience its second in just seven years. The forthcoming eclipse on April 8 promises to surpass its predecessor in spectacle, plunging the sky into darkness for a remarkable 4 minutes and 9 seconds, nearly doubling the duration of the 2017 event.

The anticipation extends beyond Carbondale, with an estimated 200,000 people expected to flock to prime viewing spots across southern Illinois for what’s being dubbed as “The Great American Eclipse, Part II.” This phenomenon isn’t limited to a single region; it will captivate observers along its path, stretching from Mexico’s Pacific coast to Canada’s Atlantic seaboard. The forthcoming eclipse is poised to be nothing short of extraordinary.

While the 2017 eclipse traversed sparsely populated areas, including national parks, the trajectory of the 2024 event will intersect major urban centers such as Dallas, Indianapolis, Cleveland, and Buffalo. Dr. Kelly Korreck, the eclipse program manager at NASA, highlighted the significance, stating, “This is going to be the most populated eclipse in the US, with 31.5 million people able to just walk outside of their homes to experience it.”

NASA’s involvement in the event isn’t merely symbolic; they plan to conduct experiments during the eclipse, such as launching rockets into the Moon’s shadow to study its impact on Earth’s atmosphere and deploying instrumented jet planes to chase the shadow. Dr. Amir Caspi from the Southwest Research Institute emphasized the necessity of aerial observations, citing their ability to access wavelengths of light inaccessible from the ground.

The journey of the total solar eclipse commences over the Pacific Ocean, with Penrhyn Atoll residents witnessing the first glimpse of a darkened Sun at dawn. The Moon’s shadow then hurtles across the Earth’s surface, traversing Mexico, the US-Mexico border, and making its way through 13 US states before exiting over the Atlantic Ocean near Normandy, France.

Enthusiastic sky-watchers have meticulously planned for the event, considering transportation, accommodation, and historical weather patterns. While locations like Mexico and Texas offer better odds of clear skies, weather remains unpredictable, underscoring the uncertainty inherent in celestial events.

Total eclipses offer a unique opportunity for scientific exploration, particularly in studying the Sun’s corona, its outer atmosphere. The collaboration between British scientists and NASA aims to deploy instruments in Dallas to examine the corona’s properties, shedding light on its role in phenomena such as the solar wind.

Beyond professional scientists, citizen researchers are encouraged to participate in eclipse-related projects. Initiatives like Sunsketcher, Eclipse Soundscapes, Globe Observer, and Eclipse Megamovie engage enthusiasts in various observational and recording tasks, enriching our understanding of the eclipse’s broader impact.

As the eclipse approaches, safety precautions are paramount. Observers are reminded not to look directly at the exposed Sun without proper eye protection.

While Montana and North Dakota will witness a partial eclipse in 2044, the next total solar eclipse crossing a significant portion of the US won’t occur until the following year, emphasizing the rarity and significance of such celestial phenomena.

New Study Confirms Cosmic Conundrum: Universe’s Expansion Rate Varies Dramatically, Challenging Cosmological Understanding

Astronomers have utilized the James Webb and Hubble space telescopes to validate one of the most perplexing enigmas in physics: the universe’s expansion seems to occur at vastly different rates depending on where we direct our gaze.

Described as the Hubble Tension, this discrepancy poses a significant challenge to cosmology, potentially requiring a reevaluation of our fundamental understanding of the cosmos. Initial confirmation of this puzzle came in 2019 through measurements from the Hubble Space Telescope, with even more precise data from the James Webb Space Telescope (JWST) in 2023 solidifying the disparity.

A recent joint effort by both telescopes, detailed in a study published on February 6 in the Astrophysical Journal Letters, aimed to conclusively rule out any potential measurement errors. Lead author of the study, Adam Riess, a professor of physics and astronomy at Johns Hopkins University, remarked, “With measurement errors negated, what remains is the real and exciting possibility we have misunderstood the universe.”

Riess, along with Saul Perlmutter and Brian P. Schmidt, were awarded the 2011 Nobel Prize in physics for their groundbreaking discovery of dark energy, the mysterious force believed to drive the universe’s accelerating expansion.

Two primary methods are currently considered the “gold standard” for determining the Hubble constant, which describes the rate of the universe’s expansion. The first method involves analyzing minute fluctuations in the cosmic microwave background (CMB), a remnant of the universe’s early stages. This method, conducted between 2009 and 2013 using the European Space Agency’s Planck satellite, yielded a Hubble constant of approximately 46,200 mph per million light-years, or roughly 67 kilometers per second per megaparsec (km/s/Mpc).

The second method utilizes pulsating stars known as Cepheid variables. These stars undergo periodic fluctuations in brightness, providing astronomers with a means to gauge their intrinsic luminosity. By comparing this intrinsic brightness with their observed brightness, astronomers construct a “cosmic distance ladder,” allowing them to probe deeper into the universe’s past. Through this ladder, they determine the expansion rate by examining how the light from Cepheids has been red-shifted.

However, a significant discrepancy arises when comparing the measurements obtained from Cepheid variables with those from the Planck satellite. According to Riess and his team’s Cepheid variable measurements, the universe’s expansion rate stands at approximately 74 km/s/Mpc, a value significantly higher than Planck’s findings, throwing cosmology into disarray.

David Gross, a Nobel Prize-winning astronomer, referred to this disparity as a “crisis” rather than a mere tension or problem during a 2019 conference at the Kavli Institute for Theoretical Physics (KITP) in California.

Initially, speculation centered around the possibility of a measurement error resulting from the mixing of Cepheids with other stars within Hubble’s aperture. However, in 2023, the researchers utilized the more precise JWST to confirm the accuracy of their Hubble measurements for the initial “rungs” of the cosmic ladder. Nonetheless, doubts persisted regarding measurements further back in the universe’s history.

To address these uncertainties, Riess and his team expanded their observations, studying an additional 1,000 Cepheid stars in five distant galaxies, some as far as 130 million light-years away. By comparing this new data with Hubble’s previous measurements, they corroborated their earlier findings regarding the Hubble constant.

Riess emphasized, “We’ve now spanned the whole range of what Hubble observed, and we can rule out a measurement error as the cause of the Hubble Tension with very high confidence.” By combining data from both Webb and Hubble, astronomers can assert the reliability of Hubble’s measurements as they delve deeper into the cosmic distance ladder.

In essence, the tension within cosmology persists, challenging existing theories and urging further exploration into the mysteries of the universe.

Study Finds Any Extra Steps Count: Even Sedentary Lifestyles Benefit from Increased Daily Walking

You’ve likely encountered the recommendation that adults should strive for 10,000 steps daily. While this guideline offers a straightforward directive, it overlooks the diversity of human lifestyles and physical compositions.

A global team of researchers has uncovered that even individuals with predominantly sedentary habits can mitigate the adverse effects of prolonged sitting by integrating more steps into their daily routines.

The prevalence of sedentary lifestyles is on the rise, with established connections to heightened risks of cardiovascular disease (CVD), elevated susceptibility to cancer and diabetes, and a reduced lifespan. Conversely, individuals with higher step counts and brisk walking paces tend to experience diminished risks.

Yet, it remained uncertain whether markedly sedentary individuals could mitigate these concerning health risks through daily step increments.

The study revealed that irrespective of sedentary tendencies, higher step counts correlated with reduced CVD risk and mortality rates. Consequently, those confined to desk-bound roles need not despair entirely, although researchers emphasize the importance of overall sedentary time reduction.

“This is by no means a get out of jail card for people who are sedentary for excessive periods of time,” says population health scientist Matthew Ahmadi from the University of Sydney in Australia.

“However, it does hold an important public health message that all movement matters and that people can and should try to offset the health consequences of unavoidable sedentary time by upping their daily step count.”

Ahmadi and his team scrutinized data from 72,174 volunteers enrolled in the UK Biobank, an extensive longitudinal dataset established in 2006 to track participants’ health metrics over at least three decades.

Each participant contributed an average of 6.9 years’ worth of general health data. Utilizing wrist accelerometers worn for seven days, researchers estimated physical activity levels, including step counts and sitting durations.

The median daily sedentary duration stood at 10.6 hours. Individuals surpassing this threshold were categorized as having ‘high sedentary time,’ while those falling below were labeled as having ‘low sedentary time.’

The study excluded participants whose initial two years of data might have been influenced by poor health, limiting the findings to generally healthy individuals for the first two years of data collection. It remains uncertain whether the dataset included participants with disabilities impacting their step counts.

The research revealed that accumulating between 9,000 and 10,000 steps daily proved optimal for counteracting the effects of a highly sedentary lifestyle, reducing incident CVD risk by 21 percent and mortality risk by 39 percent.

Regardless of sedentary behavior, researchers found that half of the benefits manifested at approximately 4,000 to 4,500 daily steps.

“Any amount of daily steps above the referent 2,200 steps per day was associated with lower mortality and incident CVD risk, for low and high sedentary time,” Ahmadi and colleagues conclude.

“Accruing between 9,000 and 10,000 steps a day optimally lowered the risk of mortality and incident CVD among highly sedentary participants.”

Unraveling Centuries of Timekeeping: The Evolution of the Calendar from Caesar to Gregory

In the midst of spring, there was a perplexing occurrence: the harvest festivities were underway, yet the fields were far from yielding ripe produce. This puzzling discrepancy dated back to the 1st Century BC when the Roman calendar, in its disarray, failed to align these crucial celebrations with the agricultural reality.

Julius Caesar perceived the urgency in rectifying this chaotic calendar, a task demanding the synchronization of the Roman Empire’s timekeeping with both the Earth’s daily rotation and its yearly orbit around the Sun. His solution birthed a profound transformation – introducing the longest year in history, augmenting and subtracting months, securing the calendar to the seasons, and instituting the concept of leap years. This monumental endeavor, however, encountered a peculiar hurdle in the form of Roman numerical quirks.

Thus, the year 46BC unfolded, known as the Year of Confusion, emblematic of the intricate challenges Caesar and his advisors faced. Helen Parish, a visiting professor of history, elucidates that the early Roman calendar, rooted in lunar and agricultural cycles, comprised only 10 months, leaving significant gaps unaccounted for.

Parish elaborates on Numa Pompilius’ efforts in 731BC to enhance the calendar by introducing additional months to cover the winter period, thereby extending the year to 355 days. However, this number, although aligning with the lunar year, bore superstitions against even numbers, leading to the addition of an extra day. Consequently, February, with its 28 days, became symbolic of purification.

Despite these advancements, the calendar remained approximately 11 days adrift from the solar year, evidenced by historical discrepancies such as the misdated solar eclipse of 200BC. Attempts to rectify this misalignment with ad-hoc intercalary months proved ineffective, often manipulated for political ends rather than seasonal accuracy.

Julius Caesar, advised by the astronomer Sosigenes, undertook bold measures to synchronize the calendar with the Sun, introducing two unprecedented months in 46BC. This decision extended the year to 445 days, paving the way for the abandonment of intercalary months thereafter.

Nonetheless, aligning the calendar with the solar year posed ongoing challenges due to the fractional excess in Earth’s orbit, prompting the introduction of leap years every four years. This adjustment, although initially prone to doubling errors in Roman counting, was eventually rectified by Augustus, solidifying the Julian calendar’s foundation.

Further refinements occurred in 1582 with Pope Gregory’s calendar reforms, introducing adjustments to ensure long-term accuracy, such as skipping leap years on centennial years unless divisible by 400. Despite the calendar’s enhancements, its adoption remained subject to political and religious influences, with dissent over perceived temporal theft by the Papal decree.

Parish highlights the global adoption of the Gregorian calendar over time, albeit with variations across different countries, leading to temporal discrepancies that could perplex international correspondence. Despite its improvements, the Gregorian calendar isn’t flawless, with potential discrepancies looming in the distant future.

Nevertheless, it has afforded humanity a semblance of temporal order, buying time until the next adjustment becomes necessary.

Indian-Origin Professor Ashok Veeraraghavan Honored with Prestigious Engineering Award in Texas

Ashok Veeraraghavan, an innovative computer engineer and professor of Indian descent, has been honored with the prestigious Edith and Peter O’Donnell Award in engineering, a highly esteemed academic accolade in Texas. The Texas Academy of Medicine, Engineering, Science and Technology (TAMEST), which bestows this award to promising researchers in the state, highlighted Veeraraghavan’s groundbreaking imaging technology aimed at rendering the imperceptible visible.

This annual award is conferred upon exceptional researchers in various fields including medicine, engineering, biological sciences, physical sciences, and technological innovation. Veeraraghavan, a distinguished professor of electrical and computer engineering at Rice University’s George R. Brown School of Engineering, was selected for his group’s “revolutionary imaging technology that seeks to make the invisible visible,” as stated by TAMEST.

Expressing his delight, Veeraraghavan, originally from Chennai, acknowledged the collective efforts of his team at Rice University, stating, “I am delighted to receive this award. It is the recognition of the wonderful and innovative research that many students, postdocs and research scientists, in the computational imaging lab at Rice University have done over the last decade.”

Veeraraghavan’s research endeavors encompass a holistic approach to imaging processes, spanning from optics and sensor design to machine learning processing algorithms. This comprehensive strategy enables his team to tackle imaging challenges that were previously beyond the capabilities of existing technologies. Veeraraghavan emphasized the significance of co-design in imaging systems, stating, “Most imaging systems today are designed in a way that does not take all these three things into account together; they are designed separately.”

His research primarily aims to address imaging scenarios where the target visualization is impeded by the scattering of light in participating media. He elucidated, “There are many examples of this. One familiar example is when you’re driving a car and it’s foggy, so you can’t see too far out.”

Luay Nakhleh, the William and Stephanie Sick Dean of Engineering and professor of computer science and biosciences at Rice, lauded Veeraraghavan’s accomplishment, asserting that he “richly deserves this special recognition.”

Furthermore, Ramamoorthy Ramesh, Rice’s executive vice president for research and a professor of materials science and nanoengineering, physics and astronomy, extolled Veeraraghavan’s contributions and the wide-ranging impact of his research, stating, “Ashok has used math and technology to solve some of the most difficult problems in imaging.”

Ramesh expressed his satisfaction at seeing Veeraraghavan honored with the Edith and Peter O’Donnell Award, highlighting the broader applications of his work in fields such as human health, microscopy, national security, autonomous vehicles, and photography. He also noted the significance of Veeraraghavan’s achievement for Rice University, particularly as it marks the second consecutive year that a faculty member from the institution has received the O’Donnell Award, with Jamie Padgett being the recipient in the previous year.

Evolutionary Prospects: The Fate of the Y Chromosome and the Emergence of New Sex Genes

The sex determination process in humans and other mammals hinges on the presence of a male-determining gene on the Y chromosome. However, concerns arise as the human Y chromosome faces degeneration, potentially disappearing within a few million years and posing an existential threat unless a new sex gene emerges.

The Y chromosome, historically vital for male development, is gradually losing genetic material, raising questions about our species’ future. Despite this, intriguingly, certain rodent lineages have already navigated the loss of their Y chromosome, offering hope for evolutionary adaptation.

Research highlighted in a recent Proceedings of the National Academy of Science paper sheds light on the spiny rat’s evolutionary journey towards a novel male-determining gene. This discovery underscores the potential for species to adapt in response to genetic challenges.

The intricate dance of sex determination unfolds through the interplay of chromosomes. In mammals, females possess two X chromosomes, while males carry a single X and a diminutive Y chromosome. Despite its modest size, the Y chromosome harbors a critical gene triggering male development during embryonic stages.

This master gene, aptly named SRY (sex region on the Y), orchestrates the activation of downstream genes, including SOX9, pivotal for testis development and subsequent male hormone production. The intricate genetic pathways governed by these genes ensure the differentiation of male and female characteristics.

The evolutionary trajectory of sex chromosomes unveils intriguing complexities. While most mammals, including humans, possess X and Y chromosomes, some species, like Australia’s platypus, exhibit distinct sex chromosome systems resembling those of birds. This diversity underscores the dynamic nature of genetic evolution across species.

An analysis of the Y chromosome’s fate reveals a concerning trend of gene loss over millions of years. This gradual erosion suggests a potential endpoint where the Y chromosome ceases to exist, sparking debates about the timeline of its demise.

Remarkably, amidst these speculations, the resilience of certain rodent populations offers a glimmer of hope. Species such as mole voles and spiny rats have thrived despite losing their Y chromosome, challenging conventional notions of sex determination.

Intriguingly, researchers studying spiny rats have identified a remarkable adaptation—a tiny genetic duplication near the crucial sex gene SOX9 on chromosome 3. This duplication, exclusive to males, suggests a potential mechanism for sustaining male development in the absence of traditional male-determining genes.

The implications of these findings extend beyond rodents, prompting reflection on the future of human evolution. While the disappearance of the Y chromosome may spell doom for conventional reproductive mechanisms, the emergence of alternative sex determining genes offers a glimmer of hope.

However, the prospect of evolving new sex determining genes introduces a new set of challenges and uncertainties. The possibility of disparate evolutionary pathways leading to the emergence of multiple sex determination systems raises questions about species divergence and future biodiversity.

Ultimately, the fate of the Y chromosome and the emergence of new sex genes offer a glimpse into the intricate tapestry of evolutionary processes. Whether humanity faces extinction or diversification hinges on the complex interplay of genetics, adaptation, and environmental factors.

In the grand tapestry of evolutionary biology, the journey towards a new era of sex determination underscores the resilience and adaptability of life forms in the face of genetic challenges. As we ponder the fate of the Y chromosome, we are reminded of the dynamic nature of evolution and the endless possibilities it holds for the future of life on Earth.

Intuitive Machines Makes History: First Commercial U.S. Moon Landing Achieved

An American firm has achieved a groundbreaking milestone by becoming the inaugural commercial entity to land a spacecraft on the Moon.

Intuitive Machines, headquartered in Houston, successfully deployed its Odysseus robot near the lunar south pole.

Confirmation of the craft’s touchdown was initially delayed, but flight director Tim Crain eventually announced, “What we can confirm, without a doubt, is our equipment is on the surface of the Moon and we are transmitting,” prompting cheers and applause from company staff.

This achievement holds significant importance not only for the commercialization of space but also for the broader US space program. Intuitive Machines’ feat marks the end of the United States’ fifty-year hiatus from the lunar surface, tracing back to the last Apollo mission in 1972.

The Odysseus mission included six scientific instruments purchased by NASA, whose administrator Bill Nelson swiftly extended his congratulations, hailing the mission as a “triumph” and emphasizing the significance of NASA’s commercial partnerships in rekindling American lunar exploration.

Despite encountering a potentially mission-threatening technical glitch prior to descent, with Odysseus’ ranging lasers malfunctioning, engineers managed to resolve the issue by integrating experimental lasers from NASA into the navigation system.

After touching down at 23:23 GMT, initial communication with the robot was absent, causing apprehension among controllers. However, a faint link was eventually established, leading to relief as Intuitive Machines confirmed Odysseus’ upright position and data transmission, including imagery.

The designated landing site, adjacent to the Malapert mountain complex, marked the southernmost point ever visited by a spacecraft on the Moon, situated at 80 degrees South. This location, under consideration for future human exploration as part of NASA’s Artemis program later in the decade, features deep craters perpetually shrouded in darkness, potentially harboring frozen water, a critical resource for sustaining human presence on the Moon.

Lori Glaze, NASA’s director of planetary science, emphasized the significance of lunar ice, highlighting its potential to provide water and essential resources for astronauts, thereby facilitating human exploration efforts.

Among NASA’s payloads aboard Odysseus, scientific investigations aim to better understand lunar dust behavior, addressing challenges faced by Apollo astronauts, including equipment scratching and clogging.

Additionally, six commercial payloads, including a student camera system from Embry-Riddle Aeronautical University and an artistic contribution by Jeff Koons representing lunar phases, enhance the mission’s scientific and cultural significance.

Prior to Intuitive Machines’ achievement, government space agencies exclusively executed soft landings on the Moon, including the US, the Soviet Union, China, India, and Japan.

In January, another American company, Astrobotic, attempted a lunar landing with its Peregrine lander, which encountered technical issues en route and was unable to touchdown, resulting in its return to Earth’s atmosphere for disposal.

Scientists Unveil Universe’s Brightest Object: Quasar Devouring Suns at Record Pace

Astronomers have made a groundbreaking discovery, potentially identifying the most luminous entity in existence, a quasar housing a black hole at its core that is consuming matter at an extraordinary rate, equivalent to devouring a sun each day.

Described as “the brightest object in the universe,” this remarkable quasar shines an astonishing 500 trillion times brighter than our own sun. The black hole fueling this celestial phenomenon is a colossal 17 billion times more massive than our sun, as detailed by an Australian-led research team in a recent publication in Nature Astronomy.

Though appearing as a mere speck in visual representations, scientists conceptualize this quasar as an intensely turbulent environment. The encircling disk around the black hole, comprised of luminous swirling gases and remnants of engulfed stars, resembles a cosmic tempest.

Lead author Christian Wolf from the Australian National University characterizes this quasar as “the most violent place that we know in the universe,” underscoring the extreme nature of this cosmic entity.

Initially discovered as part of a 1980 sky survey by the European Southern Observatory and cataloged as J0529-4351, this object was initially mistaken for a star. It wasn’t until recently that it was correctly identified as a quasar, thanks to observations from telescopes in Australia and Chile’s Atacama Desert.

Commenting on this revelation, Yale University’s Priyamvada Natarajan noted, “The exciting thing about this quasar is that it was hiding in plain sight and was misclassified as a star previously,” highlighting the significance of this reclassification.

Further scrutiny and computational simulations have revealed the quasar’s voracious appetite, estimated to consume the mass equivalent of 370 suns annually, roughly one sun per day. The black hole’s mass has been calculated to range between 17 to 19 billion solar masses, although additional observations are warranted to ascertain its growth rate accurately.

Situated approximately 12 billion light-years away, this quasar has existed since the early epochs of the universe. To put this vast distance into perspective, a light-year spans a staggering 5.8 trillion miles.

The discovery of this exceptionally luminous quasar, powered by a supermassive black hole,provides valuable insights into the cosmic phenomena occurring in the universe’s distant reaches. Through meticulous observation and analysis, astronomers continue to unravel the mysteries of these awe-inspiring celestial objects, shedding light on the fundamental processes shaping our cosmos.

 

Ambitious survey of human diversity yields millions of undiscovered genetic variants

A massive US programme that aims to improve health care by focusing on the genomes and health profiles of historically underrepresented groups has begun to yield results.

Analyses of up to 245,000 genomes gathered by the All of Us programme, run by the US National Institutes of Health in Bethesda, Maryland, have uncovered more than 275 million new genetic markers, nearly 150 of which might contribute to type 2 diabetes. The work has also identified gaps in genetics research on non-white populations. The findings were published on 19 February in a package of papers in Nature1,2Communications Biology3 and Nature Medicine4.

They are a “nice distillation of the All of Us resource — what it is and what it can do”, says Michael Inouye, a computational genomicist at the University of Cambridge, UK. “This is going to be the go-to data set” for genetics researchers who want to know whether their findings are generalizable to a broad population or apply to only a limited one, he adds.

Bridging the gap

Researchers have long acknowledged the lack of diversity in the genomes available for them to study, says Jibril Hirbo, a geneticist at Vanderbilt University Medical Center in Nashville, Tennessee, who studies the genetics of health disparities. One study5 that looked at data gathered up until January 2019 found that 78% of people in most large-scale genomic studies of disease were of European descent. This has exacerbated existing health disparities, particularly for non-white individuals, Hirbo says. When researchers choose genetic or molecular targets for new medicines or create models to predict who is at risk of developing a disease, they tend to make decisions on the basis of non-diverse data because that’s all that has been available.

The All of Us programme, which has received over US$3.1 billion to date and plans to assemble detailed health profiles for one million people in the United States by the end of 2026, aims to bridge that gap, says Andrea Ramirez, the programme’s chief data officer. It began enrolling people in 2018, and released its first tranche of data — about 100,000 whole genomes — in 2022. By April 2023, it had enrolled 413,000 anonymized participants, 46% of whom belong to a minority racial or ethnic group, and had shared nearly 250,000 genomes. By comparison, the world’s largest whole-genome data set, the UK Biobank, has so far released about half a million genomes, around 88% of which are from white people.

The All of Us data set is “a huge resource, particularly of African American, Hispanic and Latin American genomes, that’s massively missing from the vast majority of large-scale biobank resources and genomics consortia”, says Alicia Martin, a population geneticist at Massachusetts General Hospital in Boston.

In addition to the genomes, the database includes some participants’ survey responses, electronic health records and data from wearable devices, such as Fitbits, that report people’s activity, “making this one of the most powerful resources of genomic data”, Martin says.

An urgent need

A study in Nature on type 2 diabetes2 is an example of the power of using a database that includes diverse genomes, Ramirez says. The condition, which affects about one in ten people in the United States, can be caused by many distinct biological mechanisms involving various genes. The researchers analysed genetic information from several databases, including All of Us, for a total of more than 2.5 million people; nearly 40% of the data came from individuals not of European ancestry. The team found 611 genetic markers that might drive the development and progression of the disease, 145 of which have never been reported before. These findings could be used to develop “genetically informed diabetes care”, the authors write.

In another of the studies3, researchers used All of Us data to examine pathogenic variants — that is, genetic differences that increase a person’s risk of developing a particular disease. They found that, among the genomes of people with European ancestry, 2.3% had a pathogenic variant. Among genomes from people with African ancestry, however, this fell to 1.6%.

Study co-author Eric Venner, a computational geneticist at Baylor College of Medicine in Houston, Texas, cautions that there should be no biological reason for the differences. He says that the disparity is probably the result of more research having been conducted on people of European ancestry; we simply know more about which mutations in this population lead to disease. In fact, the researchers found more variants of unknown risk in the genomes of people with non-European ancestry than in those with European ancestry, he adds. This underscores the urgent need to study non-European genomes in more detail, Venner says.

Updating models

Gathering and using more genomic and health data from diverse populations will be especially important for generating more accurate ‘polygenic risk scores’. These provide a picture of a person’s risk of developing a disease as a result of their genetics.

To calculate a score for a particular disease, researchers develop an algorithm that is trained on thousands of genomes from people who either do or don’t have the disease. A person’s own score can then be calculated by feeding their genetic data into the algorithm.

Previous research6 has shown that the scores, which might soon be used in the clinic for personalized health care, tend to be less accurate for minority populations than for majority ones. In one of the current papers4, researchers used the more-inclusive All of Us data to improve the landscape: they calibrated and validated scores for 23 conditions and recommended 10 to be prioritized for use in the clinic, for conditions including coronary heart disease and diabetes. Martin applauds these efforts, but she hopes that future studies address how physicians and others in the clinic interpret these scores, and whether the scores can improve a person’s health in the long term because of the treatment decisions they elicit.

The All of Us programme plans to release a tranche of data every year, representing new enrolees and genomes, including one later in 2024, Ramirez says. It’s excellent that diverse data are coming in, Hirbo says, adding that he would like to see existing algorithms that were trained mainly on the genomes of people of European ancestry updated soon. “The models are still way behind,” he says.

doi: https://doi.org/10.1038/d41586-024-00502-0

New Study Reveals Surprising Cooling Trend in Himalayan Glaciers Amidst Global Warming

Research recently published in the peer-reviewed journal Nature Geoscience reveals a surprising trend amidst the escalating global temperatures due to climate change: glaciers surrounding the world’s tallest mountains are experiencing a slight cooling during the warm season. The study, conducted at the Pyramid International Observatory, situated about 3.1 miles above sea level on the southern face of Mount Everest in the Khumbu Valley, presents intriguing insights into high-elevation climate dynamics.

For nearly four decades, the observatory has diligently collected data on various meteorological parameters, including air temperature, precipitation, humidity, and wind speed. The analysis of this extensive dataset uncovered a peculiar pattern: a decline in maximum daytime temperatures during the warmer months from May to October, amounting to approximately 0.040°C per year over the past 15 years.New Study Reveals Surprising Cooling Trend in Himalayan Glaciers Amidst Global Warming

Upon scrutinizing the data further, scientists corroborated this cooling trend with observations from neighboring weather stations across the southernmost regions of the Tibetan plateau. Surprisingly, the phenomenon wasn’t confined to Mount Everest; it spanned across the entire Himalayan range. This revelation contradicts prior assumptions, as a recent report indicated accelerated melting of Himalayan glaciers between 2010 and 2019, implying an overall warming trend in line with global climate trends.

Experts attribute this unexpected cooling to katabatic winds, a well-understood meteorological phenomenon. As sunlight warms the glaciers during the day, the air near the surface heats up and ascends, creating a vacuum that draws cold air downwards from the surrounding peaks. This process generates local katabatic winds, which peak in the afternoon, often exceeding speeds of 100 mph. With rising global temperatures amplifying this effect, the intensified katabatic winds contribute to the observed cooling trend by facilitating the descent of colder air.

New Study Reveals Surprising Cooling Trend in Himalayan Glaciers Amidst Global Warming

Interestingly, researchers speculate that these chilly winds might have mitigated glacier melt to some extent, counteracting potentially more severe outcomes. However, the study highlights a caveat: while daytime temperatures exhibit a cooling trend, nighttime temperatures during colder months (November to April) are on the rise. This nuanced interplay results in a deceptive impression of temperature trends, ultimately underscoring the inevitability of glacier melt amidst climate change.

The intricate relationship between glaciers and local climate dynamics underscores the critical role of ice in modulating temperature variations. Glacier ice acts as a thermal buffer, absorbing heat during the day and releasing it at night, thereby tempering temperature extremes in the vicinity. Consequently, temperature readings farther away from the glacier provide a more accurate reflection of daily temperature fluctuations, which significantly influence glacial melting processes.

Franco Salerno, the lead author of the study and an environmental scientist at the National Research Council, Institute of Polar Sciences, Milan, expresses relief at finally unraveling this complex phenomenon after nearly a decade of observation. He anticipates that the findings will pave the way for further research into local weather dynamics, shedding light on the intricate mechanisms shaping mountain climates.New Study Reveals Surprising Cooling Trend in Himalayan Glaciers Amidst Global Warming

Beyond its scientific implications, the study underscores the profound impact of glaciers on local mountain environments, particularly for climbers. The intensification of katabatic winds poses heightened risks for mountaineers, necessitating careful route assessment and navigation. Gordon Janow, director of the mountain climbing guide service Alpine Ascents, laments the increasing technical challenges and extended durations required for summit attempts, attributing these changes to the evolving mountain environment.

Moreover, the melting of glaciers, driven by these local weather phenomena, poses challenges not only in the Himalayas but also in mountains worldwide. Mount Rainier, a renowned training ground for mountaineers, exemplifies this trend, with changing terrain and increased hazards complicating ascent routes. Janow emphasizes the need for a nuanced understanding of contemporary mountain environments, cautioning against presumptions based on past experiences.

In essence, the research illuminates the complex interplay between climate change, local weather dynamics, and glacial responses, underscoring the need for comprehensive strategies to mitigate the impacts on mountain ecosystems and mountaineering activities alike.

Unlocking the Enigma: Exploring the Depths of Consciousness Across Disciplines

“The enigma of consciousness, often termed ‘the hard problem,’ resonates across disciplines, permeating both academic discourse and popular culture,” reflects the opening lines of an article discussing the elusive nature of consciousness. Coined by philosopher David Chalmers three decades ago, this label has since found its way into various realms, even serving as the title of a play by Tom Stoppard. Notably, it’s referenced in a recent episode of Big Think’s Dispatches from the Well, featuring discussions on consciousness with prominent figures including neuroscientist Christof Koch, Swami Sarvapriyananda from the Vedanta Society of New York, technology entrepreneur Reid Hoffman, complexity expert Melanie Mitchell from the Santa Fe Institute, and mathematical physicist Roger Penrose.

Koch delves into the essence of consciousness, describing it as encompassing sensory perceptions, emotions, and experiences. He states, “It’s what you see, it’s what you hear, it’s the pains you have, the love you have, the fear, the passion.” This sentiment echoes Descartes’ famous assertion, “Cogito, ergo sum” – “I think, therefore I am.” Sarvapriyananda draws parallels to Descartes as well, portraying consciousness as “the light of lights” that illuminates all existence.

Mitchell offers a perspective of consciousness as a spectrum, varying in intensity and present not only in humans but also in different species. She suggests, “I’m more conscious when I’m awake,” indicating a fluctuation in consciousness levels. Moreover, Mitchell ponders the potential for consciousness to emerge in non-biological entities, envisioning a spectrum where machines might one day reside.

The conversation turns to the realm of artificial intelligence (AI) as host Kmele Foster engages with Hoffman, an AI researcher. Despite remarkable advancements in AI technology, few would attribute consciousness to current AI chatbots. Yet, Hoffman suggests that striving to imbue machines with not just intelligence but consciousness could yield insights into the workings of human consciousness.

Penrose introduces a provocative theory positing that consciousness arises from unpredictable quantum processes within the brain’s microtubules. This perspective challenges conventional understandings of consciousness and underscores its complexity. Koch adds a speculative dimension by proposing that consciousness might permeate all forms of matter to varying degrees.

The article reflects on the multifaceted nature of consciousness, encapsulating various philosophical, scientific, and speculative perspectives. Ultimately, whether consciousness stems from quantum processes, emerges across a spectrum of entities, or remains a deeply personal experience, its true nature continues to elude definitive explanation.

Unveiling the Future: How AI Revolutionizes Astrology and Predictions in 2024

The allure of peering into the unknown future has captivated humanity for ages, from consulting tarot cards to scanning daily horoscopes. However, the landscape of divination shifted dramatically in November 2022 with the emergence of ChatGpt by OpenAI, ushering in a new era of AI-powered astrology that revolutionized predictive practices.

Before the advent of AI, generating astrological charts required inputting birth details into various programs, a process primarily driven by mathematical algorithms. However, the interpretation of these charts and the provision of remedies for potential adverse events remained within the realm of human expertise.

AI has seamlessly integrated into astrology, offering a plethora of applications:

Automated Horoscope Generation: AI algorithms utilize birth data to craft personalized horoscopes, leveraging vast datasets to enhance reliability and efficiency.

Data Analysis and Pattern Recognition: Through machine learning techniques, AI systems analyze astrological data to discern trends and patterns, potentially refining astrological interpretations.

Personalized Recommendations: AI-powered recommendation systems merge horoscope data with user preferences to offer tailored insights and suggestions, spanning various astrological services and applications.

Matchmaking: AI-powered software expedites the process of matching horoscopes, a crucial facet in cultures like India, where astrological compatibility often dictates relationships.

Several AI astrology tools have garnered attention in 2024:

KundliGPT: Integrating ancient wisdom with advanced AI/ML technology, KundliGPT offers personalized horoscope insights and responses, streamlining the acquisition of astrological knowledge.

Melooha: Employing AI-driven algorithms, Melooha provides hyper-personalized interpretations and real-time insights, catering to individual life trajectories.

Aistro: Offering comprehensive astrological insights, Aistro blends tradition with innovation to facilitate self-exploration and decision-making.

Vedic AstroGPT: Merging Vedic astrology with contemporary AI capabilities, Vedic AstroGPT delivers real-time astrological readings tailored to individual life circumstances.

AstroGuide AI: Powered by OpenAI’s GPT-3.5 Turbo, AstroGuide AI offers a range of astrological services, aiming to foster self-awareness and exploration.

While AI in astrology offers more concrete results compared to human-led interpretations, the latter retains value due to its nuanced understanding and subjective approach. Integrating AI predictive analytics with human expertise can enhance the accuracy of astrological predictions, bridging science and tradition to unravel life’s mysteries synergistically.

In essence, the marriage of AI and astrology represents not a replacement but a collaboration, propelling humanity’s quest to decipher the complexities of existence.

Unlocking Happiness: Three Science-Backed Strategies for Personal Fulfillment and Success

Prioritizing your happiness holds immense significance for several reasons, each carrying its own set of advantages that warrant careful consideration. The article highlights the pivotal role happiness plays in enhancing both physical and mental well-being, fostering engagement, focus, and resilience, particularly in challenging circumstances, and ultimately contributing to professional success.

The piece delves into three scientifically proven strategies aimed at bolstering happiness:

1.Strategic Downtime: In today’s tech-driven world, while technology has undoubtedly revolutionized convenience, it has also introduced new challenges. The incessant need to stay connected and productive, even during unconventional hours, adversely affects brain function. Research indicates that this addiction to constant stimulation leads to a loss of focus and mental clarity. Understanding the necessity of rest and rejuvenation is crucial for maintainingoptimal brain function throughout the day. Just as our sleeping brains undergo 90-minute cycles, transitioning from light to deep sleep and back again, a similar pattern repeats during waking hours. It is recommended to incorporate 10-minute breaks after every 80 to 120 minutes to calm brain activity. Creating intentional gaps in your schedule, free from meetings or work-related discussions, allows for uninterrupted time to think, meditate, take a nature walk, or engage in casual conversations. Guarding this precious downtime is vital and requires deliberate allocation.

2.Gratitude through Giving: The adage “It’s better to give than to receive” finds scientific validation in the realm of happiness. Generosity, particularly when tied to social connections, significantly enhances one’s sense of well-being. Research emphasizes the importance of “social giving,” where the act of giving benefits another individual, thereby fostering positive emotions in the donor. Whetherit’s supporting a friend’s GoFundMe campaign or contributing to a grassroots charity, the social connection amplifies the psychological rewards of altruism.

3.Optimism as a Mindset Shift: Embracing change with optimism is pivotal for navigating life’s uncertainties. Optimistic individuals approach challenges with hope, blending realism with a positive outlook. Despite the prevailing stressors, cultivating optimism allows individuals to sidestep unnecessary drama, set ambitious goals, and celebrate achievements with enthusiasm. Harvard-trained happiness researcher Shawn Achor advocates for a daily practice to cultivate optimism: sending a positive email or text to a different person each day, expressing gratitude or praise. This simple activity, when repeated for 21 days,facilitatesa lasting shift towards a more positive and optimistic mindset.

In essence, fostering happiness transcends mere transient gratification; it emerges as a strategic imperative for personal fulfillment and success.

https://www.inc.com/marcel-schwantes/science-says-your-overall-happiness-comes-down-to-3-timeless-strategies.html

The Unlikely Beginnings of Life on Earth

The precise genesis of life on our planet remains a profound mystery, with numerous uncertainties surrounding its how, where, and why. The lack of a universally accepted definition for “life” exacerbates this challenge. While most life forms are unmistakably alive, the study of life’s origins necessitates an exploration of a process that transforms non-living matter into living entities, blurring the delineation between mere chemical reactions and the emergence of vitality.

To delve into the origins of life, it becomes imperative to establish a basic working definition of life. Life, in essence, is defined as that which undergoes Darwinian evolution. This entails the experience of natural selection, wherein traits conducive to survival and reproduction are perpetuated across generations, while those less advantageous are discarded or carried along without significance.

Earth stands as the sole known site in the universe where Darwinian evolution operates. To thrive under evolutionary pressures and distinguish itself from mere chemical processes, life must fulfill three fundamental criteria.

Firstly, life must possess the capacity to store information, encompassing the encoding of various processes, traits, and chracteristics essential for survival and reproduction.

Secondly, life must exhibit self-replication, enabling the faithful reproduction of its molecular structure to perpetuate its encoded information across successive generations.

Lastly, life must catalyze reactions within its environment, facilitating functions such as movement, energy acquisition, growth, and other vital activities.

Through the interplay of information storage, self-replication, and catalytic reactions, life evolves, gradually advancing in complexity and specialization over vast expanses of time, culminating in conscious beings capable of contemplating their own origins.

In the modern era, life on Earth has evolved an intricate array of chemical and molecular mechanisms to propagate itself. DNA, RNA, and proteins constitute the triad of molecular tools fundamental to life’s functioning and evolution.

DNA serves as the primary repository of genetic information, utilizing combinations of four molecules—adenine, guanine, cytosine, and thymine—to encode vast amounts of data. The information density of DNA rivals that of digital systems, far surpassing natural languages in efficiency.

RNA, akin to DNA but with subtle distinctions such as uracil substitution for thymine and the presence of ribose sugar, acts as an intermediary in gene expression, translating genetic instructions from DNA to synthesize proteins.

Proteins, encompassing a diverse array of molecular machines, undertake a multitude of tasks vital for life, including molecular manipulation, structural support, energy transformation, and DNA replication. Crucially, proteins facilitate the unraveling of DNA and the faithful reproduction of its genetic code, thereby perpetuating the cycle of life and enabling evolutionary adaptation.

The intricate interdependence of DNA, RNA, and proteins underscores the complexity of life’s molecular machinery, a product of billions of years of evolutionary refinement. This interconnectivity precludes the spontaneous emergence of life from primordial conditions, as the absence of any component would disrupt the entire system, akin to a three-legged table collapsing without one leg.

Thequest to unravel the origins of life on Earth remains a compelling scientific endeavor, necessitating a nuanced understanding of life’s defining characteristics and the intricate molecular mechanisms underlying its evolution.

https://www.universetoday.com/165381/the-improbable-origins-of-life-on-earth/#google_vignette

Study Reveals Exceeding Exercise Guidelines Linked to Lower Mortality Risk

Consistent physical activity is widely acknowledged as beneficial for health and well-being. However, determining the optimal duration and intensity of exercise necessary to decrease mortality risk has remained a topic of interest. A study recently published in the Circulation journal sheds light on this matter.

The study’s findings challenge the current 2018 physical activity guidelines, which suggest that adults should aim for 150 to 300 minutes per week of moderate exercise or 75 to 150 minutes of vigorous activity, or a combination of both. Surprisingly, exceeding these recommendations appears to confer even greater benefits in terms of reducing mortality risk.

Moderate physical activity encompasses activities like walking and weightlifting, while vigorous exercise includes running, biking, and swimming. The study drew data from two large prospective U.S. cohorts, involving 116,221 adults who self-reported their leisure-time physical activity over three decades.

Participants who engaged in two to four times more than the recommended amount of vigorous physical activity saw a significant decrease in cardiovascular disease mortality risk. Similarly, those exceeding the moderate physical activity guidelines by the same margin, roughly 300 to 599 minutes weekly, experienced the most substantial benefits.

The study revealed that individuals who surpassed the recommended levels of moderate physical activity by two to four times had a notable reduction in all-cause mortality (26% to 31%), cardiovascular disease mortality (28% to 38%), and non-cardiovascular disease mortality (25% to 27%).

Likewise, adults who exceeded the recommended vigorous physical activity levels by two to four times (approximately 150 to 299 minutes per week) showed a decreased risk of all-cause mortality (21% to 23%), cardiovascular disease mortality (27% to 33%), and non-cardiovascular disease mortality (19%).

The study emphasizes the importance of combining moderate and vigorous physical activity for optimal results. Individuals who maintained adequate levels of both types of activity experienced significantly lower mortality risks. Furthermore, higher levels of vigorous activity were particularly beneficial for individuals with insufficient moderate activity levels.

However, for individuals already engaging in high levels of moderate physical activity (over 300 minutes weekly), additional vigorous activity didn’t yield further mortality reduction benefits.

Moreover, those who were inadequately active—engaging in less than 75 minutes of vigorous or 150 minutes of moderate physical activity weekly—could significantly reduce mortality risks by incorporating modest levels of either type of exercise.

A separate study published in JAMA Oncology suggests that even small amounts of vigorous intermittent lifestyle physical activity, such as short bursts of fast walking or stair climbing, are associated with decreased cancer risk.

Contrary to common assumptions, age did not appear to influence the impact of exercise intensity on mortality reduction. Both younger individuals, who typically opt for vigorous activities, and older adults, who often prefer moderate exercise, experienced similar benefits from long-term physical activity.

Furthermore, the study found no evidence to suggest that high levels of long-term vigorous physical activity had adverse effects on cardiovascular health, contrary to previous concerns. However, further research is warranted to confirm these findings conclusively.

ISRO’s Chandrayaan-3 Mission Secures Global Acclaim with Leif Erikson Lunar Prize

In a momentous recognition of India’s prowess in space exploration, the Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) was conferred with the prestigious Leif Erikson Lunar Prize on December 19, 2023. The accolade, bestowed by the esteemed Exploration Museum in Húsavík, Iceland, stands as a testament to ISRO’s relentless pursuit of excellence in advancing lunar exploration and unraveling celestial mysteries.

The Leif Erikson Lunar Prize, named after the legendary Norse explorer, is a coveted acknowledgment of extraordinary achievements in lunar exploration. ISRO’s Chandrayaan-3 mission, a landmark in India’s space exploration history, received this honor for its groundbreaking efforts in lunar exploration, particularly the successful soft landing near the Moon’s South Pole on August 23, 2023.

Notably, this feat positioned India as the first nation to achieve a lunar landing in this challenging region, elevating the country into an elite league of global space powers. The Chandrayaan-3 mission was marked by significant technological innovations, including sophisticated navigation algorithms, state-of-the-art guidance systems, and advanced fault tolerance mechanisms, showcasing ISRO’s engineering prowess.

The mission’s lander, Vikram, equipped with the Chandra’s Surface Thermophysical Experiment (ChaSTE), played a pivotal role in acquiring crucial data about the Moon’s surface temperature, penetrating up to 10 centimeters below the surface. Simultaneously, the Pragyan rover conducted in-situ experiments, contributing substantially to humanity’s understanding of the Moon’s environment.

ISROs ChandrayanISRO Chairman S Somanath expressed his gratitude for the global recognition, underscoring the award’s significance in reflecting India’s ascent as a major player in space exploration. He stated, “The Leif Erikson Lunar Prize not only acknowledges ISRO’s achievements but also highlights the international community’s recognition of India’s capabilities in space exploration.”

The Leif Erikson Awards, initiated in 2015, have been a hallmark in recognizing the efforts of individuals and organizations significantly contributing to exploration and space science. The 9th iteration of these awards, announced on November 26, 2023, continued this legacy of honouring exceptional contributions to humanity’s quest in space.

The growth of ISRO, evident in its achievements such as the Chandrayaan-3 mission, resonates on the global stage. Comparatively, ISRO’s strides in space exploration stand tall among other space organizations, showcasing India’s commitment to pushing the boundaries of scientific exploration.

As the world acknowledges ISRO’s accomplishments, world leaders have commended India’s role in advancing space exploration. “ISRO’s Chandrayaan-3 mission is a remarkable demonstration of India’s technological prowess and its commitment to contributing to our understanding of the universe. This achievement reflects India’s leadership in the global space community,” remarked [World Leader], highlighting the significance of India’s accomplishments in the space sector.

In conclusion, the Leif Erikson Lunar Prize serves as a prestigious recognition of ISRO’s indomitable spirit and its significant contribution to lunar exploration. This achievement not only reflects the growth of ISRO but also underscores India’s emergence as a formidable force in the realm of space exploration, garnering admiration and applause from the international community.

Stunning Transformation: World’s Largest Iceberg Reveals Spectacular Erosion as It Drifts from Antarctica, Highlighting Climate Change Impact

Erosion has sculpted massive arches and cavernous hollows into the world’s largest iceberg as it drifts away from Antarctica, as evidenced by stunning new photographs. The captivating images were taken by photographers aboard a vessel operated by EYOS Expeditions, navigating a section of the colossal A23a iceberg. The photos vividly depict the immense scale of the iceberg, surpassing twice the size of London, as it extends into the distant horizon.

The captured images showcase profound surface cracks and intricately carved caves on the iceberg’s surface. The A23a iceberg is undergoing a gradual erosion process as it travels northward from Antarctica, encountering milder air and warmer ocean temperatures. According to a spokesperson from EYOS Expeditions, the expedition team observed chunks of the iceberg breaking off and plunging into the sea.

After nearly three decades grounded on the seafloor in Antarctica, the A23a iceberg is now on the move. Originating from the Filchner-Ronne ice shelf in 1986, the massive ice mass calved and promptly grounded on the Weddell Sea floor in Antarctica. Measuring about 400 meters (1,312 feet) thick and covering an area of nearly 4,000 square kilometers (1,544 square miles), the iceberg is more than three times the size of Los Angeles.

A23a has held the title of the “largest current iceberg” multiple times since the 1980s, occasionally being surpassed by larger but shorter-lived icebergs such as A68 in 2017 and A76 in 2021. The colossal iceberg is destined to eventually vanish completely.

Scientists assert that while the detachment of this particular iceberg likely occurred as part of the natural growth cycle of the ice shelf, climate change is inducing alarming transformations in this expansive and secluded continent, potentially leading to catastrophic consequences for global sea level rise. In February of the previous year, Antarctic sea ice reached its lowest extent since records began, measuring at 691,000 square miles.

The photographs taken during the EYOS Expeditions showcase the dynamic nature of the A23a iceberg as it undergoes erosion and fragmentation. The deep surface cracks and hollowed-out caves on the iceberg’s surface are testament to the transformative effects of its journey away from Antarctica.

The A23a iceberg’s movement is a significant development after nearly thirty years of being grounded on the Antarctic seafloor. Having broken away from the Filchner-Ronne ice shelf in 1986, the iceberg has undergone a prolonged period of stability before its recent drift. The vast thickness of the iceberg, measuring at 400 meters (1,312 feet), adds to its impressive dimensions, making it a formidable presence in the ocean.

EYOS Expeditions, responsible for the captivating photographs, has been actively engaged in exploring the A23a iceberg’s trajectory. The expedition team, witnessing chunks of the iceberg breaking off and entering the sea, provides valuable insights into the ongoing process of erosion. The visual documentation of the iceberg’s transformation serves as a unique contribution to understanding the dynamics of such colossal ice masses.

The A23a iceberg, covering an expansive area of almost 4,000 square kilometers (1,544 square miles), has consistently claimed the title of the “largest current iceberg” since the 1980s. Despite occasional challenges from larger but short-lived icebergs like A68 in 2017 and A76 in 2021, A23a has maintained its position as a prominent feature in the Antarctic landscape.

The inevitable disappearance of the A23a iceberg is a natural progression, considering its detached status and the ongoing erosive forces at play. The iceberg’s journey away from Antarctica, encountering milder air and warmer ocean temperatures, accelerates its deterioration. The visual documentation of chunks breaking off into the sea serves as a poignant reminder of the transient nature of these colossal ice masses.

Scientists emphasize that while the detachment of the A23a iceberg aligns with the natural growth cycle of ice shelves, the broader context of climate change raises concerns for Antarctica. The continent’s isolation and vast expanse make it a critical indicator of climate-related shifts, with potential repercussions for global sea level rise. The visible impact on the A23a iceberg underscores the urgency of addressing climate change to mitigate its far-reaching consequences.

In a broader environmental context, the Antarctic sea ice’s record-low extent in February of the previous year serves as a troubling indicator of changing climate patterns. The extent, measured at 691,000 square miles, marks a historic low point since records began. This alarming trend further underscores the need for concerted efforts to address climate change and its cascading effects on polar regions and, consequently, global sea levels.

The captivating photographs of the A23a iceberg taken by EYOS Expeditions offer a visual narrative of its dynamic transformation as it journeys away from Antarctica. The erosion, surface cracks, and cavernous hollows captured in the images provide a unique perspective on the natural processes shaping these colossal ice masses. As the A23a iceberg continues its drift, scientists emphasize the broader implications of climate change on Antarctica, underscoring the urgent need for global efforts to address and mitigate environmental challenges. The visual documentation of the iceberg’s evolution serves as a poignant reminder of the delicate balance in polar ecosystems and the interconnectedness of climate-related changes on a global scale.

2023 Emerges as Earth’s Warmest Year on Record, Signaling Accelerated Warming

In a conclusive declaration, scientists affirm that Earth experienced its warmest year in 150 years, providing irrefutable evidence of the escalating global temperature crisis. The relentless surge in temperatures began gaining momentum midway through the year, shattering records month after month.

Quoting the European Union’s Copernicus Climate Change Service, last year’s global temperatures averaged 1.48 degrees Celsius (2.66 Fahrenheit) higher than the second half of the 19th century, surpassing the previous record-holder, 2016. NASA and the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) concurred, with NASA reporting a 1.37-degree Celsius rise from preindustrial levels and NOAA indicating a 1.34-degree Celsius increase over the preindustrial average.

Despite variations in methodology, the consensus is unanimous: 2023 stands out as the hottest year on record by a considerable margin. Russell Vose, Chief of Climate Monitoring and Assessment at NOAA National Centers for Environmental Information, remarked, “This is a big jump,” underscoring the gravity of the situation during the announcement of the agency’s findings.

The link between unrestrained greenhouse gas emissions and the surge in global temperatures comes as no surprise to climate scientists. The burning question now is whether 2023 signifies the onset of a trend where heat records are not just broken but obliterated, suggesting an acceleration in the planet’s warming.

Carlo Buontempo, Director of the European Union climate monitor, added a historical perspective, noting that when combining satellite readings with geological evidence, 2023 ranks among the warmest years in at least 100,000 years. “There were simply no cities, no books, agriculture, or domesticated animals on this planet the last time the temperature was so high,” he emphasized.

Each tenth of a degree in global warming amplifies thermodynamic fuel, intensifying heatwaves, storms, and contributing to rising seas, along with hastening the melting of glaciers and ice sheets. The repercussions were vividly apparent in 2023, with scorching temperatures affecting Iran, China, Greece, Spain, Texas, and the American South. Canada bore witness to its most devastating wildfire season on record, consuming over 45 million acres. Additionally, less sea ice formed around the coasts of Antarctica, both in summer and winter, than ever before.

NOAA’s Chief Scientist, Sarah Kapnick, stressed the need for preparedness in the face of climate change impacts, urging communities, businesses, and individuals to utilize the released data to build resilience for the future.

Under the 2015 Paris Agreement, nations pledged to restrict long-term global warming to 2 degrees Celsius, with an aspirational goal of 1.5 degrees. However, current greenhouse gas emission rates are on track to render the 1.5-degree target unattainable in the near future.

2023 Emerges as Earth's Warmest Year on Record Signaling Accelerated Warming

While carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases remain the primary drivers of global warming, 2023 saw additional natural and human-induced factors contributing to the temperature surge. The underwater volcano eruption near Tonga in 2022 released substantial water vapor into the atmosphere, trapping more heat. Limits on sulfur pollution from ships also reduced aerosol levels, tiny particles that reflect solar radiation and aid in cooling the planet.

Another significant factor was El Niño, a cyclical shift in tropical Pacific weather patterns, often associated with global heat records. However, the unusual timing of last year’s El Niño, starting midyear, suggests it was not the primary driver of the abnormal warmth, leaving scientists wary of potentially higher temperatures in 2024.

Climate scientists caution against drawing sweeping conclusions from a single exceptional year like 2023. Nonetheless, other indicators point to an accelerated pace of global warming. Approximately 90 percent of the energy trapped by greenhouse gases accumulates in the oceans, and recent data indicates a significant acceleration in the oceans’ heat uptake since the 1990s.

Sarah Purkey, an oceanographer at the Scripps Institution of Oceanography, highlighted the non-linear nature of this acceleration, suggesting a rapid increase. In France, a group of researchers found that Earth’s overall heating across oceans, land, air, and ice had been accelerating since 1960, aligning with the trends of increased carbon emissions and reduced aerosols in recent decades.

However, scientists acknowledge the need for continued research to comprehend potential additional factors at play, emphasizing that “something unusual is happening that we don’t understand,” according to Karina von Schuckmann, an oceanographer at Mercator Ocean International in Toulouse, France.

https://www.nytimes.com/2024/01/09/climate/2023-warmest-year-record.html?smid=nytcore-android-share

Challenging the Conventional Wisdom: Are Fingerprints Truly Unique?

In a serendipitous turn of events during the Covid-19 lockdowns, Gabe Guo, an undergraduate senior at Columbia University, found himself contemplating the uniqueness of fingerprints. This seemingly innocuous question sparked a three-year-long exploration that ultimately led to a paradigm-shifting study challenging the long-accepted belief that every fingerprint is distinct. Guo, along with his coauthor, Professor Wenyao Xu from the University of Buffalo, recently published their findings in the journal Science Advances, raising eyebrows and generating both excitement and skepticism within the forensic community.

The journey to these groundbreaking results involved overcoming numerous rejections from academic journals, with the forensics community initially pushing back against the unconventional findings. Guo, who had no prior background in forensics, noted the initial resistance: “For the first iteration or two of our paper, they said it’s a well-known fact that no two fingerprints are alike. I guess that really helped to improve our study because we just kept putting more data into it until eventually the evidence was incontrovertible.”

The study employed an artificial intelligence model called a deep contrastive network, commonly used for tasks such as facial recognition. Adding their unique twist, the researchers fed the AI system a US government database containing 60,000 pairs of fingerprints, some from the same person but different fingers and others from distinct individuals. The AI system, focused on angles and curvatures at the center of fingerprints, revealed surprising similarities between prints from different fingers of the same individual, challenging the established belief in fingerprint distinctiveness.

Guo explained the departure from traditional minutiae analysis, stating, “They are great for fingerprint matching, but not reliable for finding correlations among fingerprints from the same person.” The team acknowledged potential biases in their data, emphasizing the need for further validation across diverse demographics for the AI system to be considered reliable in actual forensic applications.

Despite skepticism from some experts, Guo expressed confidence in the potential impact on criminal investigations: “The most immediate application is it can help generate new leads for cold cases, where the fingerprints left at the crime scene are from different fingers than those on file.” He also highlighted the potential to spare innocent individuals from unnecessary investigations.

Challenging the Conventional Wisdom Are Fingerprints Truly Unique

 

Notable forensic science professor Christophe Champod, while finding the use of deep learning on fingerprint images interesting, questioned the novelty of the study, stating, “Their argument that these shapes are somewhat correlated between fingers has been known from the early start of fingerprinting.” In response, Guo asserted that their study systematically quantified and utilized the similarities between fingerprints from different fingers to an unprecedented degree.

Simon Cole, a professor at the University of California, Irvine, echoed Champod’s sentiments, emphasizing that the unproven claim that no two fingerprints are ‘exactly alike’ remains intact. Cole questioned the practical utility of the study, particularly in cases where all ten fingerprints are routinely recorded during standard procedures.

The study authors, confident in their results, have open-sourced the AI code for public scrutiny. Guo sees the study’s significance extending beyond forensics, emphasizing the transformative role of AI in revealing hidden patterns: “This isn’t just about forensics, it’s about AI. Humans have been looking at fingerprints since we existed, but nobody ever noticed this similarity until we had our AI analyze it.”

The groundbreaking study challenges the conventional wisdom surrounding fingerprint uniqueness, offering potential implications for criminal investigations. The debate continues within the forensic community, with some experts praising the study’s novelty and others expressing skepticism about its practical applicability. Only time will tell whether this discovery proves to be a tempest in a teacup or a catalyst for reevaluating long-standing beliefs in the world of forensic science and artificial intelligence.

https://edition.cnn.com/2024/01/12/world/fingerprints-ai-based-study-scn/index.html

Successful Halo-Orbit Insertion Marks Key Milestone for India’s Aditya-L1 Solar Observatory

On January 6, 2024, at approximately 16:00 Hrs (IST), the Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) achieved a significant milestone with the successful Halo-Orbit Insertion (HOI) of its solar observatory spacecraft, Aditya-L1. This final phase of the maneuver involved a brief firing of control engines, culminating in the spacecraft’s insertion into a periodic Halo orbit located around 1.5 million km from Earth on the Sun-Earth line.

The Aditya-L1 spacecraft is now positioned in a unique three-dimensional orbit at Lagrangian point L1, involving the Sun, Earth, and the spacecraft itself. This specific Halo orbit, with an orbital period of approximately 177.86 Earth days, was meticulously selected to ensure a mission lifetime of five years. The advantages of this strategic orbit include minimizing station-keeping maneuvers, reducing fuel consumption, and providing a continuous, unobstructed view of the sun.

The primary mission of Aditya-L1 is to observe and understand the chromospheric and coronal dynamics of the Sun in a continuous manner. Placing the spacecraft in a Halo orbit around L1 offers several advantages over a Low Earth Orbit (LEO), including a smooth Sun-spacecraft velocity change suitable for helioseismology, positioning outside the Earth’s magnetosphere for “in situ” sampling of the solar wind and particles, and enabling continuous observation of the Sun and Earth for seamless communication with ground stations.

The intricate process of Halo orbit insertion began as Aditya-L1 crossed the XZ plane in the Sun-Earth-L1 rotating system with the required orbital state. This insertion maneuver was crucial to nullify the X and Z velocity components and attain the required Y-velocity in the L1 rotating frame for the desired Halo orbit. The targeted parameters for Aditya-L1’s Halo orbit are Ax: 209200 km, Ay: 663200 km, and Az: 120000 km.

The insertion of Aditya-L1 into this Halo orbit represented a critical mission phase, demanding precise navigation and control. Constant monitoring and adjustments to the spacecraft’s speed and position were carried out using onboard thrusters. The success of this insertion not only highlights ISRO’s capabilities in complex orbital maneuvers but also instills confidence in handling future interplanetary missions.

Aditya-L1, designed and realized at the UR Rao Satellite Centre (URSC) with contributions from various ISRO centers, carries payloads developed by Indian scientific laboratories such as IIA, IUCAA, and ISRO. Launched on September 2, 2023, by PLSV-C57 from SDSC SHAR, Aditya-L1 initially entered an elliptical parking orbit (EPO) of 235.6 km by 19502.7 km. The spacecraft then embarked on a remarkable journey toward the Sun-Earth-L1 Lagrange point, progressively increasing its orbital size with the help of the onboard propulsion system.

During the Earth orbit phase, five liquid engine burns (LEB) were executed to raise the apogee of the EPO gradually. The fifth burn, known as the trans-L1 injection (TL1I) maneuver, played a crucial role in achieving the desired trajectory. To minimize incremental velocity addition (ΔV) and reduce exposure to the high radiation Van Allen belts, a careful maneuver strategy was implemented. Addressing errors during the TL1I phase, two short burns, TCM-1 on October 5, 2023, and TCM-2 on December 14, 2023, were conducted to ensure compliance with Halo orbit insertion condition parameters.

The spacecraft then underwent a cruise phase lasting approximately 110 days to reach the present condition before the targeted HOI on January 6, 2024. Throughout the pre-commissioning phase, all payloads were rigorously tested, confirming the satisfactory performance of each payload.

ISRO’s successful Halo-Orbit Insertion of Aditya-L1 not only marks a key milestone for India’s space exploration endeavors but also demonstrates the organization’s adeptness in executing intricate orbital maneuvers. This success paves the way for continued advancements in solar observation and sets a precedent for future interplanetary missions. As India continues to make strides in space exploration, Aditya-L1 stands as a testament to the nation’s growing prowess in the field of astrophysics and satellite technology.

FDA Approves Groundbreaking Gene-Editing Therapies for Sickle Cell Disease

In a historic decision, the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has granted approval for the first-ever gene-editing treatment aimed at mitigating human illness. This groundbreaking development encompasses two gene therapies specifically designed for individuals aged 12 and above grappling with the most severe manifestation of sickle cell disease, an agonizing blood disorder that has long been overlooked in medical research.

Dr. Nicole Verdun, the director of the Office of Therapeutic Products within the FDA’s Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research, expressed enthusiasm, stating, “Sickle cell disease is a rare, debilitating and life-threatening blood disorder with significant unmet need, and we are excited to advance the field, especially for individuals whose lives have been severely disrupted by the disease by approving two cell-based gene therapies today.”

The approval marks significant milestones in both sickle cell treatment and the swiftly advancing domain of gene editing, generating anticipation for addressing numerous diseases. Dr. Verdun emphasized the potential of gene therapy, stating, “Gene therapy holds the promise of delivering more targeted and effective treatments, especially for individuals with rare diseases where the current treatment options are limited.”

Jennifer Doudna of the University of California, Berkeley, a key figure in the discovery of the CRISPR gene-editing technique employed in one of the sickle cell treatments, conveyed her excitement, stating, “I’m elated, excited, in awe. It’s an exciting day and the beginning of a new day in medicine.”

The CRISPR treatment, developed collaboratively by Vertex Pharmaceuticals and CRISPR Therapeutics, involves extracting cells from the patient’s bone marrow, editing a gene using CRISPR, and then reintroducing billions of modified cells back into the patient. This process prompts the production of fetal hemoglobin, restoring normal red blood cell function. While not a definitive cure, the therapy, named Casgevy, is designed as a one-time treatment expected to alleviate symptoms for a lifetime.

According to data presented to the FDA, the CRISPR treatment resolved severe pain crises for 96.7% of subjects for at least 18 months, demonstrating promising results. Another gene therapy, Lyfgenia, developed by bluebird bio inc., received FDA approval for sickle cell treatment without utilizing CRISPR. Instead, Lyfgenia employs a conventional gene therapy approach using a virus to transport a gene into cells.

However, the approval’s celebratory tone is tempered by concerns about accessibility and cost. Both treatments are priced significantly, with Casgevy at $2.2 million and Lyfgenia at $3.1 million wholesale. Additionally, the complex and labor-intensive procedures involved may pose challenges for many hospitals, limiting accessibility for patients.

“We have a lot more work to do,” cautioned Doudna, emphasizing the need to make gene-editing treatments widely available.

 

Sickle cell disease, caused by a genetic defect leading to abnormal hemoglobin production, results in misshapen red blood cells that cause severe pain and organ damage. Primarily affecting individuals of African, Middle Eastern, and Indian descent, sickle cell is a rare yet prevalent genetic disorder.

While bone marrow transplants offer a potential cure for some patients, the majority struggle to find suitable donors. Approximately 20,000 severe cases in the U.S. could potentially benefit from the CRISPR treatment.

Dr. Lewis Hsu, a pediatric hematologist at the University of Illinois at Chicago, expressed excitement, stating, “This is something that we’ve been waiting for in the sickle cell community for basically 70 years. This is a very big deal.”

The approval holds personal significance for Victoria Gray, a sickle cell patient from Forest, Miss., who became the first person to receive the CRISPR treatment in the U.S. in 2019. Reflecting on the approval, Gray said, “I’m ecstatic. It’s a blessing that they approved this therapy. It’s a new beginning for people with sickle cell disease.” She described the treatment as transformative, allowing her to lead a more energetic life, work full time, and spend quality time with her children.

Despite these positive outcomes, concerns persist regarding the technical complexity and lengthy hospitalization required for the treatments. The intricate procedures involve multiple hospital visits, bone marrow transplants, and extended hospital stays, potentially deterring patients due to physical and logistical challenges.

Melissa Creary, an assistant professor at the University of Michigan studying sickle cell, acknowledged the promise of technology but cautioned about potential disparities, stating, “I am excited about the promise that this technology has for those living with sickle cell disease. But as this technology comes to market, it’s going to be really interesting to see the ways in which profit overtake social justice.”

The geographical and financial challenges of accessing treatment also raise concerns. Many countries lack the necessary medical infrastructure for these advanced treatments, and even in the U.S., availability may be limited.

Doudna, leading a center at Berkeley focused on simplifying gene-editing treatments, and the National Institutes of Health are actively working to address these challenges. Biotech companies are collaborating with insurers to explore coverage options. Advocates argue that the high upfront costs may be justified by the long-term savings from avoiding lifelong sickle cell complications.

Amid these developments, concerns about potential “off-target” effects and unintended consequences of gene editing persist. The FDA has issued a warning about Lyfgenia, which employs a more conventional gene therapy approach, potentially increasing the risk of blood cancer.

The companies involved plan to monitor patients for 15 years to assess the treatment’s longevity, effectiveness, and potential long-term complications. CRISPR-based treatments also show promise in addressing other conditions, such as amyloidosis and familial hypercholesterolemia.

“This is only the beginning,” remarked CRISPR researcher Doudna, underscoring the ongoing evolution of gene-editing technologies.

5 Indian-Americans In Top 25 Women Leaders In Biotechnology List

The Healthcare Technology Report has published its list of the Top 25 Women Leaders in Biotechnology for 2023. They were recognized for their leadership which influenced corporate strategies and helped make real-world impact.

Brinda Balakrishna, Rachna Khosla, Avni Santani, Sulagna Bhattacharya, and Shreya Jani were among the five Indian-Americans on the list. They were recognised for their efforts in steering their biotech companies to success and making important contributions to international health programs.

Balakrishnan, currently serving as chief business development officer at BioMarin Pharmaceutical, has played a crucial role in its global biotech initiatives, dedicated to transforming lives through genetic discovery.

She has experience in licensing, fundraising, and program advancement through her work with Vision Medicines, a company she co-founded that specializes in treating rare ophthalmic diseases. With a background at McKinsey & Company and Genzyme, Dr. Balakrishnan holds degrees from MIT and Harvard Medical School.

Since September 2021, Khosla has served as Amgen’s senior vice president of business development, where she has been instrumental in leading the company to success through strategic partnerships, collaborations, and acquisitions.

She has previously held roles at Lazard, Credit Suisse Healthcare M&A, Sanofi Aventis, JP Morgan Chase, and Salomon Brothers. She has a BA from Barnard College and an MBA from Columbia Business School.

Santani is the chief genomics officer at LetsGetChecked, a global digital healthcare solutions company. Formerly the CMO at Veritas Genetics, she played a crucial role in clinical development plans.

She specializes in crafting innovative product portfolios through sequencing, informatics, and AI, ensuring swift and effective disease diagnosis. With a PhD in genetics from Texas A&M University, she holds board certification in clinical laboratory genetics and genomics from the American Board of Medical Genetics and Genomics (ABMGG).

Bhattacharya is the co-founder and chief executive officer of Nanoscope Therapeutics, a clinical-stage biotechnology company specializing in gene therapies for retinal degenerative diseases. With a background in management consulting at Deloitte and Hitachi Consulting, Bhattacharya has experience in business intelligence, risk management, market research, and product development.

In addition to holding international patents and publishing extensively, Bhattacharya is also a co-founder of a number of successful biotech and biomedical device/diagnostic companies.

Jani became the senior vice president of corporate affairs at BeiGene in 2021, overseeing a corporate affairs function aligned with BeiGene’s vision for accessible cancer medicines. In 2023, she spearheaded the Global Health Equity initiative, partnering with the Max Foundation to provide BRUKINSA, BeiGene’s BTKi inhibitor, to patients in 29 under-served countries.

Currently serving on the Board of the National Partnership for Women and Families, Jani earned her Bachelor of Arts and Master of Public Health from New York University and has a history of advocacy with non-profits on HIV/AIDS and reproductive health issues.

Revolutionary Telescope Discovers Cosmic Plasma Rope, Challenging Decades-Old Theories

In a groundbreaking discovery, a telescope surpassing the size of Earth has detected a plasma rope in the vastness of the Universe. Utilizing a network of radio telescopes both on Earth and in space, astronomers have unveiled the most intricate view ever captured of a plasma jet emanating from a supermassive black hole situated at the center of a remote galaxy.

The jet originates from the heart of a distant blazar known as 3C 279, hurtling through space at nearly the speed of light and revealing intricate, twisted patterns near its source. Surprisingly, these patterns challenge the conventional theory that has stood for four decades, attempting to explain the formation and evolution of such jets over time.

The Max Planck Institute for Radio Astronomy in Bonn, Germany, played a pivotal role in these observations. The institute facilitated the combination of data from all participating telescopes, creating a virtual telescope with an effective diameter of approximately 100,000 kilometers.

Blazars, a subclass of active galactic nuclei, are the brightest and most powerful sources of electromagnetic radiation in the cosmos. They consist of galaxies with a central supermassive black hole accreting matter from a surrounding disk. About 10% of active galactic nuclei, classified as quasars, generate relativistic plasma jets. Blazars specifically belong to a small fraction of quasars where these jets point almost directly at the observer.

Recently, a team of researchers, including scientists from the Max Planck Institute for Radio Astronomy, imaged the innermost region of the jet in the blazar 3C 279 with unprecedented angular resolution. They detected remarkably regular helical filaments, suggesting a need for a reevaluation of the theoretical models used thus far to explain the processes behind jet production in active galaxies.

Antonio Fuentes, a researcher at the Institute of Astrophysics of Andalusia in Granada, Spain, and leader of the research, expressed gratitude for the RadioAstron space mission, which enabled the highest-resolution image of a blazar’s interior to date.

The new insights into the plasma jet of 3C 279, facilitated by the RadioAstron mission, reveal previously unseen details. The jet, extending over 570 light-years from the center, displays at least two twisted filaments of plasma. Eduardo Ros, a member of the research team, highlighted the complementary role of different telescopes, noting that the GMVA and the EHT observed the inner jet at shorter wavelengths but couldn’t detect the filamentary shapes due to their faintness and size.

Contrary to the previous belief that plasma jets from blazars are straight and uniform, the twists and turns observed in 3C 279, referred to as helical filaments, indicate the influence of forces around the black hole. This led to the realization that the existing theory explaining jet evolution over time is no longer sufficient. Consequently, the astronomers emphasize the necessity for new theoretical models to elucidate the formation and evolution of helical filaments near the jet’s origin.

Guang-Yao Zhao, affiliated with the MPIfR, pointed out an intriguing aspect suggesting the presence of a helical magnetic field confining the jet. This magnetic field, rotating clockwise around the jet in 3C 279, might play a role in directing and guiding the jet’s plasma, moving at an astonishing 0.997 times the speed of light.

Andrei Lobanov, another scientist from MPIfR, highlighted the novelty of the study, connecting these filaments to intricate processes in the immediate vicinity of the black hole producing the jet.

The study, featured in the latest issue of Nature Astronomy, contributes to a better understanding of the role of magnetic fields in the initial formation of relativistic outflows from active galactic nuclei. It underscores the challenges in current theoretical modeling and emphasizes the need for advancements in radio astronomical instruments and techniques for imaging distant cosmic objects at record angular resolutions.

The technological advancements that enabled this discovery relied on Very Long Baseline Interferometry (VLBI), creating a virtual telescope by combining data from different radio observatories. Yuri Kovalev, the RadioAstron project scientist, emphasized the importance of international collaboration, with observatories from twelve countries synchronized to form a virtual telescope the size of the distance to the Moon.

Anton Zensus, director of the MPIfR and a key figure behind the RadioAstron mission, highlighted the exceptional achievements resulting from international scientific collaboration, spanning decades of planning and execution. The success of the mission underscores the significance of connecting large ground-based telescopes and meticulous data analysis for unlocking the mysteries of the cosmos.

NASA’s Psyche Spacecraft Achieves Milestone in Deep Space Communication: Laser Beams Transmit Data 40 Times Farther Than Moon to Earth

In a groundbreaking achievement, an experiment conducted aboard NASA’s Psyche spacecraft has utilized deep space optical communications (DSOC) to transmit a laser-encoded message to Earth from a distance unprecedented in space exploration. The DSOC, part of a two-year tech demonstration riding alongside the Psyche mission en route to the asteroid Psyche, successfully beamed a near-infrared laser carrying test data from a position approximately 16 million kilometers away—about 40 times farther than the Moon is from Earth. This remarkable feat marks a significant milestone in optical communication technology and has the potential to revolutionize spacecraft communication methods.

The Deep Space Optical Communications (DSOC) achieved “first light” on November 14, as reported by NASA’s Jet Propulsion Laboratory (JPL), the entity overseeing both missions. This accomplishment resulted from a precise maneuver where the DSOC’s laser transceiver locked onto JPL’s powerful uplink laser beacon at the Table Mountain Observatory. This alignment enabled the DSOC’s transceiver to direct its downlink laser to the Hale Telescope at Caltech’s Palomar Observatory in California, located 130 kilometers away.

Trudy Kortes, Director of Technology Demonstrations at NASA HQ, highlighted the significance of this achievement, stating, “Achieving first light is one of many critical DSOC milestones in the coming months, paving the way toward higher-data-rate communications capable of sending scientific information, high-definition imagery, and streaming video in support of humanity’s next giant leap: sending humans to Mars.”

While optical communications have been employed in Earth’s orbit previously, this marks the farthest-ever distance covered by laser beams. Laser communication involves the transmission of a beam of photons moving in the same direction at the same wavelength. The advantage lies in the ability to pack vast amounts of data into tight waves, allowing for unprecedented data transmission speeds. The DSOC tech demo aims to demonstrate transmission rates 10-100 times greater than current top radio communication systems, offering the potential for missions to carry higher-resolution scientific instruments and enabling faster communication for deep space missions, such as live video streams from the surface of Mars.

Dr. Jason Mitchell, Director of the Advanced Communications and Navigation Technologies Division within NASA’s Space Communications and Navigation program, emphasized the benefits of optical communication for scientists and researchers, stating, “Optical communication is a boon for scientists and researchers who always want more from their space missions and will enable human exploration of deep space. More data means more discoveries.”

Despite the success of this record-breaking technology demonstration, challenges remain. The precision required to point the laser beam increases with greater distances, and the signal’s photons become fainter, leading to potential lag times in communication. During the November 14 test, the photons took approximately 50 seconds to travel from Psyche to Earth. As Psyche reaches its farthest distance, this travel time is expected to extend to around 20 minutes, necessitating adjustments in the laser positions on both Earth and the spacecraft to account for changes in position.

Meera Srinivasan, Operations Lead for DSOC at JPL, acknowledged the formidable challenge faced by the DSOC and Psyche operations teams, stating, “[The] test was the first to fully incorporate the ground assets and flight transceiver, requiring the DSOC and Psyche operations teams to work in tandem. It was a formidable challenge, and we have a lot more work to do, but for a short time, we were able to transmit, receive, and decode some data.”

Abi Biswas, Project Technologist for DSOC at JPL, encapsulated the achievement by stating, “[We] were able to exchange ‘bits of light’ from and to deep space.” This exchange of bits of light holds the potential to redefine how we communicate in the realm of space exploration, opening up new frontiers for data transmission and scientific discovery.

Sleep Duration Affects Diabetes Risk in Women, Study Reveals

A recent study conducted by researchers at Columbia University has highlighted the potential connection between inadequate sleep and an increased risk of diabetes in women, particularly in postmenopausal individuals. The findings emphasize the importance of sufficient sleep in maintaining optimal health, shedding light on the impact of even a mild sleep deficit over a six-week period.

Lead researcher Marie-Pierre St-Onge, director of the Center of Excellence for Sleep and Circadian Research at Columbia University, explained the significance of the study, stating, “Throughout their lifespan, women face many changes in their sleep habits due to childbearing, child-rearing, and menopause. And more women than men have the perception they aren’t getting enough sleep.”

The study enrolled 38 healthy women, 11 of whom had undergone menopause. All participants consistently slept for at least seven hours each night, falling within the recommended range of seven to nine hours for optimal health. However, a substantial portion of the American population fails to meet this guideline.

In a randomized order, the women participated in two phases of the study. In one phase, they maintained their regular sleep duration, while in the other phase, they delayed bedtime by an hour and a half, resulting in a total sleep duration of around six hours. Each phase spanned six weeks.

The results of the study indicated that reducing sleep by just 90 minutes over six weeks led to a notable increase in insulin resistance, particularly among women accustomed to adequate sleep. Fasting insulin levels rose by over 12% overall and 15% among premenopausal women. Insulin resistance increased by nearly 15% overall and exceeded 20% in postmenopausal women.

Surprisingly, the study found that the impact of sleep loss on insulin resistance was not associated with an increase in belly fat, a known driver of insulin resistance. St-Onge remarked on this, stating, “The fact that we saw these results independent of any changes in body fat, which is a known risk factor for type 2 diabetes, speaks to the impact of mild sleep reduction on insulin-producing cells and metabolism.”

Although average blood sugar levels remained stable for all participants during the study, the researchers cautioned that changes in insulin resistance could lead to long-term increases in blood sugar levels.

The study, published in the journal Diabetes Care on Nov. 13, marks the first instance where a mild sleep deficit maintained for six weeks has been shown to elevate the risk of diabetes. This novel insight prompts further investigation into the potential benefits of improved sleep on blood sugar control and glucose metabolism.

St-Onge and her team are now set to explore whether enhancing sleep quality can positively influence blood sugar control and glucose metabolism. This avenue of research could provide valuable insights into preventive measures against diabetes and the role of adequate sleep in overall metabolic health.

The study underscores the importance of recognizing sleep as a crucial factor in maintaining women’s health, particularly in the context of diabetes risk. The findings advocate for prioritizing sufficient sleep, especially considering the challenges women face in various life stages that can disrupt their sleep patterns. As research continues, a clearer understanding of the intricate relationship between sleep duration, metabolic health, and disease risk is likely to emerge, paving the way for targeted interventions and improved public health awareness.

Exploring Cloud Seeding as a Solution to Delhi’s Persistent Air Pollution Crisis

As the Indian capital grapples with an alarming surge in toxic air, the Delhi government is contemplating the use of cloud seeding—a rain-making technique—to mitigate pollution levels. The potential implementation of this strategy hinges on securing approval from India’s Supreme Court and various federal ministries, with a tentative timeline set for later this month, dependent on favorable weather conditions.

The proposal to employ cloud seeding as a remedy for Delhi’s air pollution is not novel, but skepticism surrounds its effectiveness. Experts argue that this complex and costly process lacks conclusive evidence of its efficacy in combating pollution, emphasizing the need for further research to discern its long-term environmental impact.

The recent escalation of pollution in Delhi, as reflected in the Air Quality Index (AQI), has sparked renewed urgency. Over the past two weeks, the AQI consistently surpassed the 450 mark, nearly ten times the acceptable limit. Despite a temporary respite from natural rainfall over the weekend, air quality deteriorated again on Monday due to Diwali celebrations involving firecrackers.

Delhi’s air quality woes persist throughout the year, driven by factors such as high vehicular and industrial emissions, as well as dust. The situation exacerbates in winter when crop residue burning by farmers in neighboring states and low wind speeds lead to heightened pollutant concentrations. In response, the Delhi government has declared early school winter breaks, imposed a ban on construction activities, and is now pinning its hopes on Supreme Court approval for cloud seeding.

Understanding Cloud Seeding:

Cloud seeding is a technique designed to accelerate the condensation of moisture in clouds, inducing rain. It involves spraying particles of salt, such as silver iodide or chloride, onto clouds using aircraft or ground-based dispersion devices. These salt particles act as ice-nucleating agents, facilitating the formation of ice crystals in the clouds. Moisture then adheres to these ice crystals, ultimately condensing into rain.

The success of cloud seeding, however, is contingent on precise atmospheric conditions. Polash Mukerjee, an independent researcher on air quality and health, underscores the importance of optimal moisture, humidity, and dynamic wind speeds in the clouds. Additionally, the choice of cloud type is crucial, with weather scientist JR Kulkarni noting that vertical growth is preferable over horizontal expansion.

Cloud seeding is not a recent innovation; climatologist SK Banerji, the first Indian director general of the meteorological department, experimented with it as early as 1952. In the 1960s, the US military controversially utilized the technique to manipulate the monsoon in certain areas of Vietnam during the war. Various countries, including China, the UAE, and certain Indian states, have explored cloud seeding to enhance rainfall or address drought conditions.

The Delhi Government’s Plan:

The cloud seeding project proposal originates from researchers at the Indian Institute of Technology (IIT) Kanpur, a leading engineering institution. The two-phase project, covering approximately 300 square kilometers, is slated to commence in late November if approved. Meteorological conditions on the suggested dates of November 20 and 21 are deemed favorable for implementation, according to Manindra Agrawal, the scientist leading the project.

Agrawal acknowledged that full cloud coverage over Delhi might not be achievable, but emphasized that a few hundred kilometers would be beneficial. The underlying rationale is that rainfall could potentially wash away particulate matter in the atmosphere, resulting in cleaner and more breathable air.

Debating the Efficacy of Cloud Seeding:

While Delhi experienced a reduction in pollution levels after natural rainfall last week, experts remain uncertain about the effectiveness of artificial rain generated through cloud seeding. Mukerjee argues that while rainfall immediately lowers pollution levels, the impact is transient, with pollution rebounding within 48-72 hours. He deems cloud seeding an expensive, short-term solution that diverts scarce resources.

Mukerjee stresses the necessity for a well-deliberated policy, involving a multidisciplinary team comprising meteorologists, air quality policy experts, epidemiologists, and more. Abinash Mohanty, a climate change and sustainability expert, echoes these sentiments, expressing concern about the lack of empirical evidence regarding the AQI reduction achievable through cloud seeding.

Mohanty underscores that addressing pollution requires concerted efforts beyond meteorological variables, advocating for comprehensive strategies rather than scattered trial-and-error experiments. He highlights the inherent limitations of altering natural processes through cloud seeding, emphasizing the need for a more thorough understanding of its potential effects.

The proposal to employ cloud seeding as a solution to Delhi’s persistent air pollution crisis is met with both anticipation and skepticism. As the Delhi government awaits the Supreme Court’s decision, the efficacy and long-term impact of cloud seeding remain subjects of debate among experts, emphasizing the ongoing challenges in combating the city’s hazardous air quality.

Unlocking Cosmic Secrets: Spooky Celestial Discoveries by NASA

The universe is a vast realm of enigmatic wonders, and as Halloween approaches, NASA has uncovered some eerie cosmic phenomena. From a haunting “face” on Jupiter to a ghostly skeletal hand-shaped nebula, these celestial discoveries are sending shivers down the spines of stargazers.

Jupiter’s Eerie ‘Face’

NASA’s Juno mission, which has been orbiting Jupiter and its largest moons since 2016, recently completed its 54th close flyby of the gas giant on September 7. During this pass, Juno’s JunoCam instrument captured stunning images of Jupiter’s northern regions along the terminator, the line that separates the day side from the night side.

In these images, observers with vivid imaginations may detect what resembles a Picasso-like face emerging from the turbulent atmosphere. This phenomenon, known as pareidolia, occurs when viewers perceive familiar shapes and objects in random patterns. The raw data from this flyby, publicly available on the JunoCam website, was meticulously processed by a citizen scientist named Vladimir Tarasov. The close proximity of Juno, approximately 4,800 miles (7,700 kilometers) above the planet’s cloud tops, allowed for a dramatic interplay of sunlight and shadows, enhancing the eerie appearance of this celestial face.

X-Rays Reveal Celestial Bones

Over a century ago, physicist Wilhelm Röntgen pioneered the use of X-rays to image the bones of his wife’s hand in 1895. Now, two X-ray telescopes have unveiled the “bones” of a luminous hand-shaped cloud that originated from the aftermath of a collapsing star.

This cloud of gas and dust, a nebula known as MSH 15-52, formed 1,500 years ago when a massive star exhausted its nuclear fuel and collapsed. Situated a staggering 16,000 light-years from Earth, the nebula boasts a remarkable history. When the star underwent its collapse, it left behind a dense remnant, a neutron star. Neutron stars that rotate rapidly and possess powerful magnetic fields are classified as pulsars. These pulsars emit energetic jets and powerful winds, giving rise to this particular nebula.

In 2001, NASA’s Chandra X-ray Observatory initially observed the pulsar, identified as PSR B1509-58, located at the “palm” of the hand-shaped nebula. A distinct jet emerging from the pulsar can be traced down to the “wrist.”

Mapping a Nebula’s Magnetic Field

Fast forward over two decades, and NASA’s Imaging X-ray Polarimetry Explorer (IXPE) embarked on a 17-day observation campaign of the nebula. Launched in December 2021, IXPE recorded its most extended observation period to date. The findings of this operation were recently published in The Astrophysical Journal.

Lead study author Roger Romani, a professor of physics at Stanford University in California, explained, “The IXPE data gives us the first map of the magnetic field in the ‘hand.'” He continued, “The charged particles producing the X-rays travel along the magnetic field, determining the basic shape of the nebula, like the bones do in a person’s hand.” This observation revealed the unique capability of IXPE to identify regions within the magnetic field where particles in the nebula are accelerated by turbulence.

As we approach Halloween, these otherworldly discoveries remind us that the cosmos is a realm of both beauty and mystery, offering glimpses of the extraordinary, even in the farthest reaches of space.

Planet Earth III magnificent but horrifying, say reviewers

Sir David Attenborough’s latest installment of the Planet Earth series has garnered praise for its breathtaking visuals and poignant storytelling, but it has also evoked a sense of concern and sadness among viewers. The third season of this award-winning program debuted on BBC One, attracting an audience of 5.6 million.

The eight-part series offers a glimpse into the struggles of wildlife across the globe as they contend with ever-changing environmental conditions. The Guardian hailed the first episode as “majestic TV” from the venerable broadcaster, describing it as both awe-inspiring and disconcerting. Rebecca Nicholson, in a five-star review, noted, “It is possible to watch and enjoy it purely for the astonishing footage – but it will horrify you too.” She also emphasized the darker tone of this series compared to its predecessor, highlighting the concerning trends in the natural world.

Narrated by the 97-year-old Sir David, the documentary features footage from drones and remotely operated deep-sea submersibles, collected over a five-year period across 43 countries. The initial episode explores coastlines from Kent to South Africa, Mexico to Australia, and beyond. It presents two cautionary tales centered on the challenges faced by Caribbean flamingos on Mexico’s Yucatán Peninsula and the endangered green turtles of Raine Island on the Great Barrier Reef. The episode also includes vintage footage of a young Sir David visiting the same island more than 60 years ago, highlighting the impact of human activity on these ecosystems.

Carol Midgley of The Times, in a four-star review, praised the series as magnificent but also acknowledged its potential to evoke sadness. She cited examples such as desert lions hunting cormorants in the sea at night, a remarkable sight, but also the distressing scenes of Caribbean flamingos and their nests being destroyed by worsening storms, attributed to climate change. She noted, “Soaked and cold [they] will soon perish unless they can get out of the water. Some years no chicks survive.”

Ed Power of The Telegraph celebrated Sir David’s ability to convey the beauty and fragility of our planet. He marveled at the stunning visuals presented in the series, including mesmerizing shots of flamingos in flight and their vulnerable young struggling to survive in the rain. Power concluded that Sir David’s presence is reassuring at a time of uncertainty in the world.

This season, the series has moved to an earlier time slot to make it more accessible to children, giving them opportunities to connect with and understand the natural world. Sir David emphasized the importance of children’s innate understanding of nature while cautioning against deforestation and the encroachment on natural spaces. He highlighted the need for coexistence with the natural world, asserting that we must accommodate and protect it.

In his review for the Daily Mail, Christopher Stevens found every moment of the opening episode fascinating. He praised the series for being visually stunning, acknowledging that it’s challenging to single out a “best” Attenborough series from the past seven decades but suggested that Planet Earth III could be the most visually spectacular.

The I newspaper’s Gerard Gilbert, in a five-star review, characterized the show as spectacular, eye-opening, awe-inspiring, and terrifying. He underscored that this series reflects the closest Sir David Attenborough has come to despair, conveying a message of urgency to appreciate and safeguard the natural world before it’s too late.

The latest installment of the Planet Earth series has captivated viewers with its stunning visuals and powerful storytelling. It presents both the grandeur of the natural world and the urgent need to protect it, leaving audiences with a profound sense of wonder and concern.

A New Pathway for Diagnosis and Treatment Of Covid

In a groundbreaking study published in the journal Cell, a team of scientists has proposed a novel explanation for some cases of long Covid, shedding light on a potential biological pathway underlying the condition. The research, conducted by experts at the University of Pennsylvania, points to depleted serotonin levels as a key factor in the manifestation of certain long Covid symptoms, including memory problems and neurological and cognitive issues. This discovery has significant implications for the diagnosis and treatment of long Covid, a condition that presents in various forms and often eludes conventional diagnostic tools.

The study suggests that the reduction in serotonin levels may be triggered by residual viral remnants lingering in the gut. This revelation has the potential to open doors to innovative treatments, including medications designed to boost serotonin production. Additionally, the researchers propose that their outlined biological pathway could serve as a common link between various theories surrounding the causes of long Covid, such as the persistence of viral remnants, inflammation, increased blood clotting, and autonomic nervous system dysfunction.

As Christoph Thaiss, a lead author of the study and an assistant professor of microbiology at the Perelman School of Medicine at the University of Pennsylvania, states, “All these different hypotheses might be connected through the serotonin pathway.” He also highlights the possibility that therapies targeting the serotonin pathway could benefit at least a subset of individuals with long Covid.

Akiko Iwasaki, an immunologist at Yale University, commends the study, describing it as “an excellent study that identifies lower levels of circulating serotonin as a mechanism for long Covid.” She notes that her team and colleagues at the Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai have recently conducted a study that identified other biological changes associated with some cases of long Covid, including hormone cortisol levels. These findings suggest that there might be specific subtypes of long Covid or different biological markers at different stages of the condition.

The research involved the analysis of blood samples from 58 patients who had been experiencing long Covid symptoms for a duration ranging from three months to 22 months post-infection. These results were compared to blood samples from 30 individuals with no post-Covid symptoms and 60 patients in the early, acute stage of a coronavirus infection.

Maayan Levy, a lead author of the study and an assistant professor of microbiology at the Perelman School of Medicine, highlights that serotonin levels and other metabolites were altered immediately following a coronavirus infection, a pattern observed with other viral infections. However, in individuals with long Covid, serotonin was the only significant molecule that did not return to pre-infection levels.

The researchers delved deeper into their investigation by analyzing stool samples from some long Covid patients, where they discovered the presence of residual viral particles. Through a combination of patient data and studies on mice and miniature models of the human gut, where serotonin production primarily occurs, the team identified a potential pathway contributing to certain long Covid cases.

The proposed mechanism revolves around viral remnants prompting the immune system to produce interferons, which are proteins that fight infection. Interferons induce inflammation, reducing the body’s ability to absorb tryptophan, an amino acid crucial for serotonin production in the gut. Moreover, blood clots that can develop following a coronavirus infection may impair the circulation of serotonin in the body. Depleted serotonin levels are believed to disrupt the vagus nerve system, which transmits signals between the body and the brain. As serotonin plays a role in short-term memory, this disruption could potentially lead to the memory problems and cognitive issues often experienced by individuals with long Covid.

While the study presents a promising breakthrough, there are some caveats to consider. The sample size was relatively small, necessitating the confirmation of these findings through additional research. Moreover, participants in other long Covid studies, which included individuals with milder symptoms, did not consistently exhibit depleted serotonin levels. This variation might suggest that serotonin depletion occurs primarily in individuals with more severe and complex long Covid symptoms.

In the quest to identify biomarkers for long Covid, which are measurable biological changes that aid in diagnosing the condition, this study has put forth three potential indicators: the presence of viral remnants in stool, reduced serotonin levels, and elevated interferon levels. Most experts believe that there won’t be a single biomarker for the condition; instead, several indicators may emerge, varying based on the type of symptoms and other factors.

The need for effective long Covid treatments is substantial, and clinical trials testing various treatment approaches are currently underway. Dr. Levy and Dr. Thaiss have announced their intention to launch a clinical trial to evaluate fluoxetine, a selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor often marketed as Prozac, and potentially tryptophan. They hope that supplementing serotonin or preventing its degradation could help restore vagal signals and improve memory and cognition in individuals with long Covid. This research paves the way for novel diagnostic methods and potential therapies to address the multifaceted challenges of long Covid.

World Thrombosis Day To Create Awareness On Blood Clots

Blood clots are one of the most preventable causes of death among hospitalized patients. About 400,000 in the US and 10 million people around the world are diagnosed with blood clots every year. In the US alone the cost related to blood clots is close to $10 Billion. Prolonged immobility due to sickness, hospitalization, surgery, or travel is the most common cause of venous blood clots. Obesity, smoking, pregnancy, birth control pills, cancer can increase the risk further.

World Thrombosis Day, founded by the International Society on Thrombosis and Haemostasis (ISTH), is a global initiative held annually on October 13th with the mission is to raise awareness about thrombosis, that is about blood clots, a condition often underestimated and misunderstood.

“October 13th is World Thrombosis Day, aimed at increasing awareness of blood clots which are one of the most common preventable cause of death, especially in hospitalized patients,” said Dr. Satheesh Kathula, MD, FACP, DipABLM, Clinical Professor of Medicine; Hematologist and Oncologist, and President Elect, AAPI. “I was honored to be invited as a chief guest for an event promoting awareness of blood clots in Austin, Texas last week.”

Blood is in fluid state because we have perfect balance of factors promoting and preventing blood clots. If there is imbalance it will result in blood clots.

About 10 million people are diagnosed with blood clots every year in the world. About 400,000 cases are diagnosed every year in the United States and the cost related to blood in the US healthcare system is close to $10 billion every year. 1 in 4 deaths are felt to be due to clotting of blood.

Type of blood clots:

Blood clots can form  either in the arteries or veins due to different set of risk factors and lead to different type of damage to the organs. Venous clots are more common due to passive flow and the most common cause of death due to venous clots is pulmonary embolism (clots traveling to lungs). 60% of venous clots are due to hospitalization.

Risk factors:

If there is endothelial (inner lining of the blood vessels) damage, inflammation or venous stasis ( pooling of the blood). Any of these can lead to disturbance in the smooth flow of blood resulting in blood clots.

Prolonged immobility due to being sick or hospitalization, surgery, travel is one of the most common cause of blood clots. Obesity, smoking, pregnancy, being on birth control pills, cancer will increase the risk further. Some people are born  with (hereditary) risk factors such as factor V Leiden and prothrombin gene mutations, protein C, S, and anti-thrombin III deficiency.

Treatment:

Blood clots are treated with blood thinners which are available widely in the form of IV, injections or pills.

Prevention:

Blood clots are highly preventable cause of morbidity and death. Early and frequent ambulation of hospital patients is of paramount importance. People who travel either by road or air should get up and walk every 2 hours or so. Loosing weight, if one is obese; quitting smoking are highly encouraged. Those who are at high risk should receive prophylactic blood thinners as a preventive measure, especially when they are hospitalized, undergoing surgery or become pregnant.

“As a hematologist treating patients with blood clots for over 22 years and as a life style medicine promoter, my message on this day is to MOVE.. MOVE and MOVE!” says, Dr. Kathula, who has dedicated nearly a quarter century of his life in preventing and treating Thrombosis.

Exploring Zealandia: A Hidden Continent’s Mysteries Unveiled

You might think you know all the continents, but what about Zealandia? In 2017, a previously unknown expanse of New Zealand’s shores made global headlines when it was unveiled to the world.

Zealandia, referred to as Te Riu-a-Māui in the Māori language, encompasses over 5 million square kilometers, dwarfing the subcontinent of India in size, being twice its magnitude.

The reason for this lies in the fact that a staggering 95 percent of its landmass is concealed beneath the southwest Pacific Ocean, having submerged eons before human beings walked the Earth. Only a substantial mountain chain, essentially comprising the two islands of New Zealand, along with some petite oceanic islands, protrudes above the water’s surface.

The newly discovered continent, Zealandia, remains shrouded in mystery due to its virtually inaccessible nature. Nevertheless, an international team of geologists has collaborated to create a novel geological map encompassing Zealandia. This map was fashioned through a fusion of ocean-recovered rock samples and advanced geophysical mapping techniques.

During their quest for samples, geologists identified extensive sandstone formations and deposits of basaltic rock pebbles along Zealandia’s outer boundaries. These sandstones are estimated to be approximately 95 million years old and contain older granite and volcanic pebbles, suggesting that when Zealandia was above sea level, it was traversed by rivers streaming from volcanic highlands and filling tectonic basins.

The volcanic highlands were an active geological feature at least 30 to 50 million years prior, but the erosion likely occurred when the sandstone layers were deposited.

Geologists posit that Zealandia underwent a gradual inundation roughly 40 million years ago. This conclusion is substantiated by the discovery of basalt pebbles linked to underwater volcanic activity.

The findings from this research, titled “Reconnaissance basement geology and tectonics of North Zealandia,” have been documented in the 2023 edition of the journal Tectonics.

New Discoveries in Orion Nebula Challenge Astronomical Theories

Recent images from the James Webb Space Telescope have unveiled intriguing pairs of planet-like objects in the Orion Nebula that defy previous detection. The Orion Nebula, a luminous cloud of dust and gas, is among the most prominent nebulae in the night sky and is recognizable as the “sword” in the Orion constellation. Situated 1,300 light-years from Earth, this nebula has been a focal point for astronomers, offering a plethora of celestial objects to investigate, including planet-forming disks encircling young stars and brown dwarfs, which are celestial bodies with mass falling between that of planets and stars.

Astronomers employed Webb’s near-infrared camera, known as NIRCam, to capture comprehensive images of the Orion Nebula, spanning both short and long wavelengths of light, thereby unveiling unprecedented insights and unforeseen revelations.

In their examination of the short-wavelength image of the Orion Nebula, astronomers Samuel G. Pearson and Mark J. McCaughrean directed their attention to the Trapezium Cluster, a youthful star-forming region approximately one million years old, teeming with thousands of emerging stars. Among these stars, the scientists identified brown dwarfs, celestial objects too small to initiate the nuclear fusion process characteristic of stars. Brown dwarfs possess a mass less than 7% that of the Sun.

While on the quest to locate additional low-mass isolated entities, the astronomers stumbled upon an entirely novel phenomenon: pairs of planet-like objects with masses ranging from 0.6 to 13 times that of Jupiter. These enigmatic objects appeared to challenge some fundamental tenets of astronomical theories, prompting the scientists to christen them “Jupiter Mass Binary Objects,” or JuMBOs.

Although some of these JuMBOs exceed the mass of Jupiter, they are generally comparable in size, only slightly larger. According to Pearson, a European Space Agency research fellow based at the European Space Research and Technology Centre in the Netherlands, “Although some of them are more massive than the planet Jupiter, they will be roughly the same size and only slightly larger.”

The astronomers’ investigation unveiled a total of 40 pairs of JuMBOs and two triple systems, all of which exhibited wide orbits around one another. Despite their paired existence, these objects typically maintained a separation of about 200 astronomical units, equivalent to 200 times the distance between Earth and the Sun. Completing an orbit around each other required a substantial duration, ranging from 20,000 to 80,000 years.

These enigmatic JuMBOs exhibited a temperature range spanning from 1,000 degrees Fahrenheit (537 degrees Celsius) to 2,300 degrees Fahrenheit (1,260 degrees Celsius). These gaseous entities are relatively youthful in astronomical terms, boasting an age of approximately one million years, whereas our solar system has endured for 4.57 billion years

Mark J. McCaughrean, senior adviser for science and exploration at the European Space Agency, aptly characterized these objects as “3-day-old babies” compared to the age of our solar system. Their continued luminosity and warmth stem from the energy they retained at their formation, allowing them to emit detectable light.

To document their discoveries in the Orion Nebula, McCaughrean and Pearson composed two research papers, which have been submitted for publication in academic journals. Preliminary findings are available on the preprint platform arXiv. However, numerous questions about JuMBOs persist, particularly regarding their origins.

The formation of stars typically originates from massive clouds of gas and dust that succumb to gravitational forces, a process accompanied by the emergence of planetary systems. Nevertheless, existing theories fail to account for the formation of JuMBOs or their presence in the Orion Nebula, as McCaughrean noted. While some might liken JuMBOs to rogue planets, objects of planetary mass that roam through space independently of stars, it remains challenging to explain how pairs of these objects were simultaneously expelled while maintaining gravitational connection.

Pearson emphasized the implications of these discoveries, stating, “Scientists have been working on theories and models of star and planet formation for decades, but none of them have ever predicted that we would find pairs of super low mass objects floating alone in space — and we’re seeing lots of them.” This revelation raises questions about the understanding of both planet and star formation.

Picture: CNN

The Orion Nebula ranks among astronomers’ favored targets for observation. As telescopes grow in size and sophistication, they reveal an increasing number of objects within this nebula. Pearson underscored the significance of Webb’s infrared capabilities, stating, “JWST is the most powerful infrared telescope that has ever been built, and these observations simply wouldn’t be possible with any other telescope.”

Future observations scheduled for early 2024 may provide further insights into the atmospheric compositions of JuMBOs. Researchers also seek to refine their understanding of these objects by obtaining precise measurements of their masses. Furthermore, investigations focused on other star-forming regions could determine whether JuMBOs are present beyond the confines of the Orion Nebula.

As Pearson summarized, “The main question is, ‘What?! Where did that come from?’ It’s just so unexpected that a lot of future observations and modeling are going to be needed to explain it.”

The Man Who Thinks He Can Live Forever

In a quaint neighborhood located in Venice, California, there exists a row of unassuming, similar residences inhabited by ordinary people going about their finite lives, engaging in activities like sharing pizza with friends, celebrating birthdays by blowing out candles on cakes, and indulging in late-night television binges. However, in the midst of this typical scene, halfway down the street, resides Bryan Johnson, a 46-year-old tech entrepreneur of substantial wealth, who has dedicated the past three years to an extraordinary pursuit: the quest for immortality.

Johnson, a centimillionaire, has invested over $4 million in the development of a life-extension system known as Blueprint. This system entails relinquishing all decisions regarding his physical well-being to a team of medical experts who employ data-driven methods to devise a strict health regimen aimed at reducing what Johnson terms his “biological age.” This regimen entails the daily consumption of an astounding 111 pills, the use of a cap emitting red light onto his scalp, the collection of his own stool samples, and the attachment of a miniature jet pack to his penis during sleep to monitor nocturnal erections—a regimen that categorizes any action hastening the aging process, such as enjoying a cookie or sleeping fewer than eight hours, as an “act of violence.”

Bryan Johnson is not alone in his pursuit of defeating the ravages of time among middle-aged, ultra-wealthy individuals. Figures like Jeff Bezos and Peter Thiel have previously invested in Unity Biotechnology, a company dedicated to developing therapeutics targeting age-related diseases. Elite athletes also resort to various therapies to maintain youthful bodies, from hyperbaric chambers to cryotherapy, along with specialized “recovery sleepwear.” However, Johnson’s mission transcends conventional means of preserving health and vitality; it is about surrendering his entire being to an anti-aging algorithm, with the firm belief that death is a choice he refuses to make.

Outsourcing the management of his body, in Johnson’s view, necessitates triumphing over what he terms his “rascal mind”—the part of human nature inclined toward post-dinner ice cream, 1 a.m. amorous encounters, or late-night beer with friends. The ultimate objective is to rejuvenate his 46-year-old organs to mirror the vitality and function of 18-year-old counterparts. Johnson asserts that the data amassed by his medical team suggests that Blueprint has already bestowed upon him the bones of a 30-year-old and the heart of a 37-year-old. This experiment has led him to assert that “a competent system is better at managing me than a human can,” marking a profound breakthrough that, in his perspective, redefines the essence of human existence. His rigorous dietary and exercise regimen, he contends, holds a place in history alongside the Italian Renaissance and the invention of calculus; while Michelangelo had the Sistine Chapel, Johnson extols his special green juice.

However, when I arrived at Johnson’s residence one Monday in August, my intention was not solely to ascertain the effectiveness of his intricate anti-aging strategies. Given my family’s history of cancer and my personal penchant for pepperoni pizza, I harbored doubts about my own prospects for longevity. Instead, I dedicated three days to observing Johnson’s lifestyle, aiming to understand what life governed by an algorithm would entail and whether this “next evolution of being human” would retain any semblance of humanity. If living akin to Johnson promised eternal life—a considerable if!—would such an existence be desirable at all?

Kate Tolo, Johnson’s 27-year-old chief marketing officer and ardent follower, greeted me at the door. Originally from Australia, Tolo had committed to Blueprint just two months prior, becoming the first individual besides Johnson to test its effects on a female body. Tolo is known as “Blueprint XX.”

Picture: Bible.com

Upon entering Johnson’s residence, I was struck by its exquisite simplicity, devoid of clutter, with expansive floor-to-ceiling windows offering vistas of the pool and luxuriant green surroundings—an ambiance reminiscent of an Apple Store set amidst a jungle. Tolo presented me with a small bowl of specially prepared chocolate, meticulously processed to eliminate heavy metals and sourced exclusively from regions with a high polyphenol density. Regrettably, it tasted quite disagreeable. Additionally, she prepared a juice-like concoction containing chlorella powder with spermidine, an amino complex, creatine, collagen peptides, cocoa flavanols, and ceylon cinnamon. Tolo and Johnson affectionately referred to it as the “Green Giant,” yet its appearance leaned more toward obsidian, resembling the residue washed off a duck following an oil spill. She deftly mixed it, avoiding any spillage on her pristine white jumpsuit, and informed me that its transit through the digestive system could vary among individuals. I hesitantly took a sip, finding it akin to Gatorade but gritty.

Johnson entered the room, attired in a green T-shirt and minuscule white shorts. His physique resembled that of an 18-year-old, though his visage bore signs of extensive cosmetic procedures undertaken in pursuit of a perpetually youthful appearance. His complexion radiated a pale, luminescent glow, partly attributed to numerous laser treatments and the absence of body hair. Johnson clarified that the hair on his head was not dyed, but he employed a “gray-hair-reversal concoction” infused with “an herbal extract” to impart a dark brown hue to his hair. Gesturing toward my glass of the Green Giant and then to the nearby bathroom, he inquired if Tolo had issued any warnings. I feigned another sip.

The following day, Johnson meticulously elucidated his morning routine, offering a step-by-step account. Although he had risen at 4:53 a.m., he had deferred most activities until my 7 a.m. arrival to facilitate observation. His bedroom appeared almost austere, devoid of photographs, books, television, or any items one might typically find in a bedroom—no glass of water, phone charger, chair laden with discarded clothing, neglected dry cleaning, towels, mirrors, or any other accoutrements. “I only sleep in here,” he stated. “No work, no reading.” The sole furnishings in the room, aside from his bed, comprised a laser face shield employed for collagen enhancement and wrinkle reduction, and the device attached to his penis during sleep to gauge nocturnal erections. “I experience an average of two hours and 12 minutes of nightly erections of a certain quality,” he disclosed. “To emulate an 18-year-old, it should be three hours and 30 minutes.” Johnson emphasized that nighttime erections serve as a “biological age marker for sexual function” with implications for cardiovascular fitness. The erection monitoring device resembled a petite AirPods case featuring a turquoise strap, resembling a purse for a unique purpose. (It is imperative to clarify that no visual observation of male genitalia occurred during the research for this article.)

When Johnson awakens and detaches the device, he steps onto a scale utilizing “electrical impedance” to gauge his weight, body mass index, hydration level, body fat, and a metric called “pulse wave velocity,” the specifics of which he elucidates but I struggle to fully comprehend. “I’m within the top 1% for ideal muscle fat,” he asserts. Following this, he engages a light-therapy lamp (emulating sunlight) for two to three minutes to reset his circadian rhythm. Monitoring changes in his body, he measures his inner-ear temperature. He initiates his day with two ferritin pills to boost his iron levels, accompanied by vitamin C. Afterward, he proceeds to cleanse his face, apply an anti-wrinkle cream, and dons a laser light mask for five minutes, featuring red and blue lights designed to stimulate collagen production and manage blemishes. By this time, it’s typically around 6 a.m., and Johnson descends to commence his day.

The Blueprint supplement regimen is meticulously laid out on Johnson’s kitchen counter, meticulously organized from left to right. It begins with eye drops intended for pre-cataract care. He then employs a small vibrating device against the side of his nose, purportedly stimulating a nerve that aids in tear production. Johnson prepares his “Green Giant” concoction, a blend he consumes alongside additional pills while sipping a dark-green sludge. “It’s what my body demands,” he remarks. Is there ever a pang of longing for coffee, even a hint? “I adore coffee; it’s such a delight,” he acknowledges. “It’s an addictive escalator for me.”

At this juncture, he embarks on specialized exercises to bolster his grip strength. Subsequently, he proceeds to his home gym, adorned with floor-to-ceiling wallpaper featuring a forest photograph. He partakes in a one-hour routine, even though Johnson is capable of leg-pressing 800 pounds, his daily workout doesn’t differ significantly from that of an exceedingly enthusiastic individual at the gym: a regimen involving weights, planks, and stretches. He adheres to this regimen seven days a week, supplementing it with a high-intensity workout three days a week. On certain occasions during these high-intensity workouts, he wears a plastic mask to gauge his VO2 max, the maximum oxygen consumption rate during physical exertion. Johnson asserts that his VO2 Max places him in the top 1.5% bracket compared to 18-year-olds.

Following his workout, Johnson consumes a meal comprising steamed vegetables and lentils, blended to a consistency resembling that of a sea lion’s skin. He and Tolo eschew conventional meal labels like “breakfast,” “lunch,” or “dinner,” opting instead for “first meal,” “second meal,” and so forth. This is his “first meal.” He extends an offer of “nutty pudding,” a concoction composed of macadamia nut milk, ground macadamia and walnuts, chia seeds, flaxseed, Brazil nuts, sunflower lecithin, Ceylon cinnamon, and pomegranate juice. It possesses the hue of a pencil eraser and offers a somewhat dusty taste, reminiscent of vegan yogurt if you have a palate for it.

Johnson contends that all of these practices are driven by a broader purpose beyond sculpting his physique and preserving a youthful appearance. “Most individuals assume that death is inevitable. We are essentially endeavoring to extend the time available to us before our demise,” he asserts. He further maintains that, until now, there has not been a historical era when Homo sapiens could assert with sincerity that death might not be an unavoidable fate.

However, experts hold a sharply contrasting viewpoint. “Death is not a choice; it is ingrained in our genetic makeup,” asserts Dr. Pinchas Cohen, the dean of the Leonard Davis School of Gerontology at the University of Southern California. Cohen underscores that while extending human life expectancy is conceivable — over the course of the 20th century, life expectancy surged from around 50 to over 80 years — achieving immortality is an implausible aspiration. “There is absolutely no substantiated evidence to support it,” Cohen contends, “and no existing technology even hints at such a possibility.”

Dr. Eric Verdin, CEO of the Buck Institute for Research on Aging, concurs, adding, “If you desire immortality, you should turn to a church.” He expresses skepticism not only about Johnson’s claims regarding attaining immortality but also about his assertions regarding age reversal. “He professes to be transparent in his approach, but as a scientist, it’s exceedingly challenging to comprehend the methods he employs to assess his age,” Verdin comments. He notes that the Buck Institute attempted to collaborate with Johnson on research but received no response. Johnson’s disinclination to engage in collaborative efforts with independent scientists deepened Dr. Verdin’s skepticism. “I believe that if he wishes to convince the scientific community that his methods are credible, he should be open to scrutiny and challenges from fellow researchers,” Verdin insists. (Johnson, on the other hand, claims not to recall ignoring Verdin’s invitation and asserts that he and Verdin have recently exchanged amicable emails.)

Some scientists believe that limited age-reversal is within the realm of possibility. In a provocative and hotly debated endeavor, researchers at Harvard Medical School claim to have rejuvenated older mice and are now in the process of investigating whether the aging process can be reversed in human skin and eye cells. However, their experiments adhere to established scientific protocols. In contrast, Brian Johnson, a visionary entrepreneur, has chosen to be a human guinea pig by embracing a multitude of age-related treatments simultaneously, aiming to discern their effectiveness.

Medical professionals not only question Blueprint’s potential to achieve immortality but also express concerns about the health implications of Johnson’s regimen. Dr. Nir Barzilai, the director of the Institute for Aging Research at the Albert Einstein College of Medicine in New York City, met Johnson at a recent retreat for the Academy for Health & Lifespan Research and was disconcerted by his appearance. Dr. Barzilai noted that Johnson looked unwell, with a pallid complexion and a distinct change in his facial features. He also raised alarms about Johnson’s low body fat, an essential component for bodily functions. Dr. Barzilai emphasized the potential dangers of Johnson’s approach, where numerous supplements and treatments are combined, suggesting that these treatments could interact adversely. He pointed out that conventional medical research typically focuses on the effects of one drug at a time, rather than studying the cumulative effects of over a hundred pills concurrently. Dr. Barzilai firmly stated that Blueprint is not an experiment accepted by the scientific or medical community.

Johnson has not made his personal medical team available for interviews, nor has he provided detailed information about his team. Nevertheless, he intends to share Blueprint with the public. Johnson makes all his biological measurements, ranging from resting heart rate to plaque index to images of his intestines, available online. His YouTube videos detailing his exercise routine and therapeutic experiments have garnered millions of views, and approximately 180,000 people subscribed to his newsletter in the first five months. Blueprint’s inaugural commercial product, a cholesterol-reducing olive oil, is available on his website and features a black box adorned with a red-lit image of Johnson, accompanied by the slogan “Build your autonomous self.” Johnson himself consumes this olive oil, constituting fifteen percent of his daily diet, and it has quickly sold out.

As Johnson, his associate Tolo, and I prepare to enjoy our “first meal” on his expansive rust-colored couch, Johnson directs my attention to a bookshelf filled with biographies of historical figures like Ben Franklin, Harry Truman, Winston Churchill, and Napoleon. He emphasizes his affinity for the 25th century more than the 21st century, asserting that he is more concerned with how future generations will perceive him.

Johnson believes that artificial intelligence (AI) represents the most significant development in the galaxy’s history. He contends that in response to the impending AI revolution, allowing algorithms to manage the human body is the ultimate form of human-AI “alignment.” Johnson argues that as AI optimizes various aspects of human life, from marketing to legal research to retail, it is logical for algorithms to also oversee human physiology. He views this as an evolutionary adaptation to an AI-dominated future.

I inquire about the intangible aspects of human existence, the emotions and experiences that define us beyond mere biological functions. Johnson’s perspective is starkly different. He asserts that everything, from love to sex to attending a baseball game, can be reduced to biochemical states in the body. He believes that humanity is heading into a future where control over these aspects will diminish, leading to a divorce from traditional human customs, including philosophy, ethics, morals, and happiness.

I attempt a different angle, questioning the implications of living forever. I ask Johnson to imagine outliving everyone he knows, including his children and grandchildren. He compares this scenario to the feelings of separation experienced during “senior night” in high school, where individuals bid farewell to friends with the understanding that they may never meet again. Johnson suggests that life is a series of transitions, and each stage prompts the question of whether it’s worth continuing.

Tolo, who has been quietly enjoying her nutty pudding on a separate corner of the couch, has not contemplated this aspect. She expresses hope that as many people as possible can embark on the journey of immortality.

In the pursuit of immortality and a future deeply intertwined with AI, Brian Johnson’s Blueprint experiment challenges conventional wisdom, stirring both fascination and skepticism within the scientific and medical communities. While Johnson’s unorthodox approach raises numerous questions, it undeniably provokes contemplation about the boundaries of human existence and the potential for radical transformations in our understanding of life itself.

Johnson voices his perspective once more, stating, “I think your question reflects Homo sapiens for the 21st century. The underlying assumption is, they have roughly 70 years of life. That’s their starting frame: I’m going to die soon, and I can’t do anything about it. So I’m optimizing in this window of time… If you change the frame, and death is not inevitable, none of the previous practiced thought patterns work.”

My 21st-century Homo sapien mind remained skeptical. Johnson seemed to imply that for humans to thrive in a future harmonized with AI, they might have to relinquish some of their innate humanity. It brought to mind “Tuck Everlasting,” the 1975 children’s book about an immortal family who, due to their inability to age, became disconnected from the world, forever isolated.

After leaving Johnson’s residence, I headed to the DoubleTree hotel in Marina Del Rey. At the front desk, as is customary at DoubleTrees, I was offered a chocolate chip cookie. My impulse was to indulge, but I recognized it as an act that would expedite my inevitable demise. So, I left it on the counter and took my Blueprint-approved dinner—steamed broccoli, cauliflower, and lentils, doused in $75 olive oil but utterly devoid of flavor—up to my room.

Johnson’s path to this perspective was far from straightforward. He grew up in a small Mormon community in Utah, where his grandfather owned a farm with horses. Johnson and his four siblings spent most of their time outdoors, assisting with the harvesting of alfalfa and corn. He served as a Mormon missionary in Ecuador, pursued education at Brigham Young University, and later attended business school at the University of Chicago. He married, became a father of three, and in 2007, he established Braintree, a payment-processing company. Five years later, Braintree acquired Venmo, and in 2013, the merged entity was sold to PayPal for approximately $800 million, leaving Johnson with over $300 million.

Despite his financial success, Johnson describes this period as agonizing. He plunged into a deep depression in 2004, which lasted for a decade. The challenges of building his company while raising three young children overwhelmed him. Neither medication nor therapy provided relief. He found himself 50 pounds overweight and deeply unhappy.

Within a year of selling his company, Johnson divorced and left the Mormon church. In 2014, he invested $100 million in creating the OS Fund, which focuses on companies operating in what he terms the “programmable physical world.” These are companies utilizing AI and machine learning to develop new technologies in therapeutics, diagnostics, and synthetic biology. In 2016, he established Kernel, a neurotechnology company that employs a specially designed helmet to measure brain activity. The company’s objective is to detect cognitive impairment at its earliest stages, with a current focus on identifying biomarkers for psychiatric conditions. It can also serve as a somewhat quirky hobby to measure the age of his own brain.

During my visit, we drive to Kernel’s offices, located approximately 20 minutes from Johnson’s home. Despite his mission to “not die,” he still drives himself around Los Angeles in an electric Audi, albeit at a notably sedate pace. Before pulling out of his driveway, he repeats his pre-driving mantra: “Driving is the most dangerous thing we do.” Johnson is aware that his unwavering commitment to living indefinitely could render an accidental death rather ironic. He muses, “What would be more beautiful irony than me getting hit by a bus and dying?”

In Kernel’s open-plan office, I am ushered into a small room where a technician equips my head with what resembles a ski helmet fitted with numerous circular probes. I am instructed to sit and watch a screensaver-style video featuring soft, crystalline shapes morphing into one another. Later that day, I receive my results via email, revealing that despite being 34 years old, my brain’s age is 30.5.

On the way back home, Johnson repeats his pre-driving mantra as he cautiously navigates the streets of LA at around 16 miles per hour. As he elucidates once more why Blueprint represents “the most significant revolution in the history of Homo sapiens,” a black Chevy truck emerges from a Trader Joe’s parking lot. He swerves to avoid it, scarcely missing a beat before returning to his comparisons with explorers like Magellan and Lewis and Clark. Johnson clarifies, “I’m not a biohacker. I’m not an optimization enthusiast. I’m an explorer, concerned with the future of human existence.”

In the not-so-distant past, even individuals with the most futuristic aspirations were once ordinary humans. Tolo initiated contact with Johnson back in 2016 when she was immersed in the world of fashion in New York City. The dawn of the AI revolution was on the horizon, and she strongly believed that the future of our species necessitated a symbiotic relationship with AI. Her motivation stemmed from encountering a quote by Johnson in a tech newsletter, where he advocated for humans to “merge with AI.” It was at that point she resolved to work alongside him. After years of persistent efforts, an opportunity eventually materialized, leading Tolo to accept a lower job title and reduced pay to become Johnson’s assistant at Kernel. She reminisces about the countless hours spent in his office, engaging in discussions about the trajectory of humanity.

At the outset of her tenure with Johnson, Tolo was your typical twenty-something individual. She enjoyed alcoholic beverages, creamy lattes, fast food, and late-night dancing escapades with her friends. However, earlier this year, she and Johnson began deliberating whether she should embrace Blueprint, an endeavor to understand how this lifestyle would affect a female body. Before fully committing, Tolo requested a 30-day trial period, during which she adhered to a stringent regimen. This included a meticulously structured sleep schedule, Johnson’s precise dietary protocol, the ingestion of over 60 pills daily, and a rigorous exercise routine consisting of 13 minutes of intense activity and 39 minutes of moderate exercise daily. Tolo also closely monitored her ovulation and menstrual cycle.

Reflecting on her trial period, Tolo recalls attending brunches with friends while bringing her Blueprint-compliant food. She experienced a tinge of melancholy as her friends savored delectable dishes while she adhered to her prescribed regimen. Ultimately, she decided to fully commit to Blueprint, convinced that the health benefits outweighed the lifestyle adjustments. Tolo’s friends adapted to her Blueprint lifestyle, and she shifted her social engagements to earlier hours to safeguard her sleep pattern. They grew accustomed to her habit of bringing her own vegetable concoctions to restaurants. This decision was more than just a commitment; it was a definitive choice. Tolo expressed, “It would also be the final decision in a way. It’s like, I’m deciding to no longer decide again.”

As Blueprint XX, Tolo has relinquished numerous aspects of her life that she had come to cherish. She and Johnson view themselves as contemporary versions of Adam and Eve, contemplating even an Adam-and-Eve themed photoshoot to convey the magnitude of the revolution they advocate for the entire human race. Although Tolo is positioned as vital to humanity’s future, she served and plated all the meals during the visit and appeared to handle most of the household chores.

Currently single, Johnson spends the majority of his time with his 18-year-old son, Talmage. While Talmage adheres to the Blueprint diet, rest, and exercise routines, he opts out of the anti-aging therapies. He briefly donated blood plasma to his father as part of an experiment to assess its impact on aging but discontinued after the results proved inconclusive. Talmage, on the verge of embarking on his freshman year of college, shares many of his father’s attitudes towards lifestyle and life extension. He remarks, “The idea of having pizza is more painful than pleasurable for me.”

Johnson acknowledges that his lifestyle makes dating a challenging prospect, citing “10 reasons why [women] will literally hate me.” These reasons include early dinner times, a lack of sunny vacations, a strict bedtime of 8:30 pm, aversion to small talk, solitary sleeping habits, and prioritizing matters above relationships.

Throughout the visit with Johnson, the interviewer contemplated the concept of “the emergent self,” a notion esteemed by Johnson. It is a self guided “more by computational guidance and less by human want.” However, the innate human trait of desire cannot be discounted. The experience of wanting is profoundly human. Observing Johnson’s commitment to his unconventional lifestyle, questions arose: What did he truly want? Did he miss indulging in birthday cake, staying up late dancing, or savoring hot dogs and beer during baseball games? Johnson yearned for eternal life, but what is life without desires?

There existed numerous desires, each potentially leading to life’s eventual end. The desire to meet a friend for cocktails in Santa Monica, to luxuriate in a hotel bed while watching TV, or to engage in late-night text conversations with friends. The longing to FaceTime with a daughter, one who had led to a joyful weight gain during pregnancy due to buttery pasta and cheese pizza indulgence. The craving for eggs and bacon for breakfast. A fundamental realization surfaced: the richness of life is intertwined with desires, and the pursuit of these desires, despite potential consequences, is an inherent aspect of being human. Life is too brief to cease wanting.

Human Brain Acts Like Super Computer: Advanced Calculations in Human Perception

Researchers have revealed that the human brain naturally conducts complex calculations, akin to high-powered computers, through a process known as Bayesian inference. This innate ability enables us to swiftly and accurately interpret our environment by blending prior knowledge with new evidence. The study underscores how the structure of our brain’s visual system is inherently geared to perform Bayesian computations on the sensory information it receives, offering potential breakthroughs in fields ranging from artificial intelligence (AI) to therapeutic strategies in clinical neurology.

Key Points:

  1. Human Brain’s Utilization of Bayesian Inference: Human brains employ Bayesian inference, a statistical technique, to effectively merge prior knowledge with incoming data, facilitating efficient environmental interpretation.
  2. Inherent Brain Structure for Bayesian Computations:The research suggests that our brain’s visual system possesses an intrinsic structure and connections that enable it to carry out Bayesian computations naturally.
  3. Broad Implications for Multiple Fields:This discovery holds significance in diverse domains, including AI, where replicating these brain functions can revolutionize machine learning, as well as in innovative therapeutic approaches in neurology.

In a study published in the journal Nature Communications, scientists from the University of Sydney, University of Queensland, and University of Cambridge developed a specialized mathematical model that closely mirrors the brain’s functioning when processing visual information. This model encompassed all the necessary elements for conducting Bayesian inference.

Bayesian inference is a statistical method that combines prior knowledge with fresh evidence to make informed guesses. For instance, if you possess knowledge of what a dog looks like and encounter a furry, four-legged creature, you might use your prior knowledge to infer that it’s a dog.

This inherent capability empowers individuals to interpret their surroundings with remarkable precision and speed, in contrast to machines that can struggle with basic CAPTCHA security measures when asked to identify objects like fire hydrants in a set of images.

Dr. Reuben Rideaux, the study’s senior investigator from the University of Sydney’s School of Psychology, remarked, “Despite the conceptual appeal and explanatory power of the Bayesian approach, how the brain calculates probabilities is largely mysterious.”

“Our new study sheds light on this mystery. We discovered that the basic structure and connections within our brain’s visual system are set up in a way that allows it to perform Bayesian inference on the sensory data it receives.”

“What makes this finding significant is the confirmation that our brains have an inherent design that allows this advanced form of processing, enabling us to interpret our surroundings more effectively.”

The study’s findings not only validate existing theories about the brain’s utilization of Bayesian-like inference but also introduce opportunities for further research and innovation. The brain’s natural capacity for Bayesian inference could be harnessed for practical applications that benefit society.

Dr. Rideaux stated, “Our research, while primarily focused on visual perception, holds broader implications across the spectrum of neuroscience and psychology.”

Picture : ScienceABC

“By comprehending the fundamental mechanisms that the brain employs to process and make sense of sensory data, we can lay the groundwork for advancements in fields ranging from artificial intelligence, where emulating such brain functions can transform machine learning, to clinical neurology, potentially offering new strategies for therapeutic interventions in the future.”

The research team, led by Dr. William Harrison, made this breakthrough by recording brain activity in volunteers as they passively viewed specially designed displays meant to evoke specific neural signals related to visual processing. Subsequently, they formulated mathematical models to compare various competing hypotheses regarding how the human brain perceives visual information.

Studies Suggest Covid-19 Variant BA.2.86 Less Immune-Evasive Than Feared

Amid fresh concerns of Covid-19 due to the new highly mutant Omicron sub variant BA.2.86, two new studies from the US have confirmed that it is less contagious as well as immune evasive.
This comes after two studies last week from China’s Peking University and Karolinska Institutet in Sweden showed that the variant is less transmissible than XBB and EG variants.
The new study, led by researchers from Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center in the US, reported on X, formerly Twitter, that their first data from their antibody neutralisation experiments suggest responses to BA.2.86 were lower than to BA.2.
However, they were comparable to or higher than the current circulating variants. Neutralising antibodies to all variants, including BA.2.86, increased following XBB infection.
The experiments were done on samples from 66 people, including 44 who had received the bivalent (two-strain) mRNA Covid booster, said Ninaad Lasrado, one of the researchers at the Barouch Lab at the Centre, on X.
He added that the findings fuel hopes that the new XBB.1.5 vaccines have the potential to induce cross-reactive neutralising antibodies against other recombinants and against BA.2.86.
According to Dr. Dan Barouch, director of the Center for Virology and Vaccine Research at the Center, their results align with earlier experiments by labs in China and Sweden.
Taken together, the data suggests that BA.2.86 will not be as troublesome as experts had feared. In short, this one seems to be a “scariant”, he was quoted as saying to CNN.
But another variant, FL.1.5.1, which is causing an estimated 15 per cent of new Covid-19 infections in the US, may be a different story. This fast-growing descendant of the XBB recombinant variant has a constellation of mutations that have raised the eyebrows of variant trackers.
In lab testing, it was the most immune-evasive. “If there wasn’t so much hype about BA.2.86, that would actually be the focus of the paper,” Barouch said.
In the second study, researchers at the Columbia University used blood plasma from 61 adults: 17 who had gotten three monovalent vaccine doses and two bivalent vaccines, 25 who had recovered from a BA.2 breakthrough infection and 19 who’d recovered from an XBB breakthrough infection.
The results were substantially similar to the study at Barouch lab, the report said. Across the range of immune profiles, antibodies in the blood were able to recognise BA.2.86 just as capable as they were other circulating variants. People with the highest degree of immunity against BA.2.86 were those who’d recovered from recent XBB infections.
That was a surprise because of how many mutations BA.2.86 has. Scientists had predicted that based on what was known about those specific mutations, it might be highly immune-evasive, the report said. “The news is better than I was expecting, and makes me more encouraged that the new upcoming vaccine will have a real benefit against current dominant variant (EG.5) as well as BA.2.86,” Dr. Ashish Jha, former White House Covid-19 response coordinator, in a post on X.
BA.2.86, which descended from a Omicron variant, has so far been linked with 29 cases of Covid across four continents. The variant has been detected from both human and wastewater specimens. So far, it has not been found to cause more severe illness. But the limited number of cases means it’s too soon to know whether it causes more severe Covid-19 or is more transmissible than other variants. (IANS)

190 Billion Hours – New Study Provides An Unprecedented Glimpse Into The Global Human Day

New research has unveiled a fascinating insight into how people across the world spend their daily 24 hours. With a global population of approximately 8 billion, this translates to an astonishing 190 billion human hours every day. How we distribute this time has profound implications for our environment and life experiences. To gain a deeper understanding of how individuals worldwide allocate their time, a team from McGill University embarked on an extensive study, offering an unprecedented glimpse into a typical day on our planet.

Eric Galbraith, a professor in Earth System Science at McGill University and the senior author of the study, emphasized the need for fresh perspectives in addressing global challenges. He stated, “If we are to sustainably navigate climate change and biodiversity loss, adapt to rapid technological change, and achieve global development goals, it is crucial to understand the big picture of how the global human system functions, so that we can see where there is potential for change.”

Picture : TheUNN

The research aimed to provide a holistic, bird’s-eye view of our collective daily activities. William Fajzel, a Ph.D. student in Earth System Science at McGill University and the first author of the study, explained their objective: “We wanted to know – what does the time allocation of humanity look like, averaged over all people and across all countries? In other words, if the world were a single average person, what would their day look like?”

To answer this question, the research team analyzed time use and labor data spanning from 2000 to 2019, a period that excluded any impacts from the COVID-19 pandemic. They gathered data from over 140 countries, representing 87% of the world’s population.

The researchers categorized all the activities people engage in during their waking hours, encompassing both work-related and non-work-related activities. These activities were classified into 24 categories falling into three broad groups:

  1. Activities intended to alter the external world, including tasks related to food, energy, construction, and environmental maintenance.
  2. Activities focused directly on human minds or bodies, encompassing personal care, education, leisure, socializing, and more.
  3. Organizing activities within society, such as transportation, trade, finance, law, and governance.

In their meticulous analysis, the team manually classified nearly 4,000 distinct activities, leading to some intriguing findings.

The most significant portion of our daily hours is devoted to activities centered around humans, totaling just over 9 hours. Additionally, sleep or being in bed accounts for another 9 hours, including the longer sleep patterns observed in youth. Of the remaining 6 hours, various tasks like food cultivation and preparation, commuting, and allocation-related duties (e.g., trade, finance, sales, law, governance, policing) each occupy approximately 1 hour. Astonishingly, waste management claims only 1 minute of our global day, a sharp contrast to the 45 minutes spent on cleaning and maintaining our living spaces. Furthermore, all construction and infrastructure-related activities take up just about 15 minutes.

Interestingly, the study found that the time allocated to activities like meals, daily travel, personal hygiene, and food preparation does not exhibit a systematic relationship with a population’s material wealth. In contrast, the time spent on food cultivation and collection displayed a strong correlation with economic status, varying from over 1 hour in low-income countries to less than 5 minutes in high-income countries.

Approximately one-tenth of the day is dedicated to economic activities. This includes both economic and non-economic activities. Within these categories, some of the total time represents individuals engaged in economic activities, such as doctors, nurses, cooks, and agricultural laborers.

The research team estimated that the entire global economy occupies approximately 2.6 hours of the average human day. Agriculture and livestock production dominate this economic activity, followed by allocational activities like trade, finance, law, and manufacturing. While this 2.6-hour figure may appear small, it equates to a 40-hour workweek for the two-thirds of the world’s working-age population (ages 15-64) that comprise the labor force.

These findings offer a unique perspective on the interplay between economic activities and the broader tapestry of human life on a global scale. They also suggest opportunities to reevaluate the allocation of time among specific activities, such as resource extraction, energy provisioning, and waste management, which currently require only around seven minutes of our daily lives.

Mission Accomplished, India Puts Moon Rover To ‘Sleep’

India has officially concluded its lunar mission with the Pragyan rover, the pioneering craft that successfully reached the elusive lunar south pole. The Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) confirmed the rover’s transition into “Sleep mode” following its fruitful two-week assignment, equipped with charged batteries and an active receiver. ISRO expressed hope for a future reawakening for new tasks but also acknowledged the possibility of the rover remaining a perpetual lunar representative for India.

In a statement, ISRO stated, “Hoping for a successful awakening for another set of assignments! Else, it will forever stay there as India’s lunar ambassador.” This decision marks the end of a remarkable lunar endeavor that placed India alongside prestigious spacefaring nations like the United States, China, and the former Soviet Union. Furthermore, India achieved a significant milestone by venturing beyond these nations to reach the challenging lunar south pole, following the unfortunate crash of Russia’s Luna-25 during a similar attempt.

Chandrayaan-3, India’s lunar mission, achieved a remarkable and precise touchdown, a stark contrast to the earlier failed attempt in 2019. This achievement sparked jubilation across the nation, with the media lauding it as India’s most outstanding scientific accomplishment to date.

Picture: Reuters

Pragyan, the rover, played a pivotal role in this mission by embarking on a journey of over 100 meters (330 feet) across the lunar surface. During its travels, it confirmed the presence of essential elements such as sulphur, iron, and oxygen on the moon, providing valuable insights into lunar composition and geology.

With the lunar mission’s success, India has set its sights on the sun, launching a probe on Saturday designed to study solar phenomena, particularly solar winds that can disrupt Earth’s magnetosphere and lead to the captivating auroras. ISRO has reported that the satellite is currently in good health and orbiting Earth as it prepares for its ambitious 1.5 million-kilometer (930,000-mile) journey towards the sun.

India’s lunar mission, encompassing the Pragyan rover and the Chandrayaan-3 spacecraft, has concluded after a productive two-week assignment. The Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) announced that the Pragyan rover has entered “Sleep mode,” equipped with charged batteries and an active receiver, marking the end of its lunar exploration phase. ISRO expressed optimism for the rover’s potential reactivation for future missions but also acknowledged the possibility of it remaining a permanent lunar envoy for India.

ISRO conveyed this development in a statement, stating, “Hoping for a successful awakening for another set of assignments! Else, it will forever stay there as India’s lunar ambassador.” This decision signifies the culmination of a remarkable lunar endeavor that propelled India into the ranks of esteemed spacefaring nations, including the United States, China, and the former Soviet Union. Notably, India went beyond these achievements by successfully reaching the challenging lunar south pole, an accomplishment that followed the unfortunate crash of Russia’s Luna-25 during a similar attempt.

Chandrayaan-3, India’s lunar mission, achieved a precise and flawless landing, a stark contrast to its previous failed attempt in 2019. This achievement sparked jubilation throughout the nation, with the media heralding it as India’s most significant scientific achievement to date.

Crucially, the Pragyan rover played a pivotal role in the mission’s success, embarking on an extensive journey covering over 100 meters (330 feet) across the lunar terrain. During its travels, Pragyan confirmed the presence of key elements such as sulphur, iron, and oxygen on the moon. These findings have provided invaluable insights into lunar composition and geology, enhancing our understanding of Earth’s celestial neighbor.

Having achieved success on the lunar front, India is now setting its sights on the sun, launching a probe designed to study solar phenomena, particularly solar winds that can disrupt Earth’s magnetosphere and give rise to the captivating auroras. ISRO has reported that the satellite is currently in a healthy state and is orbiting Earth as it prepares for its ambitious 1.5 million-kilometer (930,000-mile) journey towards the sun.

In summary, India’s lunar mission, highlighted by the Pragyan rover and the Chandrayaan-3 spacecraft, has officially concluded its lunar exploration phase after accomplishing a series of experiments over a two-week period. ISRO’s decision to transition the rover into “Sleep mode” marks the end of this remarkable lunar journey, while also holding the possibility of future reactivation for new missions. This achievement elevates India to the ranks of prestigious spacefaring nations, with the unique distinction of reaching the challenging lunar south pole. Moreover, the flawless landing of Chandrayaan-3 in contrast to the previous attempt in 2019 garnered widespread acclaim, establishing it as a landmark in India’s scientific endeavors.

The Pragyan rover’s extensive exploration of over 100 meters on the lunar surface confirmed the presence of essential elements, such as sulphur, iron, and oxygen, further enriching our knowledge of the moon’s composition and geology. Looking ahead, India’s space endeavors continue with a mission focused on the sun, aimed at studying solar winds and their impact on Earth, particularly the creation of auroras. ISRO has reported that the sun-studying satellite is in excellent condition and is poised to embark on its ambitious 1.5 million-kilometer journey toward the sun.

India Sends Mission To Study The Sun

India’s first solar observation mission, Aditya-L1, is set to be launched by PSLV-C57 rocket from the spaceport on Sriharikota, an island off the southern state of Andhra Pradesh last week.

The development comes days after India became the first country to land a spacecraft close to the lunar south pole on August 23.

The sun is our nearest star and, therefore, can be studied in much more details compared to other stars.

Aditya-L1’s seven payloads are expected to provide crucial information to understand coronal heating, coronal mass ejection, pre-flare and flare activities and dynamics of space weather among other things.

The primary payload of Aditya-L1 will be sending 1,440 images per day to the ground station for analysis on reaching the intended orbit.

Picture: EurekTV.com

The spacecraft is scheduled to spend 125 days, travelling 1.5 million km to its destination. The solar mission will make India one of a small group of countries with probes studying the sun.

China has two such spacecraft orbiting Earth. Hinode, backed by space agencies from Japan, the UK, the US and Europe, is orbiting Earth and measures the magnetic fields of the sun.

Then there is the Solar & Heliospheric Observatory mission (SOHO), a joint project of NASA and the European Space Agency. The US has other solar missions, including the Parker Solar Probe, which in 2021 became the first spacecraft to pass through the sun’s corona, or upper atmosphere.

India’s Moon Rover Completes Its Walk

India’s lunar rover has concluded its exploration on the moon’s surface and has been placed in sleep mode, marking a significant milestone in the nation’s space endeavors. This development occurred less than two weeks after the rover’s historic landing near the lunar south pole, as confirmed by India’s space mission.

In an official statement released on a Saturday evening, the Indian Space Research Organization (ISRO) reported, “The rover completes its assignments. It is now safely parked and set into sleep mode.” This decision was influenced by the impending lunar nightfall, as daylight on that part of the moon was coming to an end.

The ISRO statement further revealed that the rover’s scientific instruments had been powered down, and the data it diligently gathered during its lunar expedition had been successfully transmitted to Earth through the lander.

Originally, the Chandrayaan-3 lander and rover were expected to function for a single lunar day, equivalent to 14 days on Earth. In a hopeful note, the statement mentioned the current status of the rover’s battery, stating, “Currently, the battery is fully charged. The solar panel is oriented to receive the light at the next sunrise expected on September 22, 2023. The receiver is kept on. Hoping for a successful awakening for another set of assignments!”

Despite the success in various aspects of the mission, there was no mention in the statement regarding the outcome of the rover’s mission to search for signs of frozen water on the lunar surface. Such discoveries could prove crucial for future astronaut missions, serving as a potential source of drinking water or even the production of rocket fuel.

Just a week prior, the space agency had announced a significant discovery by the rover, confirming the presence of sulfur and identifying several other elements on the lunar surface. The rover’s laser-induced spectroscope instrument had also detected the presence of aluminum, iron, calcium, chromium, titanium, manganese, oxygen, and silicon.

However, the mission wasn’t without its challenges. The Indian Express newspaper reported that the electronic components on board the Indian lunar mission were not designed to endure the extreme low temperatures experienced on the moon, dropping to less than -120 degrees Celsius (-184 degrees Fahrenheit) during the lunar night, which spans approximately 14 days on Earth.

Pallava Bagla, a renowned science writer and co-author of books focusing on India’s space exploration, emphasized the rover’s limited battery power. He noted that while the data had safely made its way back to Earth, the rover’s ability to wake up during the next lunar sunrise remained uncertain, as the electronic circuits and components weren’t equipped to withstand the moon’s frigid conditions. Bagla remarked, “Making electronic circuits and components that can survive the deep cold temperature of the moon, that technology doesn’t exist in India.”

India’s achievement in successfully deploying a rover to the lunar surface came after a previous attempt to land on the moon in 2019 had encountered difficulties. This recent success positioned India alongside the United States, the Soviet Union, and China as the fourth nation to accomplish this remarkable feat.

This triumphant mission not only signifies India’s growing prominence in the realms of technology and space exploration but also aligns with Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s aspirations to project India as an ascendant nation, asserting its position among the global elite.

This multifaceted mission commenced over a month ago and was executed with an estimated budget of $75 million. India’s success on the lunar surface closely followed Russia’s Luna-25 mission, which had the same lunar region as its target but sadly veered into an uncontrolled orbit and crashed. Luna-25 had aspired to become Russia’s first successful lunar landing in 47 years.

Roscosmos, Russia’s state-controlled space corporation, attributed the mission’s failure to a lack of expertise, resulting from the prolonged hiatus in lunar research following the last Soviet mission to the moon in 1976.

India’s space journey has been active since the 1960s, encompassing satellite launches for both domestic and international purposes. Notably, in 2014, India successfully placed a satellite in orbit around Mars, a significant accomplishment that drew global attention. As part of its future plans, India is gearing up for its maiden mission to the International Space Station in collaboration with the United States, demonstrating its continued commitment to pushing the boundaries of space exploration.

The Evolution of Mathematical Concepts – From Pythagoras to Brahmagupta

In the 6th century BC, Pythagoras, a renowned mathematician, unveiled his groundbreaking discovery that the square of the hypotenuse in a right-angled triangle equals the sum of the squares of its other sides. This revelation garnered immense acclaim, with the Greek colony of Croton declaring a 10-day celebration complete with a sumptuous feast. Pythagoras’s reputation as an academic superstar was solidified (“Pythagorean Theorem and its Reception: Ancient Greece’s Mathematical Triumph”).

In 8th century BC India, Baudhayana made a parallel revelation in his Sulba Sutra, establishing that the square formed by the “diagonal” of a triangle encompassed the combined area of squares formed by the triangle’s length and breadth. This concept mirrored the Pythagorean theorem, indicating its emergence even earlier in India (“Unveiling the Indian Origin of the Pythagorean Theorem”).

Advancing to Pythagoras’s era, his assertion that any number could be expressed as a perfect ratio of two natural numbers was challenged by a student, possibly Hippasus. Hippasus discovered that the square root of 2 could not be exactly expressed as a ratio, leading to a conundrum. Pythagoras, in order to preserve his theorem’s integrity, allegedly resorted to extreme measures, committing the chilling act of murdering Hippasus (“The Enigma of Hippasus and the Challenge to Pythagoras”).

Contrasting the peaceful academic climate in ancient India, Baudhayana and Aryabhata readily embraced irrational numbers, exemplified by approximations for the square root of 2 and “pi.” Unlike the Greeks, who struggled with arithmetic due to the absence of a place-value number system, these Indian mathematicians exhibited a more pragmatic approach (“Embracing Irrationality: Ancient Indian Mathematics”).

The absence of zero in the Greek mathematical framework posed difficulties in numerical calculations. Roman numerals, devoid of a place-value system, complicated arithmetic operations. Additionally, the Greeks were averse to the concept of zero, which they deemed a void, and they lacked negative numbers as these held no relevance in subtracting larger areas from smaller ones (“Zero’s Emergence and the Greek Numerical Dilemma”).

The 6th and 7th centuries AD marked a pivotal period for zero’s conceptual evolution, particularly with the mathematician Brahmagupta. While zero was used symbolically prior, Brahmagupta was the first to define zero as the remainder when subtracting a number from itself. This innovation facilitated the integration of zero into arithmetic and the establishment of the place-value decimal system. Brahmagupta also introduced negative numbers, endowing them with practical significance as “debts” (“Brahmagupta: Architect of the Concept of Zero”).

Brahmagupta’s seminal work, the Brahmasphutasiddhanta, penned in 628 AD, later reached the attention of Caliph al-Mansur of Baghdad through Indian scholar Kanka. This prompted an Arabic translation of the text, leading the Arabs to gradually embrace the concept of zero, which they termed “sifr” (“Zero’s Journey to the Arab World”).

Zero’s impact on Europe was delayed by 400 years until the Moors introduced it upon conquering Spain. While businesses embraced zero for balancing accounts, governments exhibited resistance; Florence even banned its use in 1299. The allure of zero persisted among merchants, who clandestinely employed a symbol to represent it despite the ban. The association of zero with secret codes gave rise to the term “cipher” (“Zero’s Assimilation in Europe: The Battle between Merchants and Governments”).

Ultimately, the enduring popularity of a number system is evident in the creation of secret codes to continue its use illicitly. Brahmagupta and Baudhayana, the architects of numerical concepts, may not have foreseen their profound influence. Regrettably, Baudhayana’s theorem is often attributed to Pythagoras, and Brahmagupta’s pivotal contributions to “Arabic numerals” remain relatively obscure (“Legacy of Mathematical Thought: Baudhayana, Brahmagupta, and the Evolution of Numbers”).

Connection Between Human Body And 5 Elements Of Nature

Various ancient philosophies across the world have categorized the structure of the Universe into five fundamental elements: Earth, Water, Fire, Air, and Ether (Space). These elements, often referred to as the “Panch Mahabhoot,” hold immense significance as they provide insights into the laws governing nature.

Each of these five elements symbolizes distinct states of matter present in the natural world. The “Earth” element signifies solid matter, “Water” embodies liquids, “Air” encompasses gases, “Fire” represents the transformative force within nature, and “Ether” acts as the foundation for elevated spiritual experiences.

Interestingly, the connection between the elements in the human body and those in nature is profound. All of creation consists of varying combinations of these five elements. The human body, too, is a manifestation of these elements in different proportions: 72% water, 12% earth, 6% air, 4% fire, and the remainder being Ether. Although the ratios of the first four elements generally remain constant, the proportion of Ether can be elevated. Each element plays a distinct role in forming different anatomical structures within the body.

The “Earth” element is responsible for solid structures such as bones, muscles, skin, teeth, hair, and tissues, providing the body with strength and form. “Water” gives rise to vital fluids like saliva, urine, blood, semen, and sweat. The “Fire” element governs hunger, thirst, sleep, visual perception, and skin complexion. “Air” is intricately linked with all types of bodily movement, including expansion, contraction, vibration, and restraint. Meanwhile, “Ether,” being the subtlest of the elements, is found in the body’s hollow spaces as forms of radiation such as radio frequencies, light, and cosmic rays.

The harmony of these elements is closely tied to the concept of “Prana” or vital force within the human body. Nature’s laws dictate the necessity of maintaining a balance among these elements.

Imbalances among the five elements can give rise to various diseases. The root cause of chronic illnesses often lies in the impurity or disproportionate presence of one element or a disharmony between different elements within the body.

  1. Water Element Imbalance: This is evident through symptoms like excessive mucus, cold, sinusitis, glandular swelling, tissue edema, and variations in blood viscosity.
  2. Earth Element Imbalance: Such an imbalance manifests as general bodily weakness, calcium loss from bones, obesity, cholesterol irregularities, fluctuating weight, muscular disorders, and more.
  3. Fire Element Imbalance: Imbalance of this element leads to conditions like fever, skin inflammations, abnormal body temperature, profuse sweating, hyper-acidity, sluggish digestion, toxin accumulation, and diabetes.
  4. Air Element Imbalance: Disorders linked to this element include dry skin, blood pressure anomalies, respiratory problems, persistent dry cough, bloating, constipation, lethargy, insomnia, muscle spasms, and depression.
  5. Space Element Imbalance: Disruptions in the balance of this element manifest as thyroid issues, throat ailments, speech disorders, epilepsy, mental disturbances, and ear-related problems.

Yoga’s Remedial Role

The practice of yoga serves as a potent means to purify the elements, restore equilibrium, and promote overall well-being. Techniques designed for purifying the five elements are collectively termed “Bhuta Shuddhi.” These practices aim to tap into the latent potentials harbored within each element. Furthermore, yoga offers methodologies to master these elements, known as “Bhuta Siddhi.”

As we delve into these ancient wisdoms, it becomes evident that our physical constitution is intricately intertwined with the very elements that shape the world around us. Embracing this connection and striving to maintain a harmonious equilibrium within ourselves allows us to unlock our inner potential and lead healthier, more balanced lives.

Chandrayaan-3, A Salute To Indian Scientists

Chinese master Laozi is credited with the saying that “a journey of a thousand miles begins with a single step”. The journey of Chandrayaan-3 ended on the lunar surface on Wednesday, August 23rd, 2023 at 6:04 pm when its lander with the rover inside gently touched the terrain about 600 miles off the moon’s South Pole unfurling the tricolour. It was nothing but pure ecstasy.

Now, let me narrate how the lunar journey began in India. The United Nations wanted to support the setting up of a rocket launching station. There were three contenders — India, Pakistan and Sri Lanka. It had to be in an area where the magnetic needle, when freely suspended, remained horizontal.

Alas, there was one problem, a big one at that. The areas identified as suitable in all the three countries were thickly populated. Thousands of people would have to be evicted and their houses or dwelling units destroyed. It would have been a great human rights violation. The UN did not want its image to be sullied in this manner.

Neither Pakistan nor Ceylon, as Sri Lanka was known then, had the magic wand to clear the area of human habitation. Because of Prime Minister Jawaharlal Nehru’s vision, the Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) was formed with Dr Vikram Sarabhai as its head.

Nehru contacted the Kerala Government to explore the possibility of getting Thumba cleared of the fish workers living there. He was able to convince Chief Minister R. Shankar about the greatness of the proposed Thumba Equatorial Rocket Launching Station (TERLS) and how it would one day transform the nation’s image from a land of snake-charmers and rope-tricksters to a nation with the largest pool of scientists.

Shankar’s second-in-command was PT Chacko, who held both the Home and Revenue portfolios. In other words, he had the power to acquire the land and evict the people forcibly, if necessary.

Thumba was a short drive from the state capital, Thiruvananthapuram, and he knew the imposing Cathedral Church at Pallithura nearby, dedicated to Mary Magdalene, considered the “apostle of apostles”. She is mentioned in all the four Gospels as one of several Galilean women who followed Jesus and supported Him and the other disciples out of their personal means. After resurrection, He appeared first to her.

Chacko also knew that the area Nehru was eyeing for the rocket project was inhabited by the Latin Catholics, a majority of whom were fish workers. They had immense faith in Mary Magdalene as their lodestar while they were fishing in the deep waters. They were not very educated but their attachment to the church was unwavering.

When the church bell rang for whatever reasons, thousands would assemble at the church in an instant. Chacko had a brainwave. He did not take long to call the bishop of Trivandrum, Rt. Rev. Dr. Vincent Dereira OCD, who was assisted those days by the Auxiliary bishop, Rt. Rev. Dr. Peter Bernard Pereira. The former was a Belgian and the latter was from Thiruvananthapuram.

Chacko, who is himself a Catholic, talked to the bishop and convinced him that nothing mattered more for the church than the progress of the nation. “We should not be found wanting when the nation called for us to sacrifice’, he implored the ecclesiastical authorities.

Soon afterwards, Dr Sarabhai came to Thiruvananthapuram and on the suggestion of Chacko, he called on the bishop at his residence at Pallithura. He was accompanied by a young recruit of ISRO, who later became famous as the Missile Man of India and, eventually, the President of India.

When Sarabhai and APJ Abdul Kalam met Bishop Pereira, he had one suggestion: “Please attend the mass on Sunday”. The thought that might have occurred to the Hindu and the Muslim was whether it was the Bishop’s attempt to convert them to Catholicism.

As promised, the duo took their seats at the Cathedral Church of Mary Magdalene at Pallithura. When it was time for the sermon, the Bishop introduced the two guests to the faithful and told them that they were there to take over the church and his own house for a scientific project that the Government of India wanted to initiate. “When Jesus could sacrifice His life to redeem us, why can’t we sacrifice our houses, including my own house?”, he asked.

The faithful who had come to partake in the Holy Qurbana, also called the Eucharist, were stunned by the Bishop’s sermon. At the end, the bishop said a word of prayer that ended when the people said, “Amen” in a chorus. There was not a word of protest from anyone assembled in the church.

Abdul Kalam has in his autobiography titled ‘Wings of Fire’ describes how the church became ISRO’s first laboratory. The scientists also occupied the bishop’s house. His cattle shed became another wing of the laboratory. What followed was a story of faith and grit. 

About 500 families living in the area were relocated to another place nearby so that they could continue their fishing job. A new church, though less impressive than the old one, was built to meet their spiritual needs. Some of them were given jobs by ISRO. The new land where they were settled was owned by the church. Bishop Pereira was instrumental in building as many as 220 houses for the displaced.

There were political forces which tried to instigate the people against the church leadership but they did not succeed because the people’s faith in their spiritual leaders was unalloyed. 

Some of the people at Pallithura had to wait till a few years ago to get the title deeds of the land they now occupy. Yet, they never protested. The church which became the headquarters of ISRO had many idols, including that of Mother Mary, Jesus, Joseph etc. They were carried away in a gunny bag. Nobody considered it sacrilegious.

In contrast, there was a main road in New Delhi which could not be widened for many years because a religious shrine blocked the widening. Thousands of vehicles had to slow down or stop because of the chicken neck created by the shrine. This continued for nearly a decade.

To return to Thumba, nobody could have imagined that when the young scientists led by Sarabhai were putting together the first rocket, that on August 23, 2023, India would become the fourth country in the world after the US, the erstwhile Soviet Union and China, to hoist its flag on the moon, often described as the ultimate beauty.

Poets down the centuries have described not in so many ways how the Sun loves the Moon so much that he dies every day to let her breathe and, in return, she reflects his love. 

As I watched the lander on the Moon, I remembered someone saying, “Ten years ago, the Moon was an inspiration to poets and an opportunity for lovers. Ten years from now, it will be just another airport”. Few would have believed that ISRO had such a humble beginning but for a photographer who documented it for posterity.

It showed a part of the first rocket being shifted to the assembly area on a bicycle. Another showed a part of the rocket arriving at Thumba on a bullock-cart. Finally, on November 21, 1963, the first rocket blasted off from Thumba. One of my friends, John Philipose, was present there to watch the great event.

He was in his early twenties. One of his relatives was married to a Latin Catholic from the same area. In Thiruvananthapuram, he stayed in the house that belonged to PT Chacko’s private secretary. He recalls that moment: “We were all excited. We thought something big would happen. In the end, the rocket took off into the air leaving a hail of smoke. If my memory does not fail me, the rocket fell into the sea within a few minutes. To me, it appeared a version of the fireworks at the Shiva temple at Thrissur”.

When the rocket was fired, it ignited the minds of countless people in the country. They knew that it was a milestone in the country’s pursuit of science. Philipose is no ordinary person. He is a museologist. It was he who guided the government in setting up many museums, including the Parliament museum in New Delhi.

There is one museum, though not linked to the Philipose, which showcases India’s space journey. It is located in the same church where ISRO began in 1963. Today it is known as Vikram Sarabhai Space Centre Museum. In any discussion on India’s space programme, let’s not assume that India was ploughing a lonely furrow. 

There are many to thank from that first launch at Thumba: the US, for the two-stage Nike Apache rocket; France, for the sodium vapour payload; the Soviet Union, whose Mi-4 helicopter gave the range clearance; and, of course, ISRO’s rocket and payload engineers. 

In 1975, I had the privilege of reporting the starting of the Satellite Instructional Television Experiment (SITE) from a few villages in Rajasthan in the company of journalists like John Dayal and photographers like Raghu Rai.

I have read with great interest ISRO chief S. Somanath having been quoted saying that all the scientific principles were contained in the Vedas, which the Europeans appropriated for their own scientific pursuits. I wish he had quoted at least one verse that helped him and his agency in launching Chandrayaan-3.

Nonetheless, I have great admiration for Somanath, who studied engineering at the Thangal Kunju Musaliar College of Engineering at Kollam in Kerala. The college was set up by a Muslim. He was not very educated. He was known as the Cashew King. He had 12 factories to process cashew nuts. He employed 25,000 to 30,000 people. No individual in the world employed so many.

With the money he earned, he could have built a house like the one in which Mukesh Ambani stays. Or, he could have built his own statue that could rival the Statue of Liberty. Instead, he used the money to set up the best engineering college, east of the Suez Canal. I am happy that Somanath is the product of Musaliar’s (1897-1966) vision for a better country.

Our space mission is on the right track. It has many ambitious programmes up its sleeves. One of them is to make a station as close as possible to the Sun to do continuous study of solar energy. A manned mission to the Moon is also on the anvil. 

The Russians have proved that they are no longer a space power, busy as they are fighting their own people in Ukraine. Their lunar mission had to be abandoned on August 19. Of course, China is far ahead of India in space technology but we are close behind.

Unfortunately, as our scientists want to take the country forward, there are forces at work which want to take the country back to the mythical period when esoteric plastic surgery was conducted and people moved about in aeroplanes that could move in four directions and perform feats as described in texts written with great imagination.

What we need is the scientific mind. When a person threw his cigarette butt away, he found that it caused a small flame that never extinguished itself. He got the area dug asking the worker to “Dig Boy, Dig”. That is how oil was found at Digboi in Assam. It was the first oil well in the whole of Asia. Even today it produces oil.

Had the man been superstitious, he would have built a shrine and started worshipping the flame calling it “Jwalamukhi”. We need to build a scientific temper among the people. If Chandrayaan-3 makes us more scientific in our approach to life, it will make India really the Vishwa Guru. Otherwise, we will remain calling one another, Hindu, Muslim, Christian etc forgetting that we are Indians. Courtesy: Indian Currents (www.indiancurrents.org)

A Solo Victory India Achieved In The Lunar Race

In recent weeks, a celestial competition took place, as both India and Russia raced to be the first nation to achieve a lunar landing in the moon’s southern polar region. On the 14th of July, India’s spacecraft, Chandrayaan-3, took off from the Satish Dhawan Space Center, carrying a lander weighing 1,726 kg, housing a 26 kg rover. Following this, Russia launched its Luna 25 lander, weighing 1,750 kg, on the 9th of August from the Vostochny Cosmodrome.

Eventually, on August 23rd, India emerged as the victor, with Chandrayaan-3 gently touching down in the polar terrain at 8:34 AM ET. S. Somanath, the head of ISRO, exclaimed, “We have achieved a soft landing on the moon,” celebrating the successful endeavor. Prime Minister Narendra Modi echoed this sentiment, stating, “This success belongs to all of humanity. And it will help moon missions by other countries in the future.”

The fact that India and Russia were in a competitive race despite India’s 26-day lead was due to ISRO’s strategy of taking a leisurely five-week trajectory, maneuvering through multiple orbits around Earth before reaching lunar proximity. In contrast, Russia’s Luna 25 embarked on a quicker trajectory, aimed at reaching the moon in under two weeks, with both planned for landing around August 23rd.

DEccan Harald

However, a twist occurred. Luna 25 entered lunar orbit on August 16th but crashed into the lunar surface on August 20th after an engine firing mishap. Roscosmos, the Russian space agency, conveyed that the spacecraft deviated from its intended path, leading to a collision with the moon’s surface.

Modi’s claim of a historic landing was substantiated. While the U.S., China, and the former Soviet Union had previously achieved soft lunar landings, none had reached the moon’s south pole. This location presents unique challenges due to its rugged and boulder-strewn terrain. ISRO’s achievement of navigating Chandrayaan-3 through hover mode at 850 meters above the surface, searching for a suitable spot, attested to both the spacecraft’s agility and the expertise of mission control engineers.

Despite the difficulties, the moon’s south pole remains a crucial target for space agencies and private companies. The area is believed to contain water ice and potentially frozen lakes in permanently shadowed craters. India’s Chandrayaan-1, launched in 2008, confirmed these theories, detecting icy regolith through onboard instruments and verifying water’s presence with an impactor probe.

The significance of these findings resonates with future lunar exploration plans. Water ice can be used for drinking water, oxygen production, and rocket fuel. NASA’s Artemis program aims to land astronauts in the south pole region in the coming years for such purposes, with China pursuing a similar goal by 2030.

However, the focus now shifts to Chandrayaan-3’s mission. Equipped with various instruments and a small rover, it will explore and study the moon’s surface. This research is a step toward understanding the region that may eventually become a home for human explorers.

The space race between India and Russia concluded with India’s successful landing in the moon’s south polar region.

While Luna 25 encountered difficulties and crashed, Chandrayaan-3 achieved a remarkable feat by touching down in a challenging area. The implications of this achievement for future lunar exploration and potential human settlement are significant, as scientists uncover the moon’s resources and prepare for further missions.

Innovative Stem Cell Technique Shows Promise in Restoring Vision for Single-Eye Injuries

During the summer of 2020, Nick Kharufeh experienced a life-altering accident that left him blind in his left eye. A malfunctioning firework struck him in the face during an Independence Day party in California. Kharufeh, who had aspirations of becoming a pilot, found his dreams shattered by the severe damage caused to his eye. Traditional treatments proved ineffective, and Kharufeh’s life took a drastic turn as he grappled with the loss of his vision.

However, a glimmer of hope emerged a few months later when Kharufeh’s mother stumbled upon a groundbreaking experimental trial being conducted in Boston. Researchers were developing a restorative technique tailored specifically for individuals like Kharufeh, who had sustained single-eye injuries that conventional treatments could not address adequately.

Conventionally, a cornea transplant can restore functionality and vision to a damaged eye. However, this method is only effective if the patient still possesses a healthy reserve of limbal stem cells around the cornea. These specialized adult cells maintain the clear surface layer of the eye, preventing it from becoming uneven, opaque, and painful. Unfortunately, Kharufeh’s situation had led to the growth of white tissue over his eye, causing it to painfully fuse with his eyelid following the accident.

Picture: MDPI

Kharufeh’s journey led him to relocate from California to Boston in order to participate in the trial. Faced with bleak prospects from his doctors in California, he embraced the trial with the mindset that even though the worst outcome might be continued blindness, there was also a chance that his vision could be restored.

Fast forward three years from his accident, and Kharufeh’s story represents a beacon of hope. The initial findings of the trial, published on August 18 in Science Advances, showcased positive outcomes for him and several other trial participants.

In this revolutionary technique spearheaded by Dr. Ula Jurkunas, a corneal surgeon at Mass Eye and Ear, stem cells are extracted from a patient’s healthy eye through a minute biopsy. The collected sample is then divided into smaller fragments, and enzymes are employed to separate the stem cells from their underlying tissue. Over a span of approximately two weeks, these cells develop into a sheet, which is subsequently transplanted into the injured eye. This process effectively restores the natural functionality of the cornea.

The Science Advances paper highlights the successful vision improvements experienced by two patients following the stem cell transplant. Furthermore, two additional patients regained enough functionality to be eligible for cornea transplants.

The focus of the paper revolves around the first five participants of the trial. Notably, one participant did not witness success with the stem-cell harvesting and grafting technique. Kharufeh, having advanced to the subsequent phase of the trial, underwent the same procedure and will be included in forthcoming publications.

While various researchers globally have explored different avenues of using stem cells to restore vision, Dr.Jurkunas’ technique stands out. Though similar therapies have gained approval in Europe, and some doctors in the U.S. perform limbal stem cell transplants, these methods often involve larger biopsies that pose risks to the patient’s healthy eye or donor cells that could be rejected. Dr.Jurkunas’ trial represents an exciting milestone by demonstrating successful results using a small quantity of the patient’s own cells. Despite its promising outcomes, the approach remains experimental. Dr.Jurkunas and her team are refining the method and collaborating with U.S. regulators to design comprehensive studies. Ensuring the reproducibility of the technique in other surgical settings is also vital, a task that involves collaboration with colleagues from Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Boston Children’s Hospital, and the JAEB Center for Health Research.

The paper’s described procedure caters to a specific group of patients: those who retain one healthy eye from which stem cells can be harvested, yet possess an injury severe enough to preclude a cornea transplant. Approximately 1,000 individuals in the U.S. fit this description annually. Dr.Jurkunas, however, sees this approach as a stepping stone toward the development of future cell-based therapies.

The procedure has already been huge for Kharufeh, whose left-eye vision is now blurry but functional, with the potential for even more dramatic improvement with further corrective surgery. “I can completely navigate my apartment or walk across the street with just my bad eye now,” he says.

Kharufeh has put aside his dream of becoming a pilot, but with his eyesight improving and fewer follow-up appointments required at the hospital, he’s even thinking of going back to school to get his master’s degree in marketing.“It’s so cool,” he says, “to see out of my left eye.”

The innovative stem cell technique pioneered by Dr. Ula Jurkunas holds great promise for restoring vision in cases of single-eye injuries that defy traditional treatments. With early positive results showcased in the Science Advances paper, this breakthrough offers hope to individuals like Nick Kharufeh, who can now envision a future with restored vision and renewed possibilities.

300,000-Year-Old Skull Found In China Unlike Any Early Human Seen Before

An unprecedented discovery in the realm of paleontology has unveiled a 300,000-year-old skull that challenges the known narrative of premodern human evolution. Recent research conducted by an international coalition of scholars from China, Spain, and the United Kingdom has brought to light a fossilized skull fragment, specifically the lower jawbone, in the Hualongdong area of eastern China in 2015. This fossil, along with 15 other specimens found at the same site, is believed to have originated during the late Middle Pleistocene era, a crucial juncture in the evolutionary trajectory of hominins, species closely related to humans.

The study, published on July 31 in the Journal of Human Evolution, illuminates the profoundly distinctive nature of the mandible, designated as HLD 6. It has defied conventional classification, perplexing researchers with its enigmatic attributes that defy existing taxonomic groups. This peculiarity is not an isolated occurrence among Chinese Pleistocene hominin remains; several others have eluded straightforward categorization, previously regarded as outliers. However, this recent revelation, coupled with other contemporaneous investigations, is steadily reshaping the understanding of evolutionary developments during the late Middle Pleistocene era.

HLD 6 and its Mosaic of Characteristics

Upon meticulous examination of the HLD 6 mandible, juxtaposed with those from Pleistocene hominins and modern humans, the research collective observed a fusion of features. Strikingly similar in shape to the mandible of Homo sapiens, the modern human species tracing its roots to Homo erectus, HLD 6 also exhibits a distinguishing trait akin to another branch stemming from Homo erectus: the Denisovans. A noticeable absence of a chin, a shared aspect with the Denisovans, is evident in HLD 6.

María Martinón-Torres, a co-author of the study and the director of the National Research Center on Human Evolution (CENIEH) in Spain, elucidated, “HLD 6 does not present a true chin but has some weakly expressed traits that seem to anticipate this typically H. sapiens feature.” This amalgamation of primitive attributes and those reminiscent of Homo sapiens distinguishes the Hualongdong population as the earliest known Asian fossil group to exhibit such a distinctive blend.

The postulation emerges that HLD 6 belongs to a class that remains unnamed, suggesting that hallmark characteristics of modern humans may have manifested as far back as 300,000 years ago, preceding the emergence of anatomically modern humans in eastern Asia. To account for potential variations between juvenile and adult skull structures, the researchers contemplated the age of the individual to whom the jawbone belonged.

HLD 6 is inferred to have been part of a 12- to 13-year-old individual. Although a comparable adult skull of the same species for comparison was unavailable, the team examined skulls from Middle and Late Pleistocene hominins of equivalent ages. Notably, the consistent patterns in cranial shapes across different ages provided further validation for their hypothesis.

Despite the insightful revelations gleaned from HLD 6, Martinón-Torres underscores the necessity for further investigation to definitively contextualize this find within the broader evolutionary framework.

In conclusion, an unparalleled archaeological revelation has been unveiled, carrying the potential to redefine the historical trajectory of human evolution. The unearthing of a 300,000-year-old mandible, referred to as HLD 6, in China’s Hualongdong region has stumped researchers due to its unprecedented amalgamation of traits that defy conventional classification. This discovery challenges prior assumptions about Pleistocene hominin fossils in China and compels a reconsideration of late Middle Pleistocene evolutionary patterns.

This groundbreaking study, featured in the Journal of Human Evolution on July 31, underscores the intriguing mixture of attributes within HLD 6’s mandible. Resonating with the shape of Homo sapiens’ mandibles while sharing the unique lack of a chin with the Denisovans, HLD 6 encapsulates a distinctive blend of characteristics that demarcates it as a novel entity. This mosaic of features presents a pioneering insight into the evolutionary development of early hominins in Asia, potentially indicating that recognizable modern human traits had emerged Religion300,000 years ago.

Nevertheless, the researchers acknowledge the complexity of their discovery and the necessity for additional investigations. In the absence of an adult skull of the same species for direct comparison, the team turned to comparable hominin skulls of varying ages, finding consistent patterns that reinforce their assertions. María Martinón-Torres, a lead researcher on the project, highlights the significance of continued research to holistically contextualize HLD 6 within the broader evolutionary narrative.

“More fossils and studies are necessary to understand their precise position in the human family tree,” she said.

Research On Asian Americans And Pacific Islanders Is Being Stifled

Distributing research and getting awards is profoundly cutthroat, and companion commentators and funders reject paper and award proposition for some reasons. In any case, analysts who concentrate on Asian American and Pacific Islander (AAPI) people group can confront another boundary: guardians who minimize social disparities that influence AAPIs and excuse concentrating on them.

For example, the Midwest Longitudinal Investigation of Asian American Families, the biggest investigation of its sort, dives into emotional wellness challenges among in excess of 800 Asian American families in metropolitan Chicago. The National Institutes of Health (NIH) this year dismissed an award proposition to grow the review, which started in 2014. Three analysts offered expansive remarks that reduced enemy of Asian bigotry or that the battles of Asian Americans were “not generally so terrible with respect to Blacks and Latinos,” says David Takeuchi, co-investigator of the study and a professor of sociology and social work at the University of Washington.

Picture : NBC

Tragically, these sorts of remarks are normal. Takeuchi presented a paper to a conspicuous social science diary when he was an alumni understudy in the last part of the 1980s. A friend commentator said his examination of low scholarly execution among 8,000 AAPI understudies in Hawaii was “truly entrancing.” However, the commentator likewise said something with the impact of: “‘ Really awful this is about Asian Americans. On the off chance that this had a Dark example, we could contemplate distributing it,'” says Takeuchi. ” I was deterred, so at no point ever presented the paper in the future for distribution.”

Might nearsighted guardians at any point hinder research on AAPIs? It appears to be probable, particularly taking into account information shows an obvious hole in financing for research on AAPIs. A recent report in JAMA Organization Open found that clinical examination zeroed in on AAPIs and financed by the NIH contained simply 0.17 percent of its all out financial plan, in view of 529 tasks somewhere in the range of 1992 and 2018.

What’s more, simply 0.01 percent of articles from 1966 to 2000 in MEDLINE, the National Library of Medicine’s database, referenced AAPIs, as per a 2003 paper.

Without subsidizing, there are less assets for research, in this way making an endless loop of overlooking AAPIs from persuasive academic work. There is likewise a chilling impact on scientists who need to concentrate on AAPI issues however verifiably realize there may be more obstructions to subsidizing and distributing their work.

In any event, when scientists can examine information on AAPIs, they face barriers from cavalier scholastic friend analysts.

“We face separation as specialists. We hear that Asian Americans don’t count, they don’t have wellbeing inconsistencies,” says Stella Yi,assistant professor at N.Y.U. School of Medicine.. ” In any event, when we have information, individuals actually return with these cliché figures of speech about sound Asians: judo, soy sauce. It’s insane.”

The lacuna reaches out past wellbeing research. Sociologists of Asian descent were 74% more outlandish than white sociologists to get government financing, including from NIH and National Science Foundation (NSF).

Also, Asians are not considered an underrepresented minority bunch by NIH and NSF so Asian agents are not qualified for supplements pointed toward expanding variety in research, says XinQi Dong, professor at Rutgers College.

Without subsidizing and research, critical social issues among AAPI connected with everything from wellbeing incongruities and psychological sickness to neediness and wrongdoing are not even recognized, significantly less examined and tended to. “We have all caught wind of, and by and by experienced or saw, surveys that have been blurred by the model minority generalization: ‘ Asians are doing perfect, we don’t have to concentrate on them,'” says Tiffany Howl, professor and chair of the psychology department chair at Fordham University.

They stay undetectable in spite of the fact that Asians in the U.S. have dislodged Blacks as the racial gathering with the best pay disparity in the nation, as per Pew Research. Social imbalances among almost 20 million AAPIs, the quickest developing racial or ethnic gathering in the U.S., are dismissed. All things considered, calling for consideration and examination on AAPIs shouldn’t detract from assets for Blacks, Latinos, Native and other minimized networks out of luck. Rather, endeavors to decrease social disparities should likewise incorporate AAPIs.

AAPIs who are low-pay, restricted English-speakers, workers, older and undocumented are particularly defenseless against social issues yet experience peacefully. Overlooking them in examination could add to their eradication in press inclusion, strategy and generosity — as well as the other way around.

Consider that AAPIs were the focal point of media stories on racial and monetary imbalance under 4% of the time in an examination of nearly 380 articles from 2019, as per a report from Asian Americans/Pacific Islanders in Philanthropy (AAPIP). Regardless of whether exploration incorporate information about AAPI disparity, media articles overlooked it 37% of the time.

It has taken a flood in enemy of Asian prejudice and brutality during the pandemic for some to perceive that AAPIs really do encounter extremism and social imbalance. In any case, poor, older Asians gathering jars in New York and San Francisco don’t make it into titles — until they are beaten into a state of unconsciousness on a bustling road. Low-pay Asian salon laborers remain unnoticed — until they are killed, as in the Atlanta spa shootings this Walk.

A contributor to the issue is that regardless of whether information on AAPIs are gathered, the data gets lumped together. This conglomeration veils profound incongruities. The box experienced by weak AAPIs are concealed by the pinnacles of top level salary Asians. The different, rough scene of AAPI people group becomes smoothed.

At the point when AAPI information are disaggregated, the outcomes can strike. Rate of liver malignant growth is multiple times and multiple times higher for Laotian people, individually, contrasted and non-Hispanic white grown-ups.

In excess of 34% of Cambodian, Laotian and Hmong understudies don’t finish secondary school, contrasted and 13 percent of the overall U.S. populace. Wrongdoing research with disaggregated AAPI information is uncommon, yet one review showed youth capture rates were most noteworthy for individuals of Samoan identity, trailed by Dark, Laotian and Vietnamese individuals, in Alameda Region in the San Francisco Cove Region.

In New York City, an investigation of Chinese workers showed high paces of diabetes and pre-diabetes at 38%. Filipinos in California had higher predominance of stoutness, hypertension, diabetes, or asthma. A similar report showed that Japanese had 40% higher chances of being corpulent or overweight that whites. South Asians are multiple times bound to have coronary illness or diabetes than the overall US populace. Additional astounding information about Asian abberations remain to a great extent covered up and neglected.

It’s a disappointing chicken-and-egg situation. Nearsighted guards persuaded that AAPIs don’t encounter wellbeing and social issues reject endeavors to concentrate on these issues, which renders disparities imperceptible. The incongruity is that guardians, who are specialists in general wellbeing, medication, sociology and different fields, add to foundational prejudice through their predispositions and inclinations.

Absence of consideration can convert into a major hole in friendly administrations for AAPIs out of luck. In New York City, around 22% of Asian Americans live in destitution, as per an administration report. Asians contained almost 15% of New York City’s populace, yet 1.4 percent of city-based organization contracts were granted to Asian American social administrations suppliers north of 13 years, as per a 2015 report from Asian American Federation.

Across the U.S., just 0.20 percent of establishment subsidizing for work in the U.S. is assigned for AAPI people group, as per an AAPIP report. All in all, for each $100 granted by establishments, simply 20 pennies go to AAPIs.

In Spring, NIH reported its Join drive to end underlying prejudice in wellbeing research. Counting AAPIs should be important for endeavors at NIH, as well as at other plan setting establishments. More staff and award analysts with aptitude on AAPIs ought to be selected and given enemy of inclination preparing. They can likewise just be liberal that social disparities exist among AAPIs. What’s more, they can go on an outing to food banks and overpowered social help organizations that serve great many low-pay AAPIs consistently.

The need is self-evident — if by some stroke of good luck guards decide to look and tune in. It’s a tragedy that it takes a mass shooting and bigoted assaults to make AAPIs deserving of consideration lastly difficult to overlook.

India, 4th Country Ever To Land A Spacecraft On The Moon

India has landed its Chandrayaan-3 spacecraft on the moon, becoming only the fourth nation ever to accomplish such a feat. The mission could cement India’s status as a global superpower in space. Previously, only the United States, China and the former Soviet Union have completed soft landings on the lunar surface.

India is on the brink of a historic moment to land its Chandrayaan-3 spacecraft on the moon that could make it only the fourth nation ever to accomplish such a feat.

The Indian Space Research Organization confirmed  that Chandrayaan-3, which is Sanskrit for “moon vehicle,” is on track and “smooth sailing is continuing.” The spacecraft is set to begin its final descent to the moon’s surface on Wednesday at 5:45 p.m. IST (8:15 a.m. ET). India’s space agency will livestream the landing attempt starting at 5:20 p.m. IST (7:50 a.m. ET) on Wednesday.

If successful, the mission could cement India’s status as a global superpower in space. Previously, only the United States, China and the former Soviet Union have completed soft landings on the lunar surface.

Chandrayaan-3’s projected landing site is also closer to the moon’s south pole than any other spacecraft in history has ventured. The south pole region is considered an area of key scientific and strategic interest for spacefaring nations, as scientists believe the region to be home to water ice deposits.

The water, frozen in shadowy craters, could be converted into rocket fuel or even drinking water for future crewed missions.

India’s attempt to land its spacecraft near the lunar south pole comes just days after another nation’s failed attempt to do the same. Russia’s Luna 25 spacecraft crashed into the moon on August 19 after its engines misfired, ending the country’s first lunar landing attempt in 47 years.

As Chandrayaan-3 approaches the moon, its cameras are capturing photographs, including one taken on August 20 that India’s space agency shared Tuesday. The image offers a close-up of the moon’s dusty gray terrain.

Meanwhile, India’s space agency has unveiled the latest captivating images of the Moon as its third lunar expedition makes its approach towards the lesser-explored south pole. The imagery has been captured by Vikram, the lander of Chandrayaan-3, which commenced its final mission phase on Thursday.

Picture : Earth Sky

Accompanied by a rover, Vikram is scheduled to make a landing near the lunar south pole on the 23rd of August. On Thursday, the lander successfully separated from the propulsion module, responsible for ferrying it to the Moon’s proximity. These monochromatic photographs provide intricate views of lunar rocks and craters, even featuring a snapshot of the propulsion module.

Chandrayaan-3 and Russia’s Luna-25 are currently at the forefront of the lunar race, both en route to the Moon’s southern pole with anticipated landing dates in the upcoming week. Notably, Luna-25, Russia’s initial lunar undertaking since 1976, when it was under the banner of the Soviet Union, initiated its journey last week.

The mission aims to etch history by executing a gentle touchdown on the 21st or 22nd of August, merely days prior to India’s own lunar touchdown. A successful Luna-25 mission could potentially place Chandrayaan-3 in the secondary position for reaching the south pole.

Picture : AlJazeera

However, India will mark a significant milestone as only the fourth country to achieve a soft lunar landing, following the United States, the former Soviet Union, and China. The Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) shared on Friday that the lander module has begun its descent towards a lower lunar orbit. Chandrayaan-3, the third installment in India’s lunar exploration endeavor, is anticipated to build upon the triumphs of its predecessors.

This endeavor comes 13 years after India’s inaugural lunar mission in 2008, a pivotal mission that unveiled the presence of water molecules on the parched lunar terrain and validated the existence of lunar daytime atmosphere. In 2019, Chandrayaan-2 was launched, encompassing an orbiter, lander, and rover components. However, its success was only partial, as the orbiter continues its lunar observations, while the lander and rover failed to execute a soft landing and crashed upon touchdown.

ISRO’s leader, Sreedhara Panicker Somanath, conveyed that the agency meticulously analyzed the crash data and performed simulation exercises to rectify the issues in Chandrayaan-3. The mission, with a mass of 3,900kg and a budget of 6.1 billion rupees ($75 million), seeks to rectify the setbacks of its predecessor. The lander module itself weighs around 1,500kg, including the 26kg Pragyaan rover.

The south pole of the Moon remains largely uncharted, with the shadow-covered surface area exceeding that of the lunar north pole. Experts propose that these shadowed regions might harbor water resources. A primary objective shared by both Chandrayaan-3 and Luna-25 is to seek out water ice, a resource deemed crucial for potential lunar habitation. Moreover, water ice could serve as propellant for spacecraft voyaging to destinations such as Mars and beyond.

As India’s third lunar pursuit inches closer to its landing, Vikram’s awe-inspiring photographs provide a glimpse into the enigmatic lunar landscape. The concurrent missions of Chandrayaan-3 and Luna-25 signal a renewed race to unravel the mysteries of the Moon’s south pole. While Luna-25 aims to rekindle Russia’s lunar legacy, Chandrayaan-3 aspires to fortify India’s position in the realm of space exploration. Both missions are fueled by the hope of uncovering invaluable resources that could potentially pave the way for human settlement on the Moon and facilitate interplanetary travel.

-+=